THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


?^J 


r.' 


^-  0.  BAKER 

Uwr£K 


A 


COMPLETE    COURSE 

IN 

PHONOGRAPHY 

ACCORDING    TO    THE 
ISAAC  PITMAN  METHOD 

A  PRACTICAL  SELF-INSTRUCTOR 

AND 

GUIDE  TO  SHORTHAND  REPORTING. 

Intended  for  use  as  a  Class  Text  Book 
as  well  as  for   the   Individual   Student. 


...  BY  ... 

W.    L.    MASON, 

Of  the  De  Witt  Clinton  High  School  and  Principal  of  the  Metropolitan  School  of  Shorthand. 


New  York  : 
W.    L.    MASON, 

289  Fourth  Avenue. 


Price,  $1.00.     Special  Discount  to  Teachers  and  the  Trade. 

Copyright,  1900,  by  W.  L.  Mason. 


W.  L.  MASON'S  PUBLICATIONS 


SERIAL  LESSONS  IN  PHONOGRAPHY 

Separable  Lesson  Leaves  or  Charts 

THE  STENOGRAPHER'S  COMPANION 

A  graded  Exercise  Book 

THE  COMMERCIAL  DICTATION  BOOK 

For  Writers  cf  all  Systems 

HOW  TO  SEE  THE  POINT  AND  PLACE  IT 

The  btst  Hand-book  on  Punctuation 

MASON'S  COMPLETE  COURSE  IN  SHORTHAND 

For  Classes  and  Individual  Students 


Copyright,  1900,  by  \V.  L.  Mason 


Mason's  Complete  Course 


CONTENTS 

PAOB 

Saggestions  to  Students  -■....-..  5 

PARTi  I 

Lessons 
The  Phonographic  Alphabet   --......-7 

Double  Consonants   ..--......  8 

Combinations  of  Consonants  .....-.-9 

R  and  Tchay  Combinations        .--.-...         lO 
Vowels  and  Diphthongs  •       -  -  -  -  -  -  •  -  -    11 

Places  of  the  Vowels— Position  of  Words    ------         13 

Long  Vowels  Between  Two  Consonants   -         -  -  -  -  -  -    13 

Short  Vowels  Between  Two  Consonanis       ------         U 

Dictation  Exercises  and  Miscellaneous  Words  -  -  -  -  -    15 

Rules  for  Using  R  and  L  -         -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -         16 

The  Aspirate,  H -  -    18 

Phrasing  ...........19 

Initial  R  Hook 20 

Initial  L  Hoolt 28 

Grammalogues— The  Tick  "  The  " 28 

Small  Final  Hooks 24 

Large  Final  (Shon)  Hook 26 

Additional  Sign  for  S  and  Z       -------  28 

Proximity  for  "Of  the" -  -    29 

The  Circle  S,  Initial-Sw  Circle 30 

Circle  S.  Final 33 

Distinction  Between  Circle  and  Stroke  S -         34 

Review  Exercise    ..-..------34 

St  Loop,  Initial  and  Final 38 

W  and  Y  Coalescents    .---------    38 

Vocalization  of  Pr  and  PI  Series         .-.---.         40 
Halving  Principle  ....---.-.    43 

Analysis  of  Halved  Words-" Try" 4« 

Halved  Strokes  with  N  Hook  --.-.--.    47 

Exercise  on  the  Grammalogues   --..--..         43 
Phrasing  and  Phrases  ----------    49 

PART  n 

Business  Letters  and  Advanced  Dictation  Exercises 

Business  Letters       -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -51 

Con,  Com  and  Cog  Principle           .----...  55 

Ttn  Suggestions  Concerning  Speeding         ......  57 

The  Affix  "Ing" 58 

Grammalogues  in  Common  Use           .......  eo 

ContraclioLS  Introduced          ...-..-..  61 

Grammalogues  Continued  ---------  62 

"My  Dear  Tom" 6i 

A  Few  Suggest'ons  for  Increasing  Speed     ----..  66 

Tick  "The,"  Illustrated          .........  68 

S-tion  Affix 69 

Double  Length  Principle        -          - 72 

Contractions    -          -          -          -          -  '        •          -          -          -          -          -  75 

Exercise  on  the  Contractions           ..-...-.  77 

Additional  Exercise  on  the  Contractions     -          •          .          -          .          -  78 


448440 


Mason's  Complete  Course 


PAGE 

The  Last  of  the  Grammalogues       ....----  80 

Further  Suggestions  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  81 

A  List  of  Useful  Business  and  Law  Phrases 83 

Compounds  of  Here,  There  and  Where 84 

Prefix  In  or  Un ^6 

Prefixes  and  Exercise         .....----  87 

Affixes  and  Exercise      ,.-----.--  g9 

Joined  Vowels    -----------  95 

Words  Which  Must  Always  Be  Vocalized 99 

PART   III 

Lkgai.  Forms — Court  Documents 

Court  Documents     --..---.--101 

Complaint -  -    103 

Summons         ..-..-..  -  -  103 

Endorsement  of  Complaint    ..----  -  -  -    103 

Answer    ......---  -  -  104 

Verification  ...--.--.--    105 

Affidavit •         -  -         106 

Affidavit  for  a  Commission    --  -  -  -  -  -  -  -107 

Order  for  a  Commission    ..----.--108 

Commission         ...........109 

Interrogatories         .......  ---IIO 

Notice  of  Trial    - Ill 

Notice  to  Produce  Papers  ,-------         111 

Special  Term  Older     ---.---.--113 
Judgment       ---..-.-..  -113 

Consent      -.---. ....--]14 

Petition 115 

Brief -  -  -    117 

Form  of  Prayer        ......-.-.119 

Introducing  Evidence  -....-...130 

Title  Page  of  Testimony 121 

Directions  for  Taking  lestimony  --  -  -  -  -  -  -133 

Testimony ------  133 

Testimony  of  Patrick  Ryan  -        -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -    126 

OTHER  Legal  Documents 

Will        .  .  .         • -  137 

Conveyance  by  Deed    --.-....  -  -  129 

Conveyance  by  Mortgage  --.-----.  131 

Bond 133 

Greneral  Assignment  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  .  -  134 

Lease  -  -  -  -  -.  -  -.  -  -  -  -  135 

Power  of  Attorney    ----------  136 

Agreement  ..----.-...  137 

Agreement  of  Creditors    ---------  138 

Bond  of  Indemnity       ----------  139 

Letters  Relating  to  Law  Work  -------  140 

Latin  Phrases  and  Definitions       -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  147 

Address  by  Ex-President  Harrison     ---.-..  X50 

APPENDIX 

A  Complete  List  of  Contractions    -         -          -          -          -                    -          -  153 

Intersected  Words  and  Phrases  (Shorthand)        -----  160 

Business  Phrases  (Shorthand)         --------  163 


SUGGESTIONS  TO   STUDENTS.  5 

In  taking"  up  the  study  of  Phonograph}-,  it  should  he  dis- 
tinctly undei'stood  that  the  art  of  modern  shorthand  writing 
is  a  science,  and  not  a  mere  mechanical  pi'ocess. 

Therefore,  in  studying  the  following  Lessons,  the  student 
should  note  carefully  the  directions  accompanying  eacli 
Lesson.  To  secure  the  hest  results,  each  principle  as  taken 
up  should  be  thoroughly  learned  before  the  next  Lesson 
is  even  glanced  at. 

A  Faber  pencil  No.  2  is  recommended,  and  this  should  be 
held  as  when  writing-  longhand  (but  not  in  a  cramped  posi- 
tion), all  practicing-  being-  done  in  a  Reporter's  Note  Book. 

Each  Exercise  should  be  practiced  as  directed  in  Exercises 
2  and  3. 

In  many  of  the  Lessons  the  same  words  will  be  found  both 
in  the  longhand  and  shorthand  Exercises,  the  object  being 
to  enable  the  student  to  verify  his  own  work  in  a  sufficient 
measure  to  get  a  very  fair  idea  of  his  comprehension  of  the 
principles  already  learned. 

In  practicing,  do  not  write  one  outline  many  times  and 
then  do  likewise  with  the  next  outline,  but  begin  at  the 
beginning  of  an  Exercise  and  write  each  outline  hut  once, 
g-oing  over  the  entire  Exercise  in  this  way  manj'-  times, 
until  the  student  is  sure  the  longhand  words  are  properly 
formed  in  shorthand,  and  the  shorthand  outlines  correctly 
written  in  longhand,  and  all  firmly  fixed  in  the  mind. 

A  well-known  teacher  has  said  : 

"It  is  better  to  practice  often  than  to  tire  yourself  by 
long  sitting.  A  long  practice  is  as  much  to  be  avoided  as 
a  long  lesson.  Thoroughness  is  g-ained  by  repeated  and  per- 
sistent application  ;  not  by  long-  and  exhausting  efforts." 

The  learner  should  confine  his  practice  to  the  words  con- 
tained in  the  various  Exercises,  for  each  word  given  is  a 
representati  ve  one,  and  forms  a  guide  to  new  outlines  to 
be  encountered  after  the  student  has  completed  the  course 
of  study  marked  out.  It  is  well  to  remember  that  no  out- 
line shown  for  a  word  in  any  of  the  earlier  Lessons  is  difier- 
entl}'  written  later  on,  so  that  nothing  has  to  be  unlearned 
as  the  student  proceeds,  for  only  such  words  are  given  in 
each  Lesson  as  belong-  to  the  principle  there  set  forth. 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  Lesson  12,  and  following,  the 
student  is  directed  to  memorize  certain  "  Grammalogues."' 

A  Grammalogue  is  a  word-sign,  or  short  form  for  writing- 
frequently  recurring-  words.  In  longhand  many  are  used, 
such  as  X  for  ten  ;  %  for  per  cent;  $  for  Dollar,  etc.  In 
Phonography,  not  only  the  well-known  word-signs  in  com- 
mon use  in  longhand  are  eraplo^^ed,  but  in  addition  to  these, 
there  are  some  150  Grammalogues,  composed  entire!}'  of 
shorthand  outlines,  such  as  v  for  I ;  .  for  The,  etc.  A  few 
of  the  commoner  ones  are  g-iver.  with  each  Lesson  accompa- 
nied by  practice  sentences  which  should  be  written   many 


times  from  dictation  until  the  Grammalogues  illustrated 
by  them  are  so  thoroughly  learned  that  they  can  be  written 
without  hesitation  the  instant  they  are  heard.  A  thorough 
knowledge  of  these,  after  learning  the  principles,  will  enable 
any  one  to  write  ordinary  matter  in  shorthand,  and  to  do 
easy  amanuensis  work,  but  too  much  cannot  be  said  of  the 
imperative  necessity  for  making  the  Grammalogues  literally 
a  part  of  oneself,  so  that  they  may  be  almost  unconsciously 
reproduced  by  the  fingers  the  moment  the  sound  of  the 
spoken  word  reaches  the  ear. 

When  the  Business  Letters  are  reached  (Part  II),  the  fol- 
lowing rules  should  be  observed  for  practising  same : 

1 .  After  taking  one  Letter,  or  Exercise,  from  dictation, 
read  it  back  very  carefully. 

2.  Copy  it  again  in  shorthand,  omitting  all  mistakes. 

3.  Make  a  list  of  the  mistakes,  whether  of  word-sign, 
phrase  or  ordinary  outline. 

4.  Write  an  entire  page,  longhand  and  shorthand,  of  the 
correct  outline  for  each  mistake. 

•  5.     Write  the  Exercise  into  longhand. 

6.  Write  it  back  into  shorthand  without  referring  to  the 
original  dictation.  Then  compare  it,  word  for  word,  with 
the  original  corrected  shorthand  copy. 

7.  Write  the  Exercise,  by  dictation,  from  ten  to  twenty- 
five  times,  each  time  faster  than  the  last. 

8.  Write  at  least  ten  of  the  dictations  into  longhand,  on 
the  typewriter,  or  with  pen  or  pencil. 

9.  Practice  the  next  Exercise  in  the  same  manner,  but  not 
until  the  preceding  one  has  been  thoroughly  mastered. 

10.  Write  each  Exercise  from  dictation  until  it  can  be 
written  in  the  time  specified. 

Note  Do  not  fail  to  make  a  longhand  transcript  of  every 
new  dictation  taken,  and  always  read  back  from  each  dic- 
tation old  and  familiar  matter,  to  avoid  falling  into  the  fatal 
error  of  careless  writing  of  the  shorthand  characters,  which 
will  ineA^tably  result  in  that  greatest  of  shorthand  evils, — 
the  inability  to  read  one's  notes. 


LESSON  1.  —  THE  PHONOGRAPHIC  ALPHABET.  7 
CONSONANTS . 

In  writing  English, and  other  languages, an  alphabet 
is  necessary.  The  2b  letters  of  the  English  Alphabet 
include  both  Consonants  and  Vowels.  There  are  real- 
ly 24  Consonant  and  12  Vowel  sounds  in  constant  use. 
Moreover .such  sounds  as  ith.tchay,ish,etc . ,are  not 
represenied  in  the  English  Alphabet  by  single  letters, 
while  a  number  of  letters, like  G,S,C, represent  more 
than  one  sound.  Hence, there  is  confusion.  Phonogra- 
phy, or  Phonetic  Shorthand  Writing, being  based  on  the 
sounds  used  in  speaking  the  English  language.provides 
a  separate  letter, or  stroke, for  each  of  the  24  Con- 
sonant sounds. 

^  These  strokes  are  simply  straight  and  curved  geo- 
metric lines, arranged  in  a  certain  order  so  as  to  be 
the  more  easily  memorized, thus. \|/ L(  ^  J .^-^^^T^ 

Again, the  letters  of  the  English, or  Longhand, Alpha- 
bet are  not  arranged  in  an  orderly  manner.  Different 
sounds  are  uttered  by  different  parts  of  the  mouth, - 
P,B,lips;  T,D, teeth, etc.  In  the  Phonographic  Alpha- 
bet the  consonant  sounds  are  arranged  accordingly, thus, 
P,B;T,D;TCHAY,JAY;K,GAY;P,V;ITH,THEE:S.Z;ISH,ZHEE,etc. 

A  consonant  sound  is  either  "soft" (whispered) , or 
"hard" (spoken).  Thus, -P, s of t;B, hard;  T,soft;D.hard,&c 
Soft  sounds  are  represented  in  Phonography  by  lightly 
made  strokes;,  hard  sounds  by  heavy  strokes ; thus, P\  B  \. 

The  entire  Alphabet  of  Consonants, given  at  the  foot 
of  this  page,  should  be  studied  thus:  Slowly  and  care- 
fully DRAW  the  letters  in  pairs  in  a  Reporter's  Note 
Book. one  row  of  each  pair, clear  across  the  page. plac- 
ing the  longhand  at  the  beginning  of  each  line, thus: 

Pb\        \\\\\  (Only  6  on  a  line) 

T  D       1       I        '       I        I      I    (Not  crowded  together) 

TCHAY  J  /       /     /     /    /    /(Uniform  in  height) 

K  GAY  - . etc.. 

until  the  entire  Alphabet  has  been  copied  at  least 
ten  times.  Repeat  each  ^cund  aloud  as  the  letter  re- 
presenting it  is  drawn.  Shade  all  heavy  curved  let- 
ters only  in  the  middle, causing  them  to  taper  at  both 
ends.  Draw  the  strokes  very  slowly.  The  slower  and 
more  carefully  the  first  lessons  are  practiced, the 
faster  will  tne  student  afterward  be  able  to  write. 

p\  b\  ;tIdI;TCHAy/j  /;K GAY ;F^VV;ITH  CtHEE  V  ; 

S  J  Z  );ISHyZHEE^;M---EMP(MB).— v;Nw^ING^^^.L/fap);R^; 

R(ut))^^;WAY(up)  ^^;YAY(up)  ^\W   (down)  ,HAY(up)  <r^ . 

All  the  strokes  are  mad^  downward  excepting  those 
which  have  the  word  "up"  written  beside  them. 

Do  not  look  at  the  next  Lesson  until  this  one  is 
thoroughly  mastered, as  herein  pointed  out. 


8  LESSON  2. 

PRACTICING  THE  ALPHABET. 

Too  much  practice  cannot  be  given  to  the  Consonant 
Strokes  of  the  Phonographic  Alphabet. 

Copy  the  following  Exercise  over  many  times, until 
every  stroke  is  perfectly  familiar, and  until  the  short- 
hand' characters  can  be  recognized  without  reference  to 
the  lorighand  letters.  Repeat  aloud  each  Consonant  as 
the  character  representing  it  is  drawn. 
•Exercise  1. 


A  A  \  \  \  \ 


)))))) 
J  J  J  J  J  J 


Pee, Bee, as  in  rope, robe. 

Tee, Dee, as  in  fate, fade, 

Tchay,Jay,as  in  etch, edge,  ////// 

Kay,Oay,as  in  lock, egg,  . 

Ef,V6e,as  in  safe, save,  ^     V.      ^     V_      v.-    V 

Ith,Thee,as  in  thigh, thy,  L   \   C  ^V  ^C   k 

Es,Zee,as  in  hiss, hose, 

Ish,Zhee,as  shall, pleasure, 

Em,Emp(Emb)as  in  seem, lamp (amber ) , 

En,Ing,as  in  seen, sing,  ^ ^   v y 

L  (up)  as  in  law,     /    /    / 

R(down)as  in  air,      )   ^ 

R(up)as  in  row, 

Way,Yay,as  in  we,  ye,  c^-^^ 

H(down) ,H(up),as  in  high, holy, 

DOUBLE  CGNSONAI^TS. 
In  addition  to  the  Consonants  already  given, there  are 
six  which  are  called  "Double  Consonants*, because  they 
consist  of  two  distinct  Consonant  sounds  frequently 
combined  in  words.  One  of  these  is  MPflffi)  which  was 
given  in  the  Alphabet  as  a  companion  to  M.  The  others 
should  be  memorized  and  practiced  in  the  same  manner  as 
those  inLessonl.  They  are  as  follows:- 


/ 


WHi^>^hay,as  in  why.    WL 
KW(qu)<:: — kway,  "  quire.  WHL 
GW{gu)<:^ gway,  "  anguish. MP ^ 


wel,as  in  will, 
whel,  "  while. 
emp(emb)as  in  amber. 


L  downward, made  heavy, represents^he  Double  Conso- 
nant LR  in  a  very  few  woi-dSjthus,^   as  in  color ^&c. 


LESSON  3.  9 

COMBINATIONS  OF  CONSONANTS. 

Two  or  more  consonants  may  bo  written  together 
to  form  words,  as  in  longhand,  and  when  so  combined 
they  should  be  written  without  lifting  the  pencil,-* 
the  second  beginning  where  the  first  ends,  the  third' 
being  continued  from  the  end  of  the  second,  etc. 

When  a  horizontal  is  joined  to  a  downward  stroke, 
tthe  horizontal  should  not  rest  on  the  line;  thus, 
Ln  f;  ~7  k  ch;  noTITL^. ,.  ^., 

(In  the  combinations  giVen^in  lines  5  and  6,  and 
all  similar  ones,  the  first  stroke  rests  upon  the 
line,  and  the  se.cond  is  written  below). 

L,when  joined  to  another  letter, may  be  written 
either  upward  or  downward , thus ,  ^T   l(dGwn),V/  f  l(up;. 
Exercise  2.  -  JOINED  COf^ONANTS. 

Write  the  longhand  letters  after  the  shorthand, &s 
in  line  1  (also  in  all  subsequent  exercises)  repeat- 
ing aloud  the  name  of  each  consonant  as  made. 

1.  ^^ — pk,       \kp,  ' — tk,      '  kt,  L — -  tra,      I  mt,  v— Nbm, 

vrxrn 


2. 
3. 

4. 
5. 
6. 


^  >^.^^V.S<XAj 


Exercise  3. 


In  joining  consonants  care  must  be  taken  to  make 
each  letter  the  same  length.  Join  the  folloif/ing,writ» 
ing  the  shorthand  characters  after  the  longhand  let- 
ters, and  be  careful  to  repeat  aloud  the  names  of  each 
of  the  consonants  as  you  draw  them.  Observe  the  angles. 

1.  K  ch,  k  sh,  p  p,  k  way,  way  d,  m  ch,  f  b. 

2.  B  t  k,  m  r,  t  n,  b  ng,  way  v,  n  ng,  s  b. 

3.  Sh  g,  k  V,  ch  3 ,  b  m  n,  z  r,  m  n  d,  kw  r. 

Diagrams . 
Drill  on  the  following,  placing  the  longhand 
letter 'to  each  stroke: 


\LUy4y 


10 

LESSON  4. 

COMBINATIONS  OF  CONSONANTS.   (Continued^ 

Draw  each  of  these  consonants  very  carefully, 
repeating  aloud  the  name  of  each  as  drawn. 

There  should  always  be  an  angle  between  F  and', 
N;  L,  upward,  and  M,  and  similar  combinations. 

When  two  straight  strokes,  running  in  the  same 
direction, are  joined,  there  should  be  no  break  be- 

tv/een  the  two  strokes;  thus  kk;  but  when 

two  curved  consonants  are  joined,  repeat  the  curve; 
thus,  v..>v_y  nn,  ,-->^--—^  mm. 

Occasionally  Ish,  when -joined  to  another  conso- 
nant, may  be  written  upward;  thus,  /^    ish  l(up); 
but  when  standing  alone, ish  is  alv/ays  written  downward, 
while  L  alone  is  alv/ays  written  upward. 

Exercise  4. 
R  AJJD  TCHAY  COIIBINATIONS. 

Write  the  longhand  letters' after  the  shorthand, 
as  in  the  preceding  Exercise. 


Exercise  5. 
MISCELLANEOUS  COMBINATIONS. 


"^ 


ri/1  /  \  i/^n  ^v^  '^TJ 


LESSON  5. 
VOWELS  AND  DIPHTHONGS. 


11 


There  are  six  long  and  six  short  vowels  in  the 
English  language.   These  are  expressed  in  Phonography 
by  light  and  heavy  dots  and  dashes,  representing  the 
long  and  short  sounds.  A  vov/el  may  be  placed  at  the 
beginning,  middle  or  end  of  a  consonant  (these  three 
positions  being  called  respectively  "first",  "second" 
and  "third"), and  on  either  side,  as  occasion  requires. 
They  are  as  follows: 


LONG  VOWELS . 
Sound.  Sign. 


AH 

■ 

as  m 

pa. 

a 

A 

♦  i 

■ 

gave. 

e 

EE 

-' 

« 

me. 

i 

AW 

i 

■ 

all.   • 

6 

OH 

-j 

■ 

those. 

u 

00 

^; 

* 

spoons. 

00 

SHORT  VOWELS. 

Sound.  Sign. 

as  in  that. 

"   pen. 

•   is. 

"   not. 

■   much. 

"   good. 

The  order  of  the  simple  vo\vels  may  be  remembered  by 
saying: - 

Long  Vowels,  -  Pa  gave  me  all  those  spoons. 

Short  Vowels,-  That  pen  is  not  much  good. 

Exercise  6. 

PRACTICING  THE  VOWELS. 

Practice  the  followir^  exercise  over  many  times, 
repeating  each  outline  aloud  as  written,  until  all 
are  perfectly  committed  to  memory.   (Do  not  allow 
vowels  to  touch  consonants.) 


i.\  \  v 


I-  L  /■  /  /  _ 


V 


3.  e  ^  L.  c  c-  c  )■  )•  }  y~  y^ 

Practice  the  followipg  dijhfchongs  same  as  vowels: 


in  my.  OW  a 


in  now.  01  I  in  oil.  U  '^  in  new. 


Write  I  &  CI  in  first,  and  OW  &  U  in  third  position. 


12  LESSON  6. 

PLACES  0?   THE  VOWELS.   WORDS. 

Vowels  that  fj^e  written  at  the  comriencemenf  of  a 
consonant,  as  ah, aw, are  called  first  position  vowels; 
vowels  that  are~"vrTtten  in  the  middle  of  a  consonant, 
as  ft. oh,  second  position  vowels ;  and  vowels  that  are 
wrirren~at  the  end  of  a  consonant,  as  £e, oo,  third  po- 
sition vowels.  ■  Write  a  dash  vowel  always  at  riight  an- 
gles to  its  consonant.  (Do  not  speak  of  first  place 
vowels  as  at  the  'top*,  or  third  place  vowels  as  at 
the  "bottom'  of  a  consonant. ) 

Vowels  placed  on  the  LEFT  side  of  an  upright  or 
sloping  letter,  or  above  a  horizontal  one,  are  read 
before  the  consonant;  and  vowels  placed  on  the  RIGHT 
side  of  an  upright  or  sloping  letter,  or  below  a  hori- 
zontal one,  are  read  after  th^  consonant;  thus,  I  at; 
—5— .ache;  ),  see;  -^^^   no;  x^rue. 

ENTIRE  WORDS  are  witten  in  different  positions, 
namely,  above,  on,  or  through  the  line,  and  when  so 
placed,  are  said  to  be  written  in  first,  second  or 
third  'position.  These  positions  are  determined  by  the 
vowel  in  the  word, or, where.. there  are  more  than  one, by 
the  accented  vowel;  thus ,.\..pa, first  position;.\*..pay, 
second  position;  and...\..^... pea, third  position.  Horizontal 
consonants  (unless  joined  to  other  strokes)  are  writ- 
ten in  only  two  places; viz.,  above  and  on  the  line, 
the  latter  being  used  for  both  second  aM  third  posi- 
tions; thus  ,.t!^Ama,first;,-rr5::>inay,second;>s^.  knee, third 
position.' 

LONG  VOWELS  MD  DIPHTHONGS . 
(Write  each  word  first  in  shorthand,  then  in  long- 
hand, observing  carefully  the  positions  of. the  words, - 
above,  on  or  through  the  line.) 

1.  /  /•  _.  ^  1   rr,^^^.  /' 

2.  3  >  -I  I-  <  (-  -I  I-  ^  ^  .L..X  c 

3.  V  V  ^'  ^  c  r  )- ).  L  .^...Y..  L- 

A  y  J^   J  ^-^  ^  ^  ^*  ^^  /^ 

NOTE. Indicate  proper  names  in  Phonography  thus: /-Joe. 

Exercise  8. 

LONG  AND  SHORT  VOWELS  Al^ID  DIPHTHONGS. 
(Write  each  word  first  in  longhand, then  in  shorthand, 
in  its  proper  position. 

1.  Baa, pa, ma, Shah, at. am, ash, add, why, by, ice, die, thy. 

2 .  Aid , day , ache , e ight ,y ea , they ,gay , fay , ebb , edge , egg . 

3.  Bee, thee, knee, eve, fee, each, she, pea,  imp  itch. 

4 .  Gnaw, i aw, maw, cav;, paw, saw, odd , cf r .dock ,bcy , oil , j oy . 

5.  So, oak, beau, Jce, foe, know, Cc- , up, us,   shcw,Po. 

6.  Do, woo, ceo, pooh, shoe, ooze, Si cux, thou. vow, pew, use. 


LESSON  7. 
A  VOWEL  BETWEEN  TWO  CONSONANTS. 


13 


(Long  Vowels. ) 


Vowels  frequently  occur  between  consonants.  The  pu- 
pil should  memorize  the  following  kUL'^S  for  writing 
LONG  VOWELS  when  so  occurring. 

1.  FIRST  AND  SEC0r:D.Pl5cB  LONG  VOWELS  occurring 
between  two  strcKe.-consonants  are  wrrtien  after  tfce 
first  stroke;  as,  I—  talk .  MOT  L.  ;/'^rake,  NOT/ 
2.  THIRD  PLACE  LONG  VOWELS  occurring  between  two 


stroke  consonants  are,  written  BEKORE  the  SECOND  stroke. 
as  1^.  team, NOT  U^  ;.  J. teach. NOT  J.  -         Thus: 

Long  Vowels'  Places. 

Exercise  9. 

To  be  written  into  longhand. 

Write  each  word  in  its  proper  position,  thus: 


1.. 


tame. 


beak, pall^...  L..code,  .^^_/i>eal. 


.  \^  V  v^  V  r  k^  i/^^ 

^       S  K  ^  < 


V^rite  into  "Vonghand  tKese  Sentences: 


NOTE:     A  dot  abdve  the  line  represents  the  article  "a*, a« 

Exercise  10. 
To  be  written  into  shorthand. 
(Observe  carefully  the  positions  of  the  words.) 

1.  Palm,  balm, calm,  wade,  gate, name, keep,  page. 

2.  Tape, shape, shame, faith, vague, make, fade, date. 

3.  Beach, deep, cheap,beat, thief , feed, beam, theme. 

4.  Folk,hawk(downirard  h),  bought,  talk,  chalk. 

5.  Both, comb, boot,   foam, cheek,  joke, boat,  daub. 

6.  Pood, move, tonib,  coop,  tooth,  dame, paid,  dome. 

in  writing  words  of  two  or  more  strokes  in  position, 
the  first  upward  or  downward  stroke  should  be  written 
above, on  or  through  the ^line  to  indicate  1st, 2nd  oi>3rd 


pos  i  ti  on,  thus :  X'^^^ 


^v-^^-^ 


■y.Vr 


14 


LESSON  8. 


A  VOWEL  BETWEEN  TWO  CONSONANTS.   (Continued.) 
(Short  Vowels.) 

Rules  for  writing  SHORT  VOWELS  when  they  occur 
BETWEEN  two  consonants; 

1.-  FIRST  PLACE  SHORT  VOWELS  occurring  between  two 
str.cke   ccnscnants  arewritton  after,  the  first  stroke: 
as  L_  tack.NOI  L_  ;/     rack, NOT /^. 

'2.  SECOND  and  "THIRD"  PLACE  SHORT  VOWELS,  when  cccur- 
ring  between  two  stroke  ccnscnants  are  written  BEFORE 
the  SECOND  consor^nt;  as  "T^get,NOT^  ;.|_V^..dim,NOT(^_^^ 


Short  Vowels'  Places.    3, 

l.-^iRat./^lrut.^X^jwrit;  Cmonth; ••  [cooked. 

2 ."  ....  Manna  ,,—^j..^  money , , -.Minnie  ^ . .  .'^'Notoriety . 

Exercise  11. 
(Transcrihe  into  Longhand,  observing  Position.) 

Exercise  12. 
(Write  into  Shorthand,  observing  Position.) 
1. Back, bag, batch,  sham, pang,  cap,  tack, match, rnap. 
2. Check, deck, gem, jet, bet, web, peck, red, debt, fed. 
3. Pip, bib, tick, tip, kick, kid, jig, fib, took, chip. 
4.Bog, dock, dog, Tom, fog, chop, pod  nod, got,  top. 
5. Cup,mont?i, chum, muff , tuck, dug, dumb,  gum,  rnian. 
6.Push,buoh,cook,book, shook, hook  (down  h), 
7  .Tom  boi;(ght  a  big  dog  a  month  ago  at*the  show. 

NOTE:  A  dot  on  the  line  represents  the  article  "the* 


1. 
2. 


Exercise  13. 
Miscellaneous. 


Bxerc 


'cise  14.  '     ■'     f 


!•  Chide, chid, shabby, do, dew, pike, pick, mercy. 
2.  Naughty, knotty, cap, boat ,butt,widow, Monday, 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  15 


DICTATION   EXERCISES. 


LONG   AND   SHORT   VOWELS    AND   DIPHTHONGS. 


The  following  Exercises  should  be  written  first  slowly  and 
carefully  into  shorthand,  then  more  and  more  quickly,  until 
they  can  be  taken  down  from  dictation  at  a  rapid  rate. 

The  first  few  times  the  vowels  should  all  be  inserted,  but 
they  should  be  gradually  dropped,  and  when  writing  from 
dictation  all  vowels  may  be  omitted,  excepting  where  otherwise 
directed. 

Be  careful  to  write  all  words  strictly  in  position.  When 
there  is  more  than  one  vowel,  the  position  is  determined  by 
the  ar^(?«/(fflf  vowel,  i.  e.,  the  one  on  which  greatest  emphasis 
is  put  when  speaking  the  word  ;  thus,  no-to-ri'-e-ty  ;  e-quip' ; 
Al-a-ba'-ma. 

There  are  certain  words  which  can  always  be  written 
without  vowels  after  they  have  been  once  learned  with  the 
the  vowels,  no  matter  how  slowly  or  quickly  the  writing  is 
done.  Some  of  these  are  written  in  their  proper  positions ; 
others,  to  avoid  conflict  with  similar  outlines,  are  written  out 
of  their  regular  positions. 

In  the  following  Exercises,  all  words  which  are  to  be 
written  without  vowels  in  their  proper  positions  are  printed  in 
italics  ;  while  those  unvocalized  words  which  are  to  be  written 
out  of  their  proper  positions,  are  printed  in    small  capital 

LETTERS. 

The  figures  alongside  the  words  refer  to  their  positions, 
above,  on  or  through  the  line. 

Go,  Gay^  In, «»  Will,  wl^  You,  Diphthong  in 

Have,  z/*  It,  t-  Your,  7?'  {down) 

I.  See  my  dog  eat.  2.  will  your  dog  bite?  3.  Keep 
YOUR  dog  away.  4.  I  will  show  you  my  knife.  5.  You 
m,ay  keep  IT.  6.  *Tom  may  see  us.  7.  Do  you  know  Tcm? 
8.  I  saw  Jack  in  thef  boat  at  the  dock.  9.  Have  you  a+  match? 
10.    I  saw  a  big  bug  go  tip  the  window. 

*Indicate  proper  names  as  shown  in  Lesson  6.         (See  opposite  page.         JSee  Lesson  7. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

Take  care  to  write  each  of  the  following  in  the  position  of 
the  accented  vowel  or  syllable. 

I.  Unpaid.  2.  Bank.  3.  Package.  4.  Money.  5.  Fact.  6.  Attacji. 
7.  Time.  8.  Bottom.  9.  Wealth,  10.  Month.  11.  Monday.  12.  Fetch. 
13.  County.  14.  Agency.  15.  Copy.  16.  Kffect.  17.  Judged.  18.  Man- 
age. 19.  Minute.  20.  Duty.  21.  Tennessee.  22.  Cheyenne.  23.  Chicago. 
24.  Tacoma.  25.  Topeka.  26.  Wheeling.  27.  Montana.  28.  Nevada. 
29.   Poughkeepsie.     30.  Utah  (  yay,t). 


^^         RULES  FOR  USING  R  MD  L,  ifilTIALLY  AND  FINALLY. 

R. 

1.  ALWAYS  use  the  upward  stroke  when  a  word  Tjegins 
with  R;  thus  -<^  wrath.  (No  exception. ) 

2.  ALWAYS  use  the  upward  Stroke  when  a  word  ends 
with  R  followed  by  a  sounded  vowel;  thus  •; — ^'   carry. 

3.  GENERALLY  use  the  downward  stroke  when  a  word 
ends  with  R;  thus,  ^ure,  (except  aflter  allu.pward 
straight  strokes,  as  in -<-^are ,  ^-^wor  e ,  <r\      yore.) 

4.  GENERALLY  use  the  downward  stroke  when  a  word 
begins  with  R  preceded  by  a  vovirei;  thus/"^ — ssirin,  (except . 
irfien  R  is  followed  by  t.a,ch,j  or  1th, thus, ^  Xl  -^yf 

6.  When  R  occurs  alone  in  a  word  and  is  preceded 
by  a  vowel  use  the  downward  stroke, thus- ,~^  air,. "?\. era; 
when  NOT  preceded  by  a  vowel  use  upward  R,thu3,..^,^Urcw. 

L  • 

i.  GEIJERAJiLY  use  the  upward  stroke  when  L  begins  a 
word, thus <r  like:  ALWAYS  when  L  is  the  only  consonant, 
thus,  Y    bIq,   /r~lie;./^^allow. 

2.  GFJIEKAlLY  write  L  upward  when  a  word  ends  with 
L,thus,'\/appeal;unless  the  preceding^ccnscnant  be  f, 
v,n,up  R.or  yay,as  in.C  fall.Vveil,  x  Nile.^rcll. 

3.  ALWAYS  write  Loipward/when  afwcrd  ends  with  L 
followed  by  a  sounded  vowel.thus. V/^fullv.  /gailv: 
unless  L  is  preceded  by  N  Or  ING,thus,  7^  oniy7<^°^l' 

4.  ALWAYS  write  L  downward  when  a  word  begins  with 
L  both  preceded  by  a  vowel  and  followed  by  a  horizontal 
stroke,thus.  z2l  alike;  in  other  cases  use  the  upward  L, 
as  in  ./J  allude,./^  allowed, /Ye  lb  ow. 

NOTE.  R  or  L  betv/een  two  other  strokes  may  be  v/ritten 
either  upward  or  downward, thus, \/  bark.,  ^^!i^  column. 

Exercise  18. 


1.  ^    -^    .Tn    '--<,>" 


/< 


^ 


-^- \A  C^  Kf- \S  ^^   V 

Exercise  19. 

1. Ore, array, era, row, rue, raid, rap, wreak, wreath. 
2.  Alum, ill, kill, forth, followed, along .earthly, 
3 .Pore , carry , mayor ,morrow, leer , fear , ferry . 
4. Gaily, Nellie, elk, elbow,  la'jgh,  toll,  quire,  query. 
5. Rope, rang, lamb, pare, limb, loom, lamp, pomp, thump. 
6. Fail, fell, fall, fallow, fellow, reel, roll,roe. 
7. Arch, porch,perch, torch, march, urge , charge . 

Exercise  20*   RECREATION. 
1.  I   I   I  ' 


2. 

3. 


.•'_^'/0' 


1  va'  i 


<r  V<  \A\^.  t^  V- 


^ 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  17 


R  AND  L  STROKES. 
Many,  m  «'  We,  way* 

If,/-  Kzo,gay' 

I.  A  thick  fog  lay  along  {down  I)  the  meadow  bottom 
at  the  mill.  Use  your  eyes*  in  a  right  way.  3  She  viay 
reach  China  ((Vj/  July.  4.  .^4/  the  Chicago  Fair  I  saw  many 
funny  deer.  5.  Look  at  tny  wheel  go  up  the  road.  6.  iF 
you  pitch  the  ball  I  will,  catch  it.  7.  Look  at  my  monkey 
jump.  8.  Mar>' wore  a  merino  robe  a/ the  picnic.  9.  it  may 
BE  a  month  ere  WE  see  the  ship.  10.  go  along  the  shore 
where  they  saw  the  big  wreck  a  month  ago.  i  i  .  Watch 
Harry  {up  h)  catch  a  big  fish  {up  ish).  11.  wiLi,  you  carry 
my  oar  IN  your  boat  ? 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

Use  the  upward  R  or  L  in  the  middle  of  a  word,  unless 
otherwise  directed. 

I.  March.  2.  Forth.  3.  Mirth.  4.  Melody.  5.  Fol- 
lowed. 6.  \]nVik&  {I  down).  7.  Acquire  {kw,  R^)  8.  Afar. 
9.  Affair.  10.  Affirm  {R  down).  11.  Appear.  12.  Arena. 
13.  Argue.  14.  Arid.  15.  Bulk.  16.  Aroma.  17.  Arrive. 
18.  Arrear  {two  downward  R' s^) .  19.  Assure.  20.  Bear. 
21.  Bar.  22.  Locate.  23.  Park."  24.  Calamity. 
{down  L).  25.  K\2.xvQ.  {R  down).  26.  Aluminum.  27.  Alive. 
28.  Alkali.  29.  Annulling  {down  L).  30.  Appeal. 
31.      Avail.  32.     Awful.  33.     Value.  34.     Allied 

35.  Allowed..  36.  Allude.  37.  Almanac.  38.  Along 
{down    L).  39.    Also.  40.     Alum.  41.    Annual. 

42.  Awhile  {wh,  down  L).  43.  Poorly  {dowji  R,  up  I). 
44.  Purely  {tip  R,  up  I).  45.  Bearer  {b,  two  upward R' s) . 
46.  Barely  {like poorly).  47.  Barrel  {up  r,  down  L).  48.  Jan- 
uary. 49.  Delaware  {d,  up  /,  way,  up  r).  50.  Alabama. 
51.  Albany.  52.  Atlanta.  53.  Louisville  {up  /,  v,  down  L). 
54.  Milwaukee  55.  Omaha  {h  down).  56.  Wyoming. 
57.    Newark  {down  R).     58.   Iowa. 

*The  diphthong  1  may  be  joined  initially  to/,  /,  d.  k,J,  »,  ith,  s,  s,  ish,  «/.  »/>  I.    When  joining 
xo  k,  tH  and  /,  use  ihc^rst  half  only  of  the  diphthong.  .  ,  . . 


18  LESSON  10. 

THE  ASPIRATE,  H. 
When  H  begins  a  word, fall  owed  by  K  or  GAY, always  use 
the  downward  stroke, thus/1  hack, z_  hag. ^  Also  when  it 
is  the  only  consonant  in  a  word,  thus  /  Mgh,  /-hoe. 

Write  the  upward  stroke  for  H  when  it  begins  a  word 
followed  by  P.B,T,D,CH,J,F,V.ITH,THEE.ISH,ZHEE,lf.ING, 
upward  R,  upward  H,  way  and  yay,  thus: 

<?^hush ,  ^-^Tioney  ,y'^hung ,  or  holy ,  .r-^iirry ,  V^ignway . 

When  H  follows  another  strokp  use  the  form  which  will 
make  the  better  i  oining,thus:;/0maha^7f  Cohere, 
\..,o<^Nahor  ,^^^\Jenovah.,/-^^^  . 

"'When  H  begins  a  word  followed  by  S,Z,lV[,MP,upward  L 
and  downward  R,the  lower  part  of  the  downv/ard  H^alone 
is  attached  to  the  following  stroke, thus. Vhiss,-)  hose, 
^-Chum,^hemp,  /^hail,  nhair. 

This  shortened  stroke  is  called  the  "Tick  H". 

Most  of  the  words  in  common  use  beginning  with  the 
sound  of  H  are  written  with  the  Tick, which  is  found 
to  be  an  exceedingly  useful  and  legible  abbreviation. 

Be  careful  never  to  attach  the  Tick  H  to  any  stroke 
excepting  S,Z,M,MP,Up  L  and  Downward  R,  as  shown.  These 
sounds  occur  rn  the  word  SMaLleR. making  it  easy  to  re- 
member on  v/hich  strokes  to  use  tne  smaller  H,  or  Tick. 

The  last  way  of  writing  H  is  by  means  of  a  small  DOT 
placed.irranediately  before  the  vowel  following  the  H,thu3 
/  add, "I  had;^-^him,  "A.  unhappy,^)  whose,  etc. 

This  form  of  H  is  confined  to' a  few  very  common  words 
many  of  which  will  be  found  in  this  and  following 
Lessons,   As  no  definite  rule  can  be  given  for  the  use 
of  the' Aspirate  Dot.  the  student  should  confine  himself 
to  those  v/ords,  or  their  derivatives,  which  are  to  be 
found  in  this  work. 


Exercise  21. 


\. -^  "c  ^.  n  r  /  r  //y. 
/"'■/:  Z_  /<\  <A  <i.  ./I-  ^  ^^  -V/' 

,.K  ,-K  ,^'  ,-"  ^  ^  ^  /^    ' 

)  ^  -y  ^  ^  "^  ^ 

Exercise  22. 

1.  Hop. head, hobby, haughty, heavy .hinge, hugely, 

2.  Hollow, hyena, heap, hea'tn, unholy, Nahor, hall  owed. 

3.  Hem, hymn, homely, nail, hi 11, whole, howl, health, helm. 

4.  Hair, nireling,narm, harp, huzzy, hurl, hemlock, hemp. 

5.  Happy, had, half, hath, him, handy .unhandy, happily. 

6.  Hay. h©8, aha, hawk, hock, hug, hami]3bck, homily, hominy . 

7.  Haul, hectic, Hugh, higher, highly, Hugo, homage. 


2. 
3. 

4. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  19 


THE  ASPIRATK  H. 

In  rapid  writkig,  words  which  are  frequently  associated 
together  are  joined  without  lifting  the  pencil,  the  same  as 
consonants  in  words.  This  is  called  Phrasing,  and  will  be 
more  fully  explained  hereafter.  For  the  present,  the  pupil 
will  connect  all  words  which  are  printed  in  the  Exercises  with 
a  hyphen.     Peculiar  phrases  will  be  explained  in  the   text. 

Write  the  first  word  in  a  phrase  always  in  its  position,  with- 
out regard  to  the  position  of  the  rest  of  the  phrase. 

Practice  the  following  several  times  before  writing  the  sen- 
tences from  dictation  : 

Do-yoyx.  Will-be.  You-may.  WE-are  {tip  r).  We- will. 
I-HAVE.  You-are.  At-any-time  (/,«,  /,  m^).  I- had  (/,  d^). 
At-length  (/, ./,  i?ig,  ith^). 

Be,  d^  Are,  r^  {up) 

I.  Z><7-you  like  the  toothache?  No,  ma'am*.  2.  The  tug 
boat  may  leave  early  ;  Tom  will- be  in  the  ship.  3.  Toil 
while\  you-may.  4.  Here  WE-are  at-length.  5.  WE- 
wiLL  ere  long  be  at  the  top.  6.  Ha  !  Ha  !  I-have 
you  here.  WE  like  ham  at  home,  hominy  also.  8.  You-are 
a  handy  fellow  a/-any-time.  9.  If  I-had  half  (/^)  your 
wealth,  I'd  (J,d^)  be  happy.  10.  Keep  your  head  in  the 
hammock.      11.     I  hear  a  rap  a/ the  door, 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Abhor.  2,  Hitch.  3.  Armhole  {aspirate  dot). 
4.  Hemp.  5.  Upheaval  {p,  up  h,  v,  down  L).  6.  Hurl, 
7.  Hemlock.  8.  Haddock  {up  h).  9.  Ahead.  10.  Hearth. 
(up  h,  up  r).  II.  Alcohol  {aspirate  dot).  12.  Helena. 
13  Elihu  {down  h).  14.  Nehemiah  (rf^z^'w  A),  15.  Mohawk 
{down  h).      16.  Sahara  {down  h). 

'The  apostrophe  is  not  used  in  Phonography.  Write  m,  m  for  "ma'am."  fWliile,  wh!  douMe 
consonant  . 


"TT^  LESSON  11. 

^^  THE  INITIAL  R  HOOK. 

When  two  vowels  (or  consonants)  are  spoken  toge- 
ther so  as  to  seem  as  one, the  sound  thus  produced  is 
called  a  diphthong.  The  consonant  diphtliongs  which 
are  formed  by  the  union  of  the  simple  consonants  with 
R,  as  in  •better', 'brow*, "try", "from", etc., are  express- 
ed in  shorthaH3~by  prefixing  a  small  hook  to  the  LEFT 
side  of  straight  letters,  thus, 

Pr  A  ,br   \  ;tr    I    ,dr.1   ;chr  /  ^jr  /    ;krc — ,grc —  . 

A  small  hook  adds  R  to  curves;     thus, 
Fr'  'L.vr^;thr  C  ,THR  (  ;shry,zhrj  ;rttr.:^,mpick--y;Y)r  ^__^ 
ngr  (or  ngkr)«^  .     thus .  \^^anker .   (See  Foot  of   page.) 

In  drawing  these  hooked  cui'ves,  the  following;, 
simple  rhyme  will  be  found  helpful: 

•On  strokes  that  curve,  by  this  abide; 
A  hook  is  always  turned  inside. • 

As  downward  R  with  a  hook  R,  and  S  with  a  hook  R, 
are  not  required,  fr,  vr,  thr,  THR,  have  duplicate 
signs  for  convenience  in  joining;  thus. 
Duplicate  fr;  Duplicate  vr;  Duplicate  thr; Duplicate  THR. 

^       ^  Exercise  23.   ''        ^ 
(In  words  composed  only  of  Fr,vr,thr,  or  THR  and 
a  vowel,  use  the  DUPLICATE- sign  when  the  vowel  FOLLOWS: 
the  other  when  the  vowel  PRECEDES  the  consonant;  as 
^.  free;  a  other.) 

\   \    \  V  ]^^  ^  ^ ^ 

1.   r  ■  L  u  uu  r  1-  u  u, 

'L  ^  k-  c  <  i  1  \  1    >  2 

Exercise  24. 
(Write  the  following  words  a'cccrding  to  the  Rules  given 

on  the  opposite  page.) 

1.  Friday/fraud, freak, froth,  frame, proffer. 

2.  Wafer,  paver,  braver,  diver, cover,  favor. 

3.  Weaver,  virtue,  throb,  thread,  thrum,  Arthur. 

4.  Bather,  tether,  gather,  leather,  hither, • finer. 

5.  Pusher,  dasher,  fisher,  finisher, polisher. 

6.  Treasure,  measure,  calmer,  hammer,  manner. 

7.  Anger,  amber,  coffer,  mover,  lever,  brother. 

Hold  up  RIGHT  Hand  with  first  finger  bent, and  the 
outline  of  t_r  will  be  seen;   by  turnins  the  hand  s 
round  in  the  following  positions  ^  \U^  all  the  co 
sonantal  diphthongs  of  the  pr  series  are  shown. 


1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  21 


R    HOOK. 

Write  ish  down  except  when  otherwise  directed. 
Over,  original  vr^.      Were,  wr^ ,  {up). 

I.  J/y  drum  WILL  beat  your  harp.  2.  Look  ovKR  the 
river  a/ the  lovely  beech  tree.  3.  "Drink,  pretty  creature, 
(^r,  /,  down  R)  drink."  4.  The  hungry  {tip  h,  ing  r  hook) 
tramp  bought  a  cranberry  pie  at  the  bridge.  5 .  Show  forth 
(/,  up  r,  ith)  true  charity  in-your  life.  6.  The  choir  were 
paid  by  the  month.  7.  The  oak  tree,  the  elm,  also  the  hem- 
lock, make  a  refreshing  shade.  8.  I  saw  the  carriage  ap- 
proach {pr,  ch)  the  manor  at  3  P.  M.  {longhand  initials). 

Rules  for  joining  the  original  and  duplicate  forms  of  fr,  vr, 
thr  and  thr  to  other  consonants  : 

Use  the  original  fr  and  vr  with  all  .downward  straight 
and  curved  strokes,  as  in  paver,  braver,  tougher,  driver,  which- 
ever, favor,  soever,  shaver. 

Use  the  duplicate  fr  or  vr  with  all  horizontal  and  upward 
strokes,  thus,  coffer,  giver,  lever,  mover,  river,  wafer,  freak, 
frame,  etc. 

Use  the  original  thr  and  thr  with  /,  d,  ch,  and  j,  as  in 
tether,  each-other,  etc.  With  all  other  'strokes  use  the 
duplicate,  as  in  bother,  gather,  leather,  wither  thrum,  Arthur, 
brother,  etc. 

MISCELLANEOUS  W^ORDS. 

I.  Apprehend  (a.y/>z>a/'(?  Dot).  2.  Neighborhood  (.Jizwf:  . 
3.  Accrue.  4.  Acre.  5.  Aggregate.  6.  Agree.  7.  Alter- 
nate. 8.  Amateur.  9.  Approach.  10.  April.  11.  Author. 
12.  Baker.  13.  Battery.  14.  Negro.  15.  Democracy. 
16.  Traitor.  17.  Honor.  18.  Breath.  19.  Throb. 
20.  Farmer  {up  R).  21.  Anarchy  {nr,  k).  22.  Astronomy. 
23.  Energy  {nr,  j).  24.  Propriety.  25.  Property  {i>r,p, 
up  r,  t).  26.  Improper  {m,  pr,  pr).  27.  Prior.  28.  Pres- 
sure {pr,  shr).  29.  Proper.  30.  Endeavor.  31.  Truly. 
32.  Orthography  {up  r).  33.  Murmur.  34.  Brewery. 
35.  Denver.  36.  New  Hampshire  {Joifi  the  diphthong  U to 
N for  ''  New'').  37.  New  Jersey  (r  ^<?^>^).  38.  Harbor  (/zV^/i). 
39.  Harder  {tick  h).     40.   Thinker,    41.  Tinker.     42.   Friday. 

Note. — Although  the  rule  for  writing  the  stroke  L  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  requires  it  to 
be  written  dcmmivard  when  it  is  both  preceded  by  a  vowel  and  followed  bp  a  horizontal  cott- 
sonant.  the  upward  L  must  be  used  if  the  horizontal  stroke  is  ho6\s.eA  initially;  SiS  in  alleg-m, 
alacrity. 


22  LESSON  12. 

INITIAL  HOOK,  ADDING  L. 
The  consonant  diphthongs  formed  by  the  addition 
of  L  to  other  consonant  sounds,  as  in  'bottle', ''blow*, 
'apple',  etc.,  is  expressea  by  prefixing  a  sraallTiook 
to  IHe  RIGHT  side  of  straight  letters;  thus, 

\  PI,  \-tl-,  ^   tl,  f  dl;  /  chl,  /  jl,—  kl.^  gl  ^  u 

^  A  LARGE  hook  acMs  L  to  curves;  thus, 
FlL,vlVL;thlC,THLC;shl(down)^,shl{up)cy';inlc^.nlc_^ 

When  speaking  of  these  double  consonants,  they 
should  be  pronounced  as  one  s ound ;  thus ,  1  should  not 
be  called  't.r',  but  'ter';\'per';  l 'tel'A'pel^;  etc., 
for  if  you  call  \p,l, v  is  meant; you  should  say  'pel'. 
Exercise  25. 


1. 
2. 

3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 


8. 


7.  X  "^  V  --^ 


Exercise  26. 
1.  Clinker, anchorage, flow, flee, flap, flabby'. 
2«  Arrival , penal , tunnel , play , ply , apple, chapel . 

3.  -Flitch, f lag, flesh,flarae, floor, flower, feeble. 

4.  Inflame, inflate, Ihflict, bevel, devil,'bleat. 

5.  Bushel, of ficial,martial,partial, initial, trifle. 

6.  Funnel , eternal , channel , venal , f laj-inel , couple . 

7.  Plea, pluck, plum, people, pupil, tipple,  flood. 

8.  Blue  .blight, bleach, black, blame, pebble, baffle. 

SPECIAL  WORD-SIGNS,  or  "GRMIMALOGUES*. 

(For  explanation  of  the  following, and  directions  for 

practice  see  opposite  pagej 

After  studying  the  foregoing, write  an  entire  page  of 
each  of  the  following  Word- signs, longhand  and  short- 
hand; then  write  into  shorthand.and  hack  into  longhand 
several  times. the  sentences  given  in  the  Exercises 
illustrating  these  Granmalogues. 

He  I.;  Who./  (made  downward );n„^  Thing. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  23 

L  HOQK. 

GRAMMALOGUES. 

Every  letter  in  the  Phonographic  Alphabet  is  made  to 
represent  an  entire  word.  Thus,  the  first  place  light  dot,  a, 
written  above  the  line,  stands  for  the  article  a  or  an  ;  the  third 
place  heavy  dot,  ee,  written  on  the  line,  stands  for  fhe  ;  Fon 
the  line  stands  for  /lave  ;  g-aj  above  the  line  for  g-o,  etc. 

With  each  lesson  the  pupil  should  memorize  a  few 
of  these  Letttr- words,  or  Grammalogues,  until  the  entire  list 
is  perlectly  familiar.  They  are  absolutely  essential  for  the 
rapid  writing  of  shorthand,  and  so  should  be  practiced,  a  page 
of  each,  longhand  and  shorthand,  and  reviewed  frequently. 

Practice,  //<?,  IV/io,  Tiling,  as  shown  on  the  opposite  page, 
before  wiiting  the  following  sentences. 

The  Grammalogue  tlie,  when  following  almost  any  other, 
may  be  joined  to  it  by  writing  it  in  the  form  of 
a  very  short  das/i,  or  tick,  made  either  upward  or  downward, 
but  always  in  the  direction  of  chay,  if  downward,  and  of  np- 
icard  r,  if  upward.  It  should  be  written  in  the  direction 
which  will  form  an  acute  angle  with  the  preceding  word,  but 
after  By,  Of,  All  and  To,  it  is  always  made  downward. 

Practice  the  following  Phrases  before  writing  the  Sentences: 

Through-ihe.  {up)  A t-the  (up)  By  the  (down) 

OvER-the  (down)  In- the  (down)  Or,    R^  (down) 

I .  Who  took  my  apple  ?  He  saw  you  look  throug/i-the 
windovv.  2.  Mary  wore  a  blue  merino  robe  at-the  picnic.  3.  I 
sawaflyGOovER-thewall.  4.  Longfellow  (?/;!>/)  ^a^ an  admirable 
{up  r)  daughter.  5.  TJie  ship  lay  at  anchor  in- the  bay. 
6,  While  riding  through-the  tunnel,  I  saw  a  blue  flame.  7.  He 
read  a  valuable  paper  at-the.  club.  8.  The  blackberry  (up  r) 
hung  ripe  <^'-the  road,  while  the  boy  looked  longingly  at  it. 
9.  We  may  travel  by  boat  or  by  rail.  10.  Show  him  the  thing 
you  took. 

MISCRLLANEOUS  WORDS. 
I.  Legible.  2.  Affirmatively  (/,  f  down,  tn,  t,  v,  I  hook).  3.  Amic- 
ably. 4.  Ample  {m  pi).  5.  Angle.  6.  Apply.  7.  Approval.  8.  Ar- 
rival. 9.  Audible.  10.  Bashful.  11.  Plural  {tip  r).  12.  Crackle. 
13.  Playwright.  14.  Clerical.  15.  Implacable,  ift  Diplomacy.  17.  Radi- 
cal. 18.  AflFable.  19.  Infidel.  20.  Laughable.  21.  Miracle  {up  r). 
22.  Voluble.  23.  Paternal.  24.  Trouble.  25.  Favor.  26.  Prepared 
{pr,  p,up  r,  d).  27.  Employ  (w//^/).  28.  Reply.  29.  Owner.  30.  Oblige. 
31.  Unable.  32.  Cling.  33.  Comical.  34.  Technical.  35.  Enamel.  36.  Un- 
able. 37.  Durable.  38.  Healthful.  39.  Manageable.  40.  Dutiful. 
41.  Ignoble.  42.  Incredible.  43.  Gamble.  44.  Nerve.  45.  Bridle. 
46.  Shackle  (up  ish).  47.  Movaljle.  48.  Impartial  {mp,  up  r,up  shl). 
49.  Inevitable.  50.  Wrinkle.  51.  Equivocal.  52.  Florida  {upr).  53.  Avail- 
able (^r^/ /  ^oze/wze/arrf).  54.  V&hiahle  {;first  I  upward).  55.  Machinery 
( r  hook  on  n  ). 


^^  LESSON  13. 

SMALL  FINAL  HOOKS. 

Both  ends  cf  a  stroke  may  be  "hocked".  Of  the  ini- 
tial hocks, explained  in  the  two  preceding  Lessons, the  R 
hook  occurs  by  far  the  more  frequently.  Remember, then, 
that -the  most  i'requently  used  FINAL  Hook. representing  N 
is  written  on  the  same  side  of  a  straight  stroke  as  the 
most  freiquent  INITIAL  Hook, namely', the  K  Hook  sid§;  thus 
Pn  H  tn  J  J ,  chn  /<kn  — ,  ,r  (up)n  /^,wayn  ^^yayn  ,^,hayn ^ 

The  N  Hook  may  al'sc'De  written  on  curved  strokes, thus 
fn  vX,"t,hn  6(  ,sn  J  j,shn  ^^mn/-^,nn  ;_^,l(up)n/^rn^ 

The  Hook  which  is  pla,ced  FINALLY  on  the.  same  side  of 
a  a,traighjt|  stroka  as  the  INITIAL  L  Hook  s^tands  forF,V:  j 
Pf\\t?  U,cM//,kfz::^   ,r(up)f ^wayf  ^yayf  ./-liayfi/ 
THERE  IS  NO  F  OR  V  HOOK  TO  CUEVED  LETTERS.  xTUife. 

Neither  the  N  nor  F,V.Hook  can  be  used  at  the  end  of 
a  word  when  a  vowel  follows  either  sound, thus )v,^.  penny, 
~'    ^coffee (use  the  stroke). 

"But  both  the  N  and  F.V, Hooks  are  often  used  in  the 
middle  of  a  v/ord  when  ihey  will  join^well  with  the  fol- 


iov.'ing  stroke, thus, /^Vrainbow. ^^--^  refer.  Do  not, how- 
ever,try  to  use  the  Hook  every  iime  the  sound  of  N  or  F 
occurs  m  the  middle  of  a  v/ord, for  this  is  often  either 
impracticable  or  impossible, as  in^/^-^A^indcw(NOTc/T  ) » 
.-^rllJninutelKGT  "M");  ^beveKNOTV   ),etc. 

Exercise  27. 

j„  L  J-  r  ]■ 


1 

Exercise  28. 

l.Run, roan, earn, Aar on, ran,Rhine,wren,wine, pain, plan. 
2. Noon, iron, plain,bl ovm,brain, deign, one , train, chin. 
3. Loan, cone, join, lane, gain, grain, yawn, fine, green. 
4.  Vine, even, thin, thine, ocean, proof, "beef, brief, shine. 
5. Bluff,troi:;gh,hoof,  calf,  cough,  cliff, brave,  tariff. 
6. Thief, runner, prefer,profane, divide, finery, bone. 
7. Bony,  ten,  tiny,  Jane,  Jenny,  vain,  avenue, man, many,  rain. 
8. Renev/,buff,puffy,troygh,trophy3motlve, modify,  amen. 

Words  containing  more  than  one  stroke  and  ending  with 
r,n  or  rf  are  usually ^wnitten  with,  the  upward  R,  thus, 
[Xturn,  IXturf;  ^^r e turn, /~^  1  earn,  V" born. 


GRM'MALOGUES . 
And (up);  Are.,.<^  (up) ;  To  .n.. (down) . 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  25 

N  AND  F  HOOKS. 

1.  Dare  to-do  right ;  dare  to-be  {"de"  through  the  line  re- 
presents the  phrase  "  to-be  ")  true. 

2.  I-will  {join  the  first  half  of  the  diphthong  I  to  upward  I ) 
try  X.o-do  well.  3  Draw  nigh  to-Him^  and  He  WILL  draw  nigh 
to-you.  4.  Annie  and  Mary  are  to  Goto  New  Jersey.  5.  The 
thief  broke  through-Wxo.  window.  6.  \v-yo\x-are  ready,  you 
and  I-will  go  down  to-the  creek.  7.  The  girl  who  bought  the 
flannel  had  a  head-ache.  8.  At  a.  pawn  shop  one  may  see  many 
odd  men.  9.  Will  you  take  a  drive  th?ough-the.  park  (/>,  tip 
r,  k)  ?  At  Trenton  Washington  rowed  through-Xhe.  ice  to-the 
other  shore.  Do  only  one  thing  at  a  time  and  do  it  well.  12.  I- 
will  try  to-do  right  and  earn  my  money  like  a  true  man. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Affirmative  {down  r).  2.  Negative.  3.  Defective  (_/"  hook), 
4.  Rough.  5.  MufiF.  6.  Life.  7.  Pave.  8.  Active.  9.  Activity. 
10.  I-eaf.  II.  Laugh.  12.  Arrive.  13.  Move.  14.  Knave.  15.  Enough. 
16.  Locomotive.  17.  Bravery  (&  Aoo^).  18.  Frenchman.  19.  Economical 
(/&,  «  hook,  m,  kl).  20  Again.  21.  Alderman.  22.  Attain.  23.  Attain- 
able («  stroke).  24.  Awaken.  25.  Barn.  26.  Bean.  27.  Beaten.  28.  Forma, 
tive  {down  r).  29.  Attractive.  30.  Autograph.  31.  Begin.  32.  Above. 
33.  Marine.  34.  Ravine.  35.  Mine.  36.  Coffin.  37.  Wan.  38.  Noun. 
39.  Oven.  40.  Bane.  41.  Pain.  42.  Gin.  43.  Tyranny  44.  Wooden. 
45.  Pigeon.  46.  Kitten.  47.  Launch.  48.  Clean.  49.  Auburn  {up  r). 
50.  Luncheon.  51.  Gladden.  52.  Coin.  53.  Ripen.  54.  Dungeon  {d, 
n  stroke,  j,  n  hook).  55.  Broken.  56.  Monarch  (w,  n  hook,  R  down). 
57.  Balloon.  58.  'Rr&nc\\{n stroke).  59.  Known.  60.  Heathen.  61.  Legion. 
62.  June.  63.  Trenton  {tt,  stroke  n,  t,  n  hook).  64.  Washington. 
65.  Maine.  66.  Michigan.  67.  Oregon.  68.  Happen  and  Manhattan 
{aspirate  dot).  69.  Runner  («  A(?o/;  upr).  70.  Vanish  («/ mA).  71.  .ad- 
journ {j  with  r  and  n  hooks).  72.  Arrange  (downward  r,  «  hook). 
73.  Minute  {stroke  n).  74.  Woolen  (double  consonant  wl,  n  hook). 
75,  Meanwhile  {stroke  n).     76.  Agency  {stroke  n). 

*When  Phrasing  him,  always  vocalize  it  with  a  single  third  position  light  dot. 


26 

LESSON  14. 
THE  SKON  (-TION)  HOOK. 

A  lar^e  final  hook  represents  the  termination 
tion,-siari,-shion,-cion,-sion,etc.  (pronounced  "shon*). 
This  hook  is  added  to  both  strai^t  and  ciirved  strokes. 

It  may  be  written  on  either  sTde  of  a  straight 
line  under  certain  restrictions,  viz: 

1,  When  at  the  end  of  a  straight  stem  which  be- 
gins with  a  hook  (or  other  prefix  \y),or  springs  from  a 
curveV ^^'7^^^  i^  Of^  t-he  opposite  side  thus,  ''V  op- 
press Ion, NOT  o  ;VL__3yacat i on ;/C^  location, NOT  Vlp  A^, 
that  the  straightness  of  the  entire  orrbline  may  be 
preserved. 

2.  If  it  occurs  on  a  simple  straight  stem,  not 
preceded  by  a  curve  or  prefix  of  any  kind,  place  the 
shon  hook  always  on, the  side  opposite  the  vowel, or  ac- 
cented vowel,  thus,^  passion;A^  option?\^  operation; 

\/0  Persian.. 

(The  only  exception  to  this  rule  is  when  shon  fol- 
lows t,d  orjjin  which  case  the  hook  is  always  turned 
to  the  RIGHT  side,  thus,  u  addition,  \   petition.) 

The  shon  hook  may  be  added  to  curi^d  letters  by 
writing  it  (like  all  the  other  hooks)  on  the  inside"; 
thus,vj:)  nation, ^70  motion,  /C^  lotion. 

This  hook  also. may  be  used  to  advantage  when  the 
syllable  -tion  comes  in  the  middle  of  a  word;  thus, 
^O^ missionary,  N   passionate,  \  petitioner. 


1. 


Exercise  29. 


u 


Exercise  30. 

1.  Vis ion, col lee tion, caution, miss  ion, termination. 

2.  Education, perfection, derision, visionary, division. 

3 .  Pr ovis  i  onal , educati onal , di c ti onary , enumerati on. 

4.  Allegation, elocution, location, revelation, national. 

5.  Formation, session, auctioneer, avers ion, navigation. 


Grammalogues  and  Sentences. 
On ;  For.-v,..;  CanTTT...;  From.'TX... 

1.  Do-you  feel  weary  enough  to  lie  ON-the  beach? 

2.  FOR  if- you  do,  I-CATi  watch  over  you  and  keep 
you  FROM  harm. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  27 


SHON  HOOK. 
I.  May  WE  00  to  see-ihe.  American  {upward  r)  legation  at 
Berlin?  2.  I  apprehend  {pr,  n,  d)  he  will  show  IT  to-you. 
3.  Keep  YOUR  money  IN -the  bank  where  it  -  may -b^  had  upon 
application (//,  k,-tion).  4.  I-fail  to  ^^^  ze/^j^' /^^  wa^<?  awy*  alle- 
gation. 5.  My  relative  from  Brooklyn  {Br,  k.  In)  will-be 
here  in  addition  to-your  brother.  6.  If  1-had  a  fine  education 
do-yo\x  know  where  I'd  (/,  d)  live  ?  Why,  in  Europe  (7?  down). 
7.  Z><7-you  feel  weary  enough  to  lie  on-the  beach?  8.  For  if- 
you  do,  lean  watch  OVER  you  and  keep  you  from  harm. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 
1.  Action.  2.  Attraction.  3.  Apportion.  4.  Approbation.  5.  Ar- 
tesian. 6.  Assumption.  7.  Auctioneer.  8.  Navigation  {-Hon  under g)- 
9.  Hessian  («^  A).  10.  Visionary.  11.  Election.  12.  Fusion.  13.  Traditional 
(/  down).  14,  Vacation.  15  Rational  {-Hon  above  r).  16.  Notation. 
17,  Rotation.  18.  Intimation.  19.  Benediction.  20.  Collision  {up  I). 
21.  Division.  22.  Mansion.  23.  Cushion.  24.  Dimension.  25.  Pension. 
26.  Version.  27.  Session.  28.  Omission.  29  Permission.  30.  Probation. 
31.  Edification.  32.  Commissioner  {k,  m,  -Hon,  rdown).  33.  Amplification 
{;n,pl,  f,  k,  -Hon).  34.  Verification  {vr,  f,  k,  Hon).  35.  Location. 
36.  Vocation.  37.  Litigation.  38.  Obligation  (//ro<?^).  39.  Violation. 
40.   Isolation  ( up  I), 


28      .  LESSON  15. 

ADDITIONAL  SIGN  FOR  S  AND  Z. 
In  addition  to  the  curved  strokes  )  )  for  s,and  z, 
these  letters  are  also  represented  by  a  small  circle o  ; 
which  serves  for  hoth  s  and  z.  Between  two  consonants 

it  is  written  thus: 

Exercise  31. 


3-  V 

4.,r^-   ^2^    A'    C  %  Aa   ^  C. 
Observe  that  between  two  straight  consonants  the 
circle  is  written  OUTSIDE  the  angle;  as  i— task;between 
a  straight  stroke  and  a  curve  it  is  usually  written  in- 
side the  curve; as '"V^  opossum;  between  two  curves,  iZ 
ToITows  the  sweep  of  the  first  curve,  as.  ^'\_  missive. 
Exercise  32. 
1.  Opposite, passage,  pacify,beset,bestow,bese*ech, mask. 
2.Joseph,  design,  chasten,  cask,  excite,  oxyde,  oxen, gasp. 
3. Dusty,faucet, vis it, inside, music, message, risk,hasty. 

MODIFICATIONS  OF  THIS  PRINCIPLE. 
I. As  shown  above  when  a  circle  is  written  on  thfi 
outside  of  the  argle  between  two  straight  strokes  it 
indicates  simply  s,  thus,J^desk«  But  when  the  cir- 
cle is  turned  on  the  RIGHT  side  between  t  and  k,  or 
gay, and  d  and  k,or  gay,  it  expresses  skr,s^;  thus, 
Inr-descry,  lr-rdisagree,for  then  the  r  hook  is  included. 
II. When  the  medial  s  occurs  m  connection  with  the 
pr  and  pi  combinations, the  circle  s  and  the  hook  of 
the  double  letter  must  be  distinctly  expressed;  thus, 
"X)  express  ion^i:^<j_^disclos  ing. 

In  such  a  combination, when  the  hook  CANNOT  be 
formed  perfectly, it  should  be  expressed  as  nearly  as 
possible  ;thi:is^^  explain;  or  it  may  be  omitted  altogeth- 
er in  special  outlines  such  asVj)res kibe, for  prescribe, 
V->  prescription,  etCj,    ,   J: 
\)      t-        »        Exercise  33. 

U  t->,  Ir^  ^-:  W^-^  1^  7l    i  \  .^     L 

Exercise  34. 

l.Prosper,bowstring,Caspar,gossiper,lisper,rasper. 
2. Pas try,whis per, bestr6w,bicycle, outs trip, outstretch. 
^  GRAMm^OGUES  AND  SENTENCES.  ,  / 

,Think..L.;Should  ^-(up);Put  .\...  ;AlLl-(down)  ;ThemA  ;Much./... 

l.Do-you  like  coffee  or  tea?I- THINK  I  SHOULD  MUCH 
prefer  tea.  2.  I-THINK  I  saw.  THEM  on-the  boat. 
S.Polly  PUT  the  kettle  on,  we'll  ALL  take  tea. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  29 


MEDIAL  S. 

When  the  expression  "  of  the''  occurs  between  two  other 
words,  it  is  omitted  entirely,  and  the  two  words  between  which 
it  occurs  are  written  as  closely  together  as  possible,  or  "  ap- 
proximated." 

How,  diphthong  ow' 

I  Blessed  ARE-the  meek.  2.  The  insulation  {0/  the) 
electric  {tip  I)  wire  will  keep  it  from  doing  harm.  3.  Will 
you  allow  MK  to  ride  on  your  bicycle?  4.  How-long  d?i7-you 
imagine  it-will  (/,  up'ivardl')  take  to  learn?  {up  I,  tipr,  n  hook). 
5  Only  a  mouth  or  so.  6.  iF-you  and  I  disagree,  the^i  who 
will-be  to  blame  ?  7.  Every  person  will  do  well  to  heed  the 
Bible.  8.  "  Get  a  passion  for  reading.  Read  closely,  wisely, 
analyzing  (w,  L,  s,  ing),  every  expression  and  laying  it  up  for 
use  IN- YOUR  memory.  So  will  your  wisdom  be  both  exten- 
sive {ks.  A  ns,  v)  and  useful''  {s,Ji).  9.  "  Learn  to  admire 
rightly  ;  narrow  men  admire  basely  and  worship  meanly"  {m 
n,  L).  10.  I-think  I  saw  them  on-the  boat.  11  Do-you  like 
coffee  OR  tea  ?     I-think  I  should  prefer  {pff  r)  tea. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Inspire.  2.  Exception  {-tiunon  left  side).  3.  Legislation.  4.  Exag- 
geration. 5.  BfK.\.&nsi\&(stroke  n).  6.  Winconsin.  7.  Examiner  (yfej,  tn  nhook, 
R).  8.  Exemption  {omit  the p).  9  Vessel.  10.  Indescribable.  11.  Paterson. 
12.  Absorb.  13.  Obstruction.  14.  Apostle  (p  s  I).  15.  Youngstown. 
16.  Tricycle.  17.  Discourage.  18.  Illustration.  19.  Discourtesy. 
20.  Vicinity.  21.  Passaic.  22.  Brisk.  23.  Expressman.  24.  Deceive. 
25.  Abstain.  26.  Accede.  27.  Accustom.  28.  Admissible.  29  Ad- 
versely (a^  t'r5  Z,).  30.  Ambassador  (wd  5  </r).  31.  Anthracite.  32.  Anx- 
iety- 33-  Apostrophe.  34.  Appraisal,  35.  Approximation.  36.  Mislead. 
37.  Resign.  38.  Mucilage.  39.  Pleasing.  40.  Mischief.  41.  Possess. 
42.  Sausage.  43  Hasten.  44.  Physique.  45.  Burlesque.  46.  Muslin. 
47.  Fresco  {duplicate  fr).  48  Mosquito.  49.  Lawsuit.  50.  Recipe. 
51.  Viceroy.  52.  Message.  53.  Discipline.  54.  Reside.  55.  Preserve. 
56.  Persevere  {prs,  v,  R).  57.  Moccasin.  58.  Piecemeal.  59.  Hos- 
tile. 60.  Augusta.  61.  Boston.  62.  Alaska  (up I).  63.  Minnesota. 
64.  Missouri.  65.  Nebraska.  66.  New  Mexico.  67.  Answer  («/r). 
68.  Officer  (same).  69.  Observe  {up  r,  v  hook).  70.  Lancer  {circles 
inside  n  hook,  downward  r).  71.  Demonstration  {circle  s  inside  n  hook, 
stroke  t).  72.  M.\ms,Uy  {same).  73  Responsive  (5/ro^^  «).  74.  Vicks- 
burg  {r hook).  75.  Arizona.  76.  Tuesday.  77.  Wednesday.  78.  Thursday. 
79.   Harrisburg      80.  Jacksonville.     81.   Brazil 

Note. — When  a  word  begins  with  L,  followed  by  sv,  sn,  sng,  as  in  elusive,  lesson,  losing. 
use  the  downward  L. 

In  words  containing  the  same  consonant  stroke  repeated,  and  a  medial  circle  s,  the  circle  is 
written  on  the  right  side  of  downward  strokes,  and  the  upper  side  of  horizontal  or  upward 
straight  strokes,  ?L&\n  outside,  deceit,  decide,  Tuesday,  posi.t)pom,  Dresden,  dusty  tacit,  cask, 
casccuie,  razor,  reserve,  research,  reservation. 


30 

LESSON  16. 
THB  CIRCLB  15.-  INITIAL. 

When  S  Is  the  FIRST  sound  in  a  word, it  is  express- 
ed by  a  small  circle{o)prefixed  to  the  RIGHT  side  of  a 
perpendicular  stroke, and  to  the  corresponding  side  of 
any  other  straight  letter, (except  H);also  to  the  IN- 
SIDE of  all  CURVED  strokes;  thus: 

S  is  prefixed  to  way, thus,  ,^sw;  as  in^.  sway 

S  is  prefixed  to  kway,thus,  square*7^. 

S  is  prefixed  to  the  pr  and  pi  series  of  straight 
letters  thus; 

\      \      ]       \       ;    ^  ^\    \       \      \       /    ^ 
spr,s'br,str,sdr^sjr,skr,sgr,spl,sDl,stl,sdl,schl,skl. 

As  in  %  sup,  A  supper, /^supple,  r  settle, e_^sickle, etc. 

S  is  prefixed  to  the  fr  and  fl  series  thus: 

sf  r ,  sf  1 ,  s  vr ,  s  vl ,  s-shl ,  smr  ^ml ,  snr ,  snl ,  sngr ,  sngl ,  swl . 
As  in  ^suffer,  vL civil,  etc. 
The  principal  thing  to  remember  in  studying  this 
lesson  is  that  absolutely, and  without  exception,  the 
initial  circle  S  is  ALWAYS  read  FIRST; as  \  sap,NOT 
■asp*, which  would  be  written  thus:  ^x 
Exercise  35. 


Exercise  36. 
l.Soap,spy, stay, stow, sawed, sage, sake, soothe, struggle. 
2. Psalm^ soon, sale, soul, seal, slow, sore, sear, squire. 
3.Suitor,  spread, sprig, sprang, sprawl, sapper, sabre. 
4.Sobriet.y,straw,s trow, stretch, strike,  subscribe. 
5. Stream,scrape, scrub, scribe, scribble,  sown,  scream. 
6. Stride, sprinkle, stripe, stroll, strong, scramble, sign. 
7.Scrutiny,supply,sable,subtle, cycle, circle, squabble. 

THE  SW  CIRCLE. 
The  sound  of  SW,when  heard  at  the  beginning  of  a  word 
is  represented  by  a  LARGE  INITIAL  CIRCLE, used  like  the 
simple  initial  circle  s,thus,\  sv/eep; 'A  sv/eeper,etc. 

,  \  /  ^  .r_^__^_^'  r  ^  \ 

Has)o  X         GRATvIMALOGUES/  ) 

As(...;Of. -.(down);  Which  ./.  (down);... Was  _^.  . 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  31 


INITIAL  S  AND  SW 

Do  iiot  use  the  n  hook  in  the  tniddle  of  a  word  after  m, 
followed  by  a  downward  stroke. 

Year,  R^  {down)  Though,  thee^ 

I .  Do-you  know  which  year  it- was  ?  2 .  Do-yo\x  see  any 
sign  of  rain  ?  or  has-the  sun  begun  to  shine  ?  3.  Fling  forth 
the  banner  {of  the)  free.  4.  I-will  see  you  a/-the  station  at  ten 
o'clock  A.  M.  {longhand initials),  as  you  desire.  5.  YouR-favor 
{R,  vr)  of  Thursday  was  duly  read,  and  I-will  answer  it  to-mor- 
row {grammalogue  ''to"  Joi7ied  to  m,  r).  6.  On  Tuesday, 
Wednesday  and  Saturday  {circle  s  on  right  side  of  t,  up  rand  d), 
I-will  plan  to  visit  you.  7.  Swear  you- will  secure  me  the 
money  or  I-will  switch  you.  8.  I  h.o^-{diphthong  I  joined  to 
/)-you-will  secure  for  your  sulky  a  speedy  sale,  and  so  remain, 
yours-truly,  {down  r,  circle  s,  tr,  upward  I).  Ask  the  girl  to 
7ise  some  soap  to  scrub  the  floor  while  I  sweep  the  other  room. 
10.  Few  {Joi7i  u  to  f)  people  toil  iN-the  hope  of  using  time  in 
a  right  way.  They  allow  IT  to  slip  away  as  though  it 
WERE  a  thing  of  no  value. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 
I.  Stroll.  2.  Subtle  (5,  //).  3.  Sale.  4.  Squabble.  5.  Civil.  6.  SuflFer. 
,7.  Subscriber  {circles  b,  circle s  k  br).  8.  Superstition.  9.  Subscribe 
{circles  b,  circle  s  k  b).  10.  Speech.  11.  Station.  12.  Satan.  13.  Smooth_ 
14.  Scorn  {upr,  n  hook.  See  page  24).  15.  Sink.  16.  Central.  17.  Silk. 
iS.  Slaver>'.  19.  Citizen.  20.  Sojourner  {sjr,  nr).  21.  Savannah. 
22.  Somerville  (s,  m,  up  r,  v,  down  I).  23.  South  Dakota.  24.  Desire. 
25.  Cincinnati.  26  Sunday.  27.  Newspaper.  28.  Saturday.  29.  Swoon. 
30.  Swap.  31.  Swagger.  32.  Swede.  33.  Swanee.  34.  Swell.  35.  Swathe. 
36.  Swan.  37.  Swim.  38.  Swimmer.  39.  Swallow.  40.  Swamp. 
41.  Swarm.  42.  Sweep.  43  Sweet  44.  Swerve  («^r,  vhook).  45.  Swing. 
46.   Swiss.     47.  Sworn  (down  r).     48.  Savage.     49-  Sultry. 


^2  LESSON  17. 

THE  CIRCLE  S,-  FINAL. 
When  S  or  Z  is  the  LAST  sound  in  a  word,  it  is 
expressed  by  a  small  final  circle  on  the  RIGHT  side  of 
a  perpendicular  stroke, and  on  the  corresponding  side' 
of  any  other  straight  letter;  also  on  the  inside  of 
all  curved  strokes;  thus: 

As  in"^  pace,  ^  wise,  L-  tease,  V:^  face,vy>  nose. 

The  following  will  aid  the  memory: 

"On  strokes  that  cimre,  by  this  abide: 
..All  hooks  and  circles  turn  inside." 
Final  S  irrmediately  following  N  is  combined  with  the 
Hook  .on  straif^t  strokes  by  CLOSING, the  Hook,  thus, 
pain,^  pains;  J  dines, cttt>  grains  ,/4/  re  turns  ,^--^earns 
On, Curved  strokes, write, the  Circle  S  INSIDE  the  Hooks 

thus  Vs heaven,  Vs  heavens ;<rTa>  summons ;^_5' nouns, ^^3  visions. 

Also  INSIDE  F  Hock  on  straight  strokes, thus X  puffs 
REfffiMBER  THAT  THERE  IS  NO  F  OR  V  HOOK  TO  CURVfeS. 
A  Large  Circle  expressesr^he  syllable  "ses" either 

Medially  or  Final ly, thus  "l  exist, "X,  excessive: 

>r  races;  X)  passes":  with  N  HOOK:  ^7  chances, -.^cleanses. 

But  not  when  N  follows  a  curved  stroke, thus /^  lances. 
REflEMBER  in  studying  this  lesson  that  the  Final  Circle 

S  is_ ALWAYS  read  LAST, thus ,\'pus5 .Write  •pussy"thu3,\ 

,.      ,        .       ,      ,   Exercise  37. 

lA  ^    i-  <J-  ^'  J  ^  /<^  ^  _^v_  T"'  T 


^ 


2.  ^   ^^  z^'  /  _^  V>  ^    I     / 

3.  J~    /•   ^— 1>  "C     }•    .^  Aa     i     ^  ^. 

Exercise  38. 

l.Base, eats , sheaves , cause , oaks , thaws , shows , alms . 
2. Mace, nose, lace, laws, ears, rose, yours, brains, dance. 
3. Cleanse, fines, nouns , lines , earns ,brief s , cuffs . 
4.Serves , applause,  cases  ,darices ,  chances  ,necessity . 
5. Instances, glances, necessary, subsistence, decisive. 
6.Miss, Misses, distances, masses, possessive, business. 

,    Grammalogues  and  Sentences.  • 

Shall_./;  Our .^^. (up);  But..i...;  My.T^;Is  o; Advantage.." 

1.  SHALL  we  say  'I-ara  unable  to  labor  through  my  task"? 

2.  No:  BUT  it-IS  to-0l3R  ADVANTAGE  to-do  our  task  well. 

NOTE.  Form  plurals  of  Grammalo^^ues  by  adding  the 
circle  s;  thus.  Thing w^  ,  "Things d^  ;  Think  (  ; 
Thinks  4  »  etc. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  33 

FINAL  CIRCLE  S. 

Final  s,  following  n,  is  always  expressed  after  a  straight 
stroke  by  closing  the  n  hotJk,  as  in  pains,  assurance,  dispense,  etc. 

The  circle  s  must  be  placed  inside  of  the  n  hook  after 
curved  strokes,  as  in  fans,  nozins,  peins,  etc. 

After  both  straight  and  curved  strokes,  the  circle  s  is 
placed  inside  the  -/ion  hook,  as  in  passions,  notions,  etc. 

In  using  the  large  ses  circle,  it  is  not  necessary  to  vocalize 
it  when  it  represents  the  syllable  ses,  as  in  passes,  laces,  cases  ; 
but  the  vowel  must  be  inserted  in  all  other  cases,  as  exercise 
{diphthong  I  inside  of  large  circle^,  axis,  exhaustive,  etc. 

Our,  up  r^  This,  ith^.  s  circle         December,  d  s  circle,  tn^ 

I.  \-\ii\\pay  my  fines  and  dues  in  a  few  days.  2.  If -yon 
agree  to-this,  please  see  your  lawyer  {up  I,  dow7i  r)  soon  and 
advise   {d,    v  stroke,    s  circle)   as-to    possible   action  in  July. 

3.  Please  go  and  see  John  Smiih  of  Yonkers  {yay,  ng,  r  hook 
circle    s')      and    ask    him     to    write    as  -  soon  -  as- possible* 

4.  Marine  animals  live  iN-the  sea.  5.  Will  you  join  our 
pirty?  Yes.  if  you-v^')\\  allow  me  to-do  so.  6.  "  Beauty  is  a 
fairy  ;  she  hides  in  a  flower  cup  or  beneath  a  leaf,  or  creeps 
into-(w,  /•)-the  ivy  on-the  wall,  and  plays  among-the  sunbeams, 
OR  laughs  otit  from  a  vivacious  and  youthful  {ith,fl)  face." 
7.  Uucle  Benjamin  Green  will-be  at-the  house  on  Sunday. 
He  WILL  then  leave  for  Minnesota,  Montana,  New  Mexico, 
Texas,  Missouri,  Mississippi  and-the-South.  He  will  return 
by -the  tenth  {10  and  ith)  of  December,  and  will  remain  here 
OVER  Christmas  {kr,  s,  m,  s).  As-soon-as  the  holidays  are  over 
he  WILL  sail  for  China  and  Japan,  and  will-be  gone  for  three 
YEARS.  In  all  THIS  time  he  will  travel  many  miles,  visit  m.^ny 
strange  scenes  and  bring  back  trunks  full  {down  I)  of  antique  and 
valuable  mementoes  {n  stroke).    Success  io-him.^    Bon  voyage. 

*Large  initial  circle  on  n,  s  circle,  p,  circle  s. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS 
I.  Success.     2.  Successful  {down  I).   3.  Successfully,   4.  Successive. 

5.  Successively.  6.  Successor  («/>  r).  7.  Successes.  8.  Pace.  9.  Face. 
10.  Pains.  II.  Fans.  12.  Abhorrence  («/>  A).  13.  Absence.  14.  Allowance. 
15.  Amanuensis  (;«,  n,  ft,  ses).  16.  Ambitious.  17.  Dispense.  18.  Amuse. 
19.  Anxious.  20.  Business.  21.  Across.  22.  Address.  23.  Adherence 
{up  r).  24.  Perseverance  (5^  f  drup).  25.  Advice.  26.  Apologize. 
27.  Apparatus.  28.  Appearance.  29.  Disappearance.  30.  Appraise. 
31.  Assistance.  32.  Assurance.  33.  Authorize  {ith.  up  r,  s).  34.  Balance. 
35.  Eloquence  («/>  /).  36.  Barbarous  (d,  r,  <^,  r,  5).  37.  Base.  38.  Basis. 
39  Syracuse  {down  r).  40.  Memphis.  41.  Massachusetts.  42.  Dallas. 
4V  Elizabeth.  44.  Instance.  45.  New  Orleans.  46.  Providence 
{v  hook).  47.  Molasses.  48.  Crackers.  49.  Glass.  50.  Spheres.  51.  Ex- 
cuse. 52.  Insurance  («,  ish,  up  r,  n  hook  closed).  53.  Sacrifice  {skr,  f,  s 
circle).  54.  Abyss.  55.  Centuries  {s,  n  t  up  r,  s).  56.  Advance  {v  hook). 
57.  Columbus  {k,  down  I,  tnb.  circle  s).  58.  Separates  {spr,  t,  circle  s), 
59.  Purchase  {r  hook).  60.  Precious  {upward  ish).  61.  Des-Moines. 
62.  'K.sin?,as-Q\ty  {k,  n  stroke,  ses  circle,  t)  63.  Kansas.  64.  Mississippi. 
65.  Texas.     66.  Arkansas. 

*When  phrasing  "  him  "  a  single  third  position  dot  must  always  be  placed  before  the  m  to 
avoid  confliction  with  the  word  nte,  '-,  ,  


34  LESSON  18. 

DISTINCTION  BSTWEBN  CIRCLE  S  AND  STROKE  S. 
Tha  initial  or  final  circle  is  not  used  in  the 
following  classes  of  words:  (l)When  a  word  BEGINS 
with  S  preceded  by  a  vowel, as  l-ask;  (2jWhen  a  word 
BEGINS  wltn  a  roll owed  by  two  vowels, as L-  science;  (3) 
When  a  word  BiSiiirJb  witn  S  ToTlowed  by  a  vowel  and  an- 
other S,as  >  society;  (4)  wnen  a  word  ENDS  with  S  pre- 
ceded by  tiro  vowels, as "^  chaos;  (5)  When  a  word  ENDS" 
with  a,   foITowed  by  a  vowel, aa^.racy;  and  (6)  When  a 
word  contains  no  other  consonants  as,)"  sigh,*)  ace. 
The  plurals  of  _^such  words  are  formed  by  adding  the  fi- 
nal circle^as  T  sighs;  )  aces. 

The  stroke  Z,is  used  in  words  beginning  with  the 
sound  of  Z,  as  V^zeal. 

Exercise  39. 


4.  [-  ^,\^  yy^K^^^^n-") 


Exercise, 40. 

1. Sail, assail, dress, dressy,  joys',  joyous, less, Lucy* 
2. Puss, pussy, zero, G2ar,so, asp, spy,  sack,ask,Zion. 
3. Sciatica, virtuous, skip, escape, suspense, Sicily. 
4.  Alas, lasso, Lizzie. suspicion.sewiqg^SiamtSueSki 

BEVIEff  EXERCISE. 

1.  Write  in  shorthand  as  many  words  as  there  are 
Vowels  and  Diphthongs (16), each  word  to  contain  only 
one  consonant  and  a  different  vowel. 

2.  Construct  in  shorthand  as  many  words  as  will  il- 
lustrate the  different  rules  for  writing  long  and  short 
vowels  between  strokes, each  word  to  contain  only  two 
strokes  and  one  vowel. 

3 J,  Tr^scribe  into  longhand  the  .following  sentences: 

.^7^.^..  '  \_,^-  '  ^"^  ■• ■'■  •  -^^   "  ^  ■■}■    -  ' 

Wfite  correctly  in  shorthand  the  following  words: 

4.  -Wrath, cure, rare, wore, yore, arm, earth, carry, like. 

5.  Full,annul,roll,owl,appeal,  alike, Alpine,  fully. 

6.  Coal, honey,hay,had,him,home, hiss, her,liain,hall. 

7 .  Hack,hire  ,iobby,  cohere ,  query,  thump, while  ,why,  pray. 

8.  Offer,  free,  through,  tiger,apple,flow,bevel. 

9 .  Enclosure , queer, pupil , den, French, fun, run, tough. 

10.  Rough,muff,knife,def eat, penny,cof fee, modify. 

11.  Pass ion, oppress ion, petition, additional, fashion. 

12.  Task,descry, expression, explain, prescribe, sap. 

13.  Supper,subtle, seize, sweep, square, sever, civil. 

14.  Chase, face,hence, wives, fines, vis ions, races. 

15.  Chances, suGcessful, ice, ease, science, society. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  35 


CIRCLE  AND  STROKE  S. 
Thus,  zVA',  c  rcle  s 

I.  The  progress  of  science  I'^-these  days  is  truly  amazing, 
2.  I/)se  no  time  in  idleness  (/,  d,  up  /,  stroke  n,  circle  s).  3.  See- 
the  eagle  soar  ovHR-the  lake.  We  should  make-lhe  same  use 
of  books  as  a  bee  does  of  a  flower.  5.  A  tax  was  laid  on  tea 
in-the  days  of  the  {approximate  for  ''of  the.''  See  page 
29)  Revolution.  6  Do  right  a/-the  outset ;  thus  you- 
wiLL-HAVK     no    reason    to     murmur    a/- the    close     of-life. 

7.  If  I  may  have  your  assistance  I-think  I-can*  succeed,  for  I 
know  my  society  will  help  ME  to  eain  the  necessary  money. 

8.  1-had  some  suspic'on  of-THis  fellow  as-soon-as  he-said  his 
name  was  Caesar  and  he-was  iN-the  sausage  business,  and 
upon  reading  in-the  papers  of-his  suicide,  I  knew  a/-once  (/ 
above  line,  n  hook  dosed)  he-was  no  loss  to  society. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Suspense.  2.  Sustain.  3.  Su-tenance.  4.  Elias.  5.  Sewing. 
6.  Siam.  7.  Sewage.  8.  Suez,  9.  Sighing.  10.  Accuracy  {k,  up  r,  5 
stroke).  II.  Vacancy,  12,  Sesame.  13.  Excellence.  14.  Excellency. 
15.  Paris.  16.  Acid.  17.  Ascribe.  18.  Aside.  19.  Ask.  20.  Assertion 
[up r,-tion beneath).  21.  Assess.  22.  Assessor.  23.  Assign.  24.  Assignee 
{accent tn  ee).  25.  Assume.  26.  Astray.  27.  Astronomv.  28.  Asylum. 
29.  Arising,  30.  Legacy.  31.  PoUcy.  32.  Fancy.  33.  Courtesy 
{kr,  t,  stroke  s).  34.  Daisy.  35.  Busv.  36.  Easton.  37.  Sewing. 
38.  Aspiration.  39.  Escrow.  40.  Asylum.  41,  Ascribe.  42,  Sistine. 
43.  Assiduous.    44.  Laos.     45.  Arduous. 

*Use  the  first  half  only  of  the  diphthong  I  when  phrasing  with  k,  m  or  upward  L 


r—- — .— . — 

36  LESSON  19.  THE  ST  LOOP,-  INITIAL  AND  FINAL. 
A  Circle  written  on  the  Right  side, at  the  beginning  of 
a  straight  stroke  represents  S;  flatten  the  circle  into 
a  LOOP  and  the  sound  of  ST  is  represented, thus  A  step, 
—- stick,  ^story.  Placed  on  the.  INSIDE  of  CURVES  it 
appears  thus: . '^  staff,  <s5^  stem  ,'==^.steer,  etc. 

On  the  LEFT  side  of  Straight  St'^-okes  ^he  ST  Loop, like 
the  Circle  S, includes  the  R  Hook, thus ,\  stupor,^——: 
stagger;  but  when  STR  occur  together ,initialljfev this 
loop  cannot  be  used, thus,  ]_^,sLreain,  l^strip,  l.strlde . 

Remember  that  in  the  few  words  in  which  the  BT  Loop 
is  combined  with  the  R  Hook, the  Loop  is  invariably  read 
first, then  the  vowel  before  the  stroke, and  after  that 
the  double  consonant.  \\  1  |  ,&c.thus,=--^  st-i-kr  av 
(sticker);  \  st-o-pr{stopper) .  Write  "strike"thus:  I— r 

Do  not  use" the  ST  Laop  when  a  vowel  is  heard  between 
the  S  and  the  T, thus,  t^ satisfy;  or  when  a  vowel  pre- 
cedes the  S,thus,  1  astray, 

Exercise  42. 

1.  Stab, statue, statute, staid, stitch, stub, stout. 

2.  Staff , stupor, stem, stiff , stave, stamp, stain. 
3«  StBer,starry,storj, stare, store, still, sting. 

THE  ST  LOOP,  FINAL. 
When  the  sound  of  ST  is  heard  at  the  END  of  a  word 
it  is  represented  by  a  long, narrow, FINAL  LOOP; thus ,\i 
past, affixed  to  the  RIGHT  side  of  all  perpendicular 
strokes, and  to  the  corresponding  side  of  all  straight 
letters;  also  to  the  inside  of  all  curves;  thus: 

THIS  loop  is  ABSOLUTELY  FINAL  and  is  NEVER  followed 
by  a  vowel ;but, like  the  circle, it  is  used  medially  when 
the  loop  can  be  DISTINCTLY  FORMED;  as  in  testify  •  k- 

A  wider  final  loop, two- thirds  the  length  of  a  con? 
sonant, represents  STR;thus  V  boas ter;.<o master. 

These  loops  are  combined  with  final  n  hooks  on 
straight  letters; thus  \   danced; ^'rinsed;  ^''  punster. 

S  is  added  to  the  final  loop(or  to  the  large  circle 
s es )by  continuing  the^troke  of  a  loop, or  aircle,thus 
<r?^  crusts;  t  dusters^^exerc  is  es, ^'punsters 

Exercise  43. 


n\s 


k 


Exercise  44 

1. Boast, dressed, feast, most, yeast, justify, pastor. 
2. Master, master, punster, danced, dispensed, posts. 
3. Pastors, pleased, punsters, caused, attest, best, just. 


\ 


GRAMf^ALOGUES. 
First  ...^. :  Sure;?. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonog^raphy  37 


ST.   LOOP. 
I.  John  Smith  and  Co.,  successors  {up  r)  to  John  Jones. 

2.  Who  shall   separate    {spr,  t,)  us   from-the  love   of  Christ? 

3.  The  class  is  dismissed.  4.  A  stitch  in  time  saves  nine.  5 
iT-is  time  to  go  home.  6.  Steady,  boys,  steady  ;  ready,  boys, 
ready.  7.  Be  firm  (down  r)  in  dotn^^  your  duty.  8.  We  live 
in-the  vicinity  (0/  the)  park.  9.  Miss  Post  suggests  {s,j,  st 
loop,  s)  an  investigation  {n,  v,  stloop,  gay,-tion)  of  some  (pf  the) 
rumors  which-have  (ch  on  the  line,  v  hook)  just  gotten  to  her 
ears.  10.  A  stout  spinster  raced  ?</ the*  West  side  the  c^M^r, 
raising  the  dust  and  saying  she  must  stab  the  stupid  punster 
who  had  thrust  himself  {ni  on  the  line,  large  ses  circle  joined)  in- 
to her  affairs.  She  stood  still  in  a  stupor  close  by  a  store  wh^re 
they-were  selling  statues  and  waists  ;  then  seeing  some-one 
{some,  with  an  n  hook)  who  she  said  was  an  imposter,  {mp,  str 
loop),  she  causedt  {st  loop),  his  arrest,  and-the  last  WB  saw  of 
her  she  had  disposed!  of  her  prisoner  and  danced,  like  one  half 
dazedt,  into  a  pastry  shop.  11.  The  last  shall-be  first.  12. 
Be  .sure  you're  {down  R^)  right,  then  go  ahead. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Amongst.  2.  Arcestor.  3.  A  nexed.  4.  Apo'ogfized.  5.  Whilst. 
6.  Arou  ed.  7.  Propo  ed.  8.  Assist.  9.  Aires\  .0.  August  11.  Balanced. 
12.  Best.  13.  Cleansed.  14.  Authorized  («/>  r).  15.  Fustd.  16.  Refused. 
17.  Investigation.  18.  Mancl: ester.  19  Rochester.  20.  Worc;sler. 
21.  Aghas  .  22.  Di^tre  sed.  23.  Breakfast.  24.  Priist.  25.  Discussed. 
26.  Mois^t.  27.  Relapsed.  28.  Stomach.  29.  Earnest.  30.  Chemist. 
31.  Dentist.  32.  Excus;d.  33.  T &c t  &ced  {r  /took).  34.  Evinced  5. 
i-tarch  {upr).  36.  Hoarfiost  (^ozt^w  r).  37.  Vast.  ;,8.  \^\.\y  {circle s). 
39.  Purest.  40.  Sweetest.  41.  Greatest.  42.  Finest.  43.  t-tately. 
44.    Lovfst.     ^5.  B  east.      6.  Wrist. 

*Do  not  phrase  up-the. 

tThe  final  ST  loop  represents  sd  or  zd,  as  well  as  st 


448440 


35  LESSON  20. 

ADDITIONAI.  ^ffiTHOD  OF  KXPRKSSINC  W  AND  Y. 

W  and  Y, though  knovm  as  Ccnscnants.are  frequently 
found  ccmfcined  in  v/crds  v/ith  Vowels, thus. t(v/e)lve, 
folio(fcl  yo) .  When  sc  cccurring.a  dighihcng  is  formed 
Combine  W  &  Y  with  the.  long  and  short  vowels, and  we  get 
Wah.Wa ,Wee  ,Waw,V/oh ,Wo'o .  (Long)  .Wa,We  ,Wi ,W6 ,V/u .Wo'b (Short 
YahlYaJeeJaw.Yoh.Yc-o.CLongj.Ya  Ye,Yi  Yo,Yu.Yoo(Short) 

As  dots  and  dashes  are  employed  for  the  ordinary  vow- 
el sounds, so  special  marks  are  used  for  the  W  and  Y 
Diphthongs.  These  special  marks  are, like  the  vowel 
signs, written  in  different  positions, and  in  every  res- 

?ect  are  subject  to  the  rules  governing  the  placing  of 
he  simple  vowels  with  relation  to  Consonant. strokes. 


WAH 
WAY 


=;WAW 
■;WOH 
;W00 


i;Wa 
'I;  We 
J;Wi 


;W6  ijYAH 
;Wu  ^S;YAY 
;Wdb  ,j;yEE 


;YAW 
;YOH 
;Y00 


;Ya 

;Ye 
;Y{ 


!;Yo 

^i;Yu 
I'Joo 


By'curving  the  thumb  and  first  finger  of  the  LEFT 
hand, the  first  three  W  Diphthongs  a^e  s^n,the  RIGHT 
Hand  shewing  the  next  three, thus,  d     ZD 

Practice  these  Diphthongs  according  to  the  direc- 
tions given  in  Lesson  5  for  learning  the  vowels- 
Exercise  46. 

-(   J    ":)  :^  V  ^^  ^. 


2.K  L  ^ 


X 


Exercise  46.      \ 

1.  Assuage, Asia,mania, work, cyclopaedia, serious,  tedious. 

2.  Alien,  York, mi  Hi  on, glorious, young,  various,  curiously. 
3. Pi teous,righteous, courteous. curious, odious,bilious. 
4. Initiation, filial, union, dahlia, plagiarist, railways. 
5 .  Dev i ous .youthful , Ind iana , Indianapbl is ,yearling . 

MODIFICATION  OF  THIS  PRINCIPLE. 

The  W  and  Y  Diphthong  marks  join  readily  to  several 
of  the  Consonant  strokes.  Study  carefully  the  follow- 
ing Rules  for  such  joinings: 

waw(which  includes  with  the  W  the  vov/el  sound  aw)  may 
be  convenienllv  joined  to  K, upward  R,TR.CHR,SHR. thus, 
.^r~:  (v/aw  k)walK;.><^(waw  r)war:1  (waw  tr)water,e£c .  The 
W  sign  alone. without  ahv  v owe I'  element,  is  also  joined 


-A 

Exercise  48, 

I.Wake, week, waxen, warm, wardrobe, wicked. wall, wail, well 
2. Will, wool, way, why, whig, whale, while, wnistle, Wilson. 
GRAMT^/IALOaUES . 


What Would  ..a. 


With 


When. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  39 

W  AND  Y  DIPHTHONGS. 

In  using  the  W  and  Y  diphthongs,  be  careful  not  to  employ 
them  in  words  the  outlines  for  which  would  resemble  some 
other  words  when  the  diphthongs  a-e  omitted.  Such 
words  as  weed.  uo:d,  widow,  would  look  like  do  unless  the 
stroke  W  is  used.  So  wit  1  other  similar  words. 
Wish,  i  '.*  Young,  tw;'* 

I.  When  j-ou  see  a  thing  to-be  (P)  done,  do  it,  and  what 
yon  do,  do  well.  2.  He  who-would-be  wise  must-be  willing  to 
learn.  3.  With  Him  all  things  are  possible.  I-trust  (first 
half  of  diphthong)  3'ou-will  deem  it  best  to  fir.«:t  think  a 
zvhile  ere  you  take  ayiy  rash  steps.  5.  Please  extinguish  your 
fire  OR  you-may-be  s  )rry.  6.  Geography  is  a  description 
{of  the)  earth's  surface.  7.  Study  opens  the  treasures  of 
antiquity.  8.  Muslin  is  from  Moussul,  a  city  of  Turkey  (r 
hook^  IN  Asia.  9.  A  covetous  man  is  eager  for  gain.  10. 
Pneumonia  is  a  disease  {of  the)  lungs.  1 1.  Show  deference  {f 
hook)  to-the  wi  hes  of  ethers  12.  Announce  the  arrival  {of  the) 
ambassador  {mb,  circle  s,  d,  r  hook)  and  proclaim  the  news  of 
victory  {v,  k,  t,  iipward  r).  13.  In  India  and  Persia  the 
natives  are  less  civilized  than-the  people  of  Australia  14. 
While  riding  the  other  day  on- the  railway,  I  noticed  a  furious 
young  steer  run  across- the  track.  As  he- was  only  twenty 
rods  away  he-was  struck  ^-the  locomotive  and  tossed  OVER- 
the  fence,  bellowing  piteously.  15.  The  fierce  Indian  ^az;^  a 
terrific  (  r  ub)  warwhoop  as  he  sprang  with  upraised  toma- 
hawk upon  his  young  victim. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Melodious.  2.  C-  remonious.  3.  Envious  y.  4.  Asiatic.  5.  In- 
a'ierable(«,  down  I,  n  stroke,  bl).  6.  Fericusly  («^r).  7.  Indian.  8  Pite- 
ous'y.  9.  W  s  1  s,  ID.  R  s  rvoir.  11.  Inure.  12.  Bullion.  13.  In- 
genious. 14.  Experievce.  15.  Fr^qu^ncy.  16.  Millionaire.  17. 
Hideous.  18.  Dubi  w^.  19  Ingeniously.  20.  Copious.  21.  Ab- 
brevia'e  (v  hook).  22.  Alienate.  2\.  Ammonia.  24.  Appreciation 
{up  ish  .  25.  Anpr  pr  ation.  26  Audience.  27.  Australian. 
28.  Auxiliary.  29.  Barriers  30.  A'legiance.  31.  Heaviest.  31.  Create. 
w  Acquiescence.  31.  Si  tewalk.  35.  Alleviation.  36.  Onion.  37. 
Sup  rior.  38.  Anguish.  39.  Humiliation.  40.  Obvious.  41.  Genial. 
42.  G  nius.  43-  Expediency  44.  Unqu  stioning.  45.  Plenteous.  46. 
Warden.  47.  Warfare.  48  Waterf  11.  49.  Waterman.  50.  Warmtii. 
51.  Warmer.  52  Wart  53.  Warp.  54  Warship.  55.  Warrior,  s'^. 
Warb  e  57.  Opium.  58.  Wag.  50.  Wakef  1.  60.  Warning  6r. 
Warwh'iop  62.  Watering--  lace;  63.  Watermelon.  64  Waterproof. 
65.  V^lu 'tion  («/ wA).  66  Wisx:.&\\B.-Q!tn\s,{m.  s circle,  I,  n hook,  stroke  s\ 
67.  Minneapolis  68.  Wilmin  ton,  69.  Indian  Territory  70.  Virginia. 
71.  Louisiana. 

The  followi-g  words,  though  erding  with  the  syllable  -tion,-tian^ 
cannot  be  written  with  the  shun  hook.  Vocalize  with  one  of  the  Y 
Diphthongs,  and  \ase  the  /  and  n  hook  for  a'l  but  the  last  two.  which  may 
be  written  with  the  5/  loop  and  stroke  n.  Question,  exhaustion,  bastion, 
fustian,  digestion,  suggestion. 


40  LESSON  21. 

HOW  THE  PR  and  PL  SERIES  OF  CONSOl^ANTS  MAY  BS  USED 
WHEN  A  VOWEL  COMES  BETWEEN  THE  STEM  AND  THE  HOOK. 

Although  tlie  hooked  consonants  belonging  to  the 
PR  and  PL  series  are  used  almost  exclusively  for  words 
in  which  the  R  or  L  forms  a  diphthong  with  the  stem  to 
which  it  is  joined,  yet,  OCCASIONALLY,  for  the  sake  of 
convenience,  it  is  allowaile  to  use  these  hooked  char- 
acters where  a  vowel  comes  BETWEEN  the  stem  and  the 
hook,  instead  of  before  or  after.  In  order  to  indicate 
the  presence  of  such  a  vowel,  and  to  distinguish  the 
word  from  one  in  which  the  R  or  L  forms  a  diphthong, 
the  vov/el  may  be  expressed  as  coming  between  the  two 
letters  by  y«*iting  a  very  small  circle  (o)  BEFORE  the 
hooked  stem  for  a  LONG  vowel;  thus,  .1  dear;  and  AF- 
TER the  liooked  stem  for  a  SHORT  vowqI;  thus  f-  tell. 

The  dash  or  stroke  vowels  may  be  written  THROUGH 
the  hooked  stem  to  signify  tliat  thev  come  between  the 
stem  and,  the  hook;"  thus  c-t-^  course;   j' curtain. 

Exercise  49. 

1.  K   f-  f.  _^'V^  n  ^  IL.  L^  t,  e_  / 

2.  ^^.-v^  T  n  ^  ^.  i>  ni  ^  n  n 

Exercise  50, 

1.  Foreclosure, "murder, careless, therefor  , Charles. 

2.  Parlor, course, soldier, engineer, sui*e, paragraph. 

3.  Parallel, telegraph, deliver, college, recourse. 

4.  Golden, charm, parcel, aforesaid, church, delegation. 
Remember,  however,  that  the  PR  and  PL  series  of 

double  consonants  is  used  generally  for  words  which 
contain  no  vowel  betv/een  the  consonants,  or  only  an  ob- 
sciare  one;  Uius,V  pray;  \  applo;  but  such  words  as 
peer,  pole, etc., are  va'ittcn  thus;  V^^peer;  X/' pole, 

A  large  amount  of  discretion  must  be  exercised  in 

I  the  use  of  this  principle, fcr  outlines  that  require  the 
above  method  of  vocal iEaticn  SELDOM  occur;  neverthe- 
less,the  principle  must  be  well  understood, for  "the 
learner  should  not  only  know  that  a  word  is  written  in 
this  or  that  way, but  he  should  also  thoroughly  under- 

; stand  the  principle  upon  which  accurate  outlines  are 

I  formed."  Therefore  always  use  the  OUTLINE  for  a  word 
which  you  think  might  come  under,  the  above  principle, 
unless  you  are  ABSOLUTELY  sure  that  the  word  in  ques- 

^tion,  requires  to,  be  written  according  to  this  method; 
soVi  party;  NOT"^.  Be  guided  by  the  examples  In  this 

■Lesson.  All  of  which  may  be  'expressed  in  five  simple 
words ,  viz.:-  When  you're  in  doubt,  DON*T. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  41 

VOCALIZATION  OF  PR  AND  PL  SERIES. 

Very,  duplicate  vt* 

I.  Ai-ihe  lecture  the  o'her  evening,  I  saw  many  college 
men.  2.  I  wrote  the  telegram  on- the  corner  of  a  piece 
of  p'ain  paper,  and  hadir  GO  "  collect"(^A  ^,  i)-  3-  Trifles  make 
perfection  (y//<7<7>t),  but  perfection  is  no  trifle.  4.  If  I-have 
to- take  a  journey  to  07ie  of-our  7ietv  Colonies,  I-shall  raise  a 
cheer  for-the  American  {up  r)  flag.  5.  Do-you  ever  feel  a?iy 
delicacy  in  showing  a  delegation  of  foreigners  (_/,  up  r,  n  hook, 
up  r,  circle  s)  through-the  museum  {m,  s,  m),  or  have  you 
enough  courage  for  all  such  occasions?  6.  I  cha  lenge  you 
to  keep  the  parcel  which  I  gave  you  to-take  care  of  for-me. 
7.  My  darling  son,  Charles,  like  many  o  her  chi  dren,  says 
he  desires  to-be  {b^)  a  civil  engineer.  8.  Colorado  Springs  is 
very  close  to  Pike's  Peak.  7.  Will  you  allow  me  lo  exercise  on 
YOUR  parallel  bars ?  10.  Telegraphy  is  one  {of  the*)  greatest 
inventions  {of  ihe^)  age. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  North  Fakota.  2.  College.  3.  Cc'.ony.  4.  rilgrim.  5.  Tele- 
graph. 6.  Te'.egraphy.  7.  Discourse.  8.  Culture.  9  Soldier.  10. 
Aforesaid  (/r,  J  aV^/^,  ^).  11.  Chairn  an.  12.  Fixture.  13.  Recourse. 
14.  Calcium.  15.  Schoolbouse.  16.  Shakespeare.  17.  Mixture.  18. 
Struc.ure.  19.  Capture.  20.  Jurisdiction.  21.  Colonial.  22.  Am- 
bassador (w/^,  ^,  ^r).  23.  Atmosphere.  24.  Charl-storj.  25.  Galveston. 
26.  rhi'.ad.lphia  {fl,  d,lu'',f  .  :-.  Ca'.if>;rna  {i/, /,  up  r,  n  stroke). 
28.  Nor.h-Caro  ina.  29.  Darling.  30.  £outh-CaroIina. 
•Approximate  for  of  the. 


LESSON  22.  —  THE  HALVING  PRINCIPLE. 

When  a  Light  stroke, standing  alone, is  made  just  ONE- 
HALF  of  its  usual  size, it  always  indicates  that  the 
sound  of  T  has  been  added,  thus,\  pay,y  pate;  and  a 
Heavy  stroke, halved, expresses  the  addition  of  D,when 
standing  alone,  thus,"~~,go,  _  goad;  \  buy  ..'^'',..  bide, etc. 

A  vowel  placed  after  a  nalv'ed  stroke' must  be  read  be- 
fore the  added  T  or  D,thus,\-  pit;  but  a  circle  S  or  ST 
Loop, on  a  halved  stroke, is  read  after  the  added  t  or  D, 
thus,  I.  deed,  t. deeds.  Words  ending  with  T  or  D, followed 
by  a  Vowel, must  be  written  in  full,thus,\  .  pity. 

Exercise  51.       ]. 
(Put  no  halved  stem  through  the  line  for  third  position 
except  the  one  word  "did".,  ;as.\..pit,.''7>wmoved;N0T.\, --r^) 

1.  VL  ^  r  r  /  \  _.,  -^  c,  6/  _  U  \  \  ^  k^ 


3.  ^  A-'  (  _i  y\   „)  •/  V  ^    Vl  I   I  "^  '1    c  ^■ 

Exercise  52.    j 
1. Sect, bowed, evade , effete, vowed, added, obeyed, void, yet 
2  ~   '         '    '  -  -  ■  -    .  .     - 

3 
4 

MODIFICATIONS  OF  THIS  PRINCIPLE. 
I.  The  letters  m,n,l,and  r,are  made  half  length  to 
express  the  addition  of  t,and  they  are  halved  and  MADE 
HEAVY  to  add  d;  thus,  ^  mate,  <^  made,  w.  neat,  w. need; 
with  the  exception,  however,  that  1  and  r,  when  halved 
to  add  t,are  written  UPWARD;  thus,Vr  felt,  /*  chart; 
and  when  halved  to  add  d  they  sire  made  DOWNWARD  and 
heavy;  thus,  \   filled,  /*  charred.(Exceptions:, 

\  Exercise  53.^     Heart:i;hurt  ^  • 

1.  V^  o  <^  U  - — -^    ^    -j-^  A  A  ,^  ^   w.  -s  ^ 

2.  •->  ^  ^  /^'/~~    ^,>  S-  ^  -^—r   V\^ 

Exercise  54. 
l»Promote,calmed,neat,end,belt, knelt, boiled, mild, old. 
2. Not, pert, dart, tired, jeered, paired, fault, filed, yard. 

II.  While  light  and  heavy  strokes  standing  alone  add 
only  T  and  D, respectively, when  halved, when  joined  to 
other  consonant  strokes, either  full  length  or  half 
length  either  T  or  D  is  added  irrespective  of  the  light 
ness  or  heaviness  of  the  halved  s troke, thus, /^ rabid, or 
rabbit;. — i  creditj-^-^icrcwded;  NT  bolted;^ rested, etc 

Exiercise  59. 

2.  V,.^^.\\V 

Exercise  56. 
1. Part, parted, sport, sported, cheat, cheated, end, awaited. 
2. Ended, founded,mounted, pleaded, cos t,caused,gust, posed. 

Grammalogues.  ^.^ 

Poar-q..;  Care.  grrr;Mer  e^^^rv.;  I'rear.'^—^?  There ,  The  ir  7. .;  More^  JTot-'^ 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  43 


THE   HALVING   PRINCIPLE. 

Almost,  grammalogue  all,  tn,  si  loop. 

Too,  grammalcgue  to,  made  heavy. 

How,  dip  thong  ow  on  the  line. 
Afy-dea.T  Kate : 

I-am  writing  (up  r  halved,  ing)  you  this  note,  for  I  know 
you-will  wait  to  hear  from-me.  I-feared  you  would-be  tired 
waiting  {halved  way')  so  lon'^,  so  I  thought  I  might  as  well  jot 
down  a  bit  of  news  which-wi.l,  I-am-sure,  cause  you  to  jump 
for  joy.  Papa  has  bought  a  7iew  yacht,  and  has  permitted  me 
to  ask  you  to  Go  with  ris  on  an  extended  trip.  Isn't  {circle  s, 
halved  n^)  IT  almost  too  good  to-be  true  ?  The  date  on  which 
WE-are  to  start  has-not  {same  as  isn't,  in  first  position)  yet  been 
fixed,  but  I  hiow  iT-will-be  soon.  I-am  nearly  («r^,  doTvn  I) 
wild  with  delight.  Do  write  and  tell  {t,  I  hook^)  me  how  this 
strikes  you,  and  let  me  hear  from-you  by  return  mail. 

Your  devoted  {v  hook)  Maude. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 
I.  Shipped.  2.  Basket.  3.  Night.  4.  End.  5.  Goods.  6.  Act. 
7.  Left.  8.  Fe'.t.  9.  Esteemed  (halved  s,  halved  m  heavy).  10. 
Recent.  11.  Received.  12.  Failed.  13.  Note.  14.  Lofts.  15.  Tenaut. 
16.  Entire  {halved  n  down  r).  17.  Attempt.  18.  Revealed.  19.  V^t- 
kct  {/hook).  20.  rird.  21.  Field.  22.  Q.onn&it\CQ\.{k,  halved  n,  halved 
k).  23.  Actual  {halvsd  k,  down  I).  24.  Finished  (f,  n  hook,  halved 
upward  ish).  25.  Included.  26.  'Estimate  {ha / v. d s,  halved m).  27. 
Board.  28.  Cut.  29.  Asked.  30.  Signed.  31.  Forwarded  (/,  r  hook, 
wiy,  up  r,  halved d).  32.  Ult.  33.  Patterns  {ha  ved  p,  up  r,  n  hook 
cl.sed).  34.  Decided.  35.  Tent  (a>r'/?5  halved  n  above  the  line).  36. 
Catalogue.  37.  Slight.  38  Market  (»ir  halved k^).  39.  Export.  40. 
B.nefit  {stroke  n). 


LESSON  23.  —  -THE  HALVING  PRINCIPLE.  (Continued.) 

The  Halving  Principle  is  the  most  comprehensive  of  all, 
for  all  the  principles  already  learned  are  used  under  it. 

Though  simple  light  strokes  are  halved  to  add  only  T,and 
simple  heavy  strokes  D,  it  is  perfectly  safe  to  halve  a 
lignt  or  heavy  stroke  containing  a  hooK,or^when  joined  to 
,  another  letter. to  add  both  T  and  DjthU8,<^  rapt, rap id; 
/^rabid, rabbit;  V  paint, pained;^' rift. raved".  Since  such 
Words  usually  belong  to  different  parts  of  speech, the 
context  will  enable  one  to  tell  whether  t  or  d  is  added. 
(This  rule .however, does  not  apply  to  strokes  ending  or 
beginning  with  a  circle  unless  tne  circle  is  combined  with 
a  nook.  Write  speed  \  .not  v;  boats N  not."^  .)  Use  N  hook 
for  nt  when  possible  Mu8.  J*  attainedbnotL*  .."?".- not 

^       ^     Exercise  57^. 

2.  V  r  V  K      \     r  \^     V     1.  1-  ■}.   r  ^   ^-  ^^  rr  <r-'  c* 

3.  <—   i   (,-   ^-»   >(  J"  ■/  .y  -^  .^  -;r>  -<L   ^  ^   '>,  V;  VJ  r\' 

Exercise  58. 

l.Dawned, plant, pond,band,boimd, tint, taint, blind. 

2. Attained, reft, raft, print, bland, strained, tuft. 

3. Drowned, coughed, account, cant, pained, grant, tend. 

'4.  Foimt,  lent ,  tent,  mountain,  fountain,  endowment. 

5. Excitement, parent, craft, cleft, gift, wet, made. 
NOTE. A  fidl-sized  and  a  half-sized  consonant  can  not 
be  joined  unless  they  form  an  angle  at  the  point  of 
imion;  as,  \,  potted;  or  show  the  junction  by  a  differ- 
ence In  thickness;  asv-NnaniedjK.  afford.  In  .".uch  words 
as  ^cooked'  the  FULL  OUTLINE  must  be  employed,  thus, 

INOT — -'  ;while  in  words  like  deeded,  dated,  situat- 
ed, since  the  half-sized  consonant  runs  in  the  same  di- 
rection as  the  full-sized  one,  and  so  cannot  be  join- 
ed, it  is  DISCOm^IECTED  and  written  ALONGSIDE  of  the 
main  stem,  ti.us.l,,  I,.,  f;. Exercise  59. 

1.^  I,  !_,      1  <-— 1  ^C^\  ^  1.,.  I;  1,  /I,-/ 

Exercise  60. 
(Before  writing  the  following  exercises, thorough- 
ly study  the  'Analysis*  on  the  next  page.) 

l».Vi  %     \     "^      %    i     J     J^     ;r>       --0       ^        y       S"   %  /•.  -1   O  U._J> 

2,  '^   ^   ^  <p>  ,<-^  i~^    ■<"    <^  -^A  ^^-  ^  ^  rf?  /  \   ' 

3.  <5.  fr  r-     ^-    ^    ^.     .^    ^    \      W    V    j. 

Exercise  61. 
1. Tempt, stemmed, pots, post, cats,  cast, nets, nest. 

2.  Deemed,  doomed, patent, bend,  obedient,  packets, need. 

3.  Pound,  nou  1 1  i  c  e,brackets ,  thought ,  tickets ,  takest. 
4. Fillet, faculty, amidst, India, needy, Trent, torrent. 
5 . Offends , invents , winds , ass  ents , crafts , clef ts . 
6.Drifts, tufts, rapid, rapids, let, light, defeated. 

(ffiAMvIALOGUES. 
Not..-;That  V; Cannot.^.; Great cr  ;Short^ J..  We  CANNOT  do 
anything  right  save  with  GREAT  care.  2.  Life  is  too 
SHORT  to  waste-a  minnte.  3.  I- am    sure  of- THAT. 


r 
Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  45' 


HALVING   PRINCIPLE  (II). 

I.  God  sometimes  {halved  ''some/'  full  length  m  -with 
circle  s)  permits  men  to-do  wrong,  but  does-«^/  prompt  them 
to-fl'^  wrong.  2  het-ns  (halve J I ,  circle  s),  then,  bk  what  we- 
are  and  speak  what  \VE  think  and-ix  all  things  be  loyal  to 
truth  {tr^)  and-the  sacred  (skrd)  professions  of  friendship. 
3.  ' '  Call  en  a  business  man  at  business  times  ofilj',  and  on 
business  ;  transact  your  business,  and  Go  about  (d  halved, 
diphthong  ow joined')  YOUR  business,  so-as-to  give  him  time  to 
finish  (up  ish)  his  business."  "To  thine  own  self  be  true,  and 
IT  must  follow,  as-the  night  the  day,  thou  canst  7iot  then  be 
false  to  any  man."  YouR-favor  \down  r,  vr)  (of  the)  30th 
instant  a/ /^a«^,  (t  halved,  ?i  hook  ^),  and-iN-reply  (and-in-pl^) 
would-say.  6.  '*  If  you're  told  to-do  a  thing,  and  mean  to- 
do  it  really  ;  never  (fi  v^)  let  IT  BE  by  halves,  (aspirate  dot) 
do  IT  fully,  freely."  7.  "  In-the  hammei;  (up  h)  lies  the 
wealth  of  a  n^iou.  Its  (/  circle  s^)  merry  clink  points  02it 
the  abode  of  industry  and  labor. "  8.  "When  a  book  raises 
YOUR  spirits,  and  inspires  (down  R)  you  with  noble  and 
courageous  (kr,j  s)  feelings  (dowti  I),  seek  for  710  other  rule  to 
judge  the  work  by  ;  iT-\s,good,  and  made  by  a  ^f?^fl?  workman." 
9.  Let  every  man  employ  himself  (m,  ses  c'rcle)  in-the  business 
with-whxh  he-is  best  acquainted. 

MISCELLANEOUS  WORDS. 

I.  Abdicate.  2.  Obdurate.  3.  Absent.  4.  Absolute.  5.  Abstract. 
6.  Absurd.  7.  Accept.  8.  Acceptable.  9.  Accumulate.  10.  Accurate. 
II.  Accustomed.  12.  Act.  13.  Adequate.  14.  Educate.  15.  Adopt. 
16.  Adult.  17.  Advocate  (f^ooyt).  iS.  Afford.  19.  Aloft.  20.  Apart. 
21  Appealed.  22.  Appeared.  23.  Appreciate  {upward  i  h).  24.  Ap- 
pr)ximate.  25.  Arithmetic  («/>  rt.  26.  Arranged  («Ao(?/fe).  27.  In-l hal- 
ved n)-tense.  28.  Rapidlv.  29  Repeat.  30,  Intensify.  3I.  Substitute 
I  ,  b,s,  t  halved,  u  joined].  32.  Cushioned  (halved k, -tion  hook).  33. 
Rvo'.utionist.  34.  Ancient  'upward  ish  halved,  with  n  hook),  35. 
Mentioned  {same).  36  Frequent  {d  1  plicate  fr,  knt\.  37.  Bribed  ('r, 
b  d).  38.  Judged  (;.y,rf).  39.  Potato.  40  i  earest  (dr,  st  loop).  41. 
ituated.  42.  Abundance.  43  Amendment  44.  Altitude.  45.  Poli- 
tical (Aa/z'<?^ />/,  kl).  46.  Frotection  (halved pr,  k, -tion),  47.  Hirtford. 
48.  Hot-  prings.  49  Montgomery.  50  Pittsburg.  51.  Portland  ( /»/, 
Ind).  52.  vSt. -Louis  {cirle  s,  halved  n,  do  onward  I).  53.  St -August- 
ine. 54.  St.-Paul.  55-  ^- alt-Lake-City.  56.  District  of  Columbia.  57. 
Maryland.  58.  Rhode-Island.  59.  Vermont.  60.  S  iltimore  (B,  up  I 
halved,  mr\.  6  .  C  eveland.  Aspirite  dot  words:  62.  Hundred.  63. 
Handful.  64.  Unhand.  65  Handed.  66  Handle  67.  Apprehended. 
68    Heavenward  U'«   down  r halved]       69   Handkerchief). 

The  syllable  watd  is  rerresented,  bv  a  halved  zf  ay  joined  to  the  pre- 
ceding stroke,  as  i  .i  y";rzt'ari/,  ba'  -card.  tif>ward,  d  wnwmd,  inwatd, 
ou'wani,  rervard,  westward,  southzuard,  northward  Write  eas  ward 
with  halved  downward  R  to  represent  the  syllable  ward. 


46         Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography 


GRAMMALOGUES.  . 

Could  _  ;  Told  r  :  Give.    Given    :His  o  ;Call 

ANALYSIS  OF  HALVED  STROKES  HAVING  HOOKS  AND  CIRCLES. 
The  following  order  is  uniformly  observed  in  the  ccn- 
scnantal  elements  of  all  halved  strokes  with  hecks. 

1.  The  initial  circle  or  loop  is  read  first. 

2.  Then  the  stroke  letter  (with  or  without  the 

initial  hook) . 

3.  Next  the  final  hook. 

4'.     Then  the  T  or  D  added  by  halving.   And, 
5.  Lastly,  the  circle  S  or  loop  ST.  Thus:- 
..12  345    .   12345 
^  s..p..  ..t..s  J     St. .d. .n. .t. .s; 
spots  students. 

12345  123     4     5  245 

V     s.  .pl.n.  .t.  .s         \f-       .  .t.  .f .  .t.  .s.  /^   m..d.st 
splints  tufts  jnidst 

In  writing  strokes  half  length, make  them  rather  too 
short  than  too  long;  there  is  no  danger  in  maki2Tg~tHem 
too  short, but  they  will  be  easily  confused  if  too  long. 


may 


Never  halve  UPWARD  R  when  standing  alone, lest  it 
.y  be  mistaken  for  "and".  ^.  ,  or  "should"  ^    . 
Never  halve  1  i,c  add  D  when  a  vowel  fellows;  write 
followed  thusV^I  ,  NOT  y  ;  allowed./<J,NOT  v?  .  But  when 
the  L  is  only  preceded  ^'   a  vowel, it  may  be  written 
downward  and  heavy  to  add  D,thus  V  ;ana  upward  L  may 


the  L  is  only  preceded  vy   a  vowel, it  may  be  written 
downward  and  heavy  to  add  D,thus  V  ;ana  upward  L  mt 
be  halved  to  add  T  even  when  a  vowel  follows,  ^....   liglit. 


DICTATION  EXERCISE. 
"TRY." 

There-was  once  a  good  little  {halved  /,  up  P )  dwarf  {d,  w, 
r  up,  f  hook)  named  "Try,"  who- was  so  powerful  (^ic?^/?/ 7?) 
that-he  overcame  (ir  above  k)  everything  {vr,  ing)  that-he 
attempted;  and  yet  was  so  small  that  people  laughed  when- 
they-were  told  of-his  wondrous  {w  halved,  n  hook,  tip  r,  circle  s) 
powers.  But-the  tiny  man  was  so  kind  at  heart  and  loved  so- 
much  {s  stroke,  m  ch)  to  serve  {circle  s,  up  r,  v  hook)  those  who 
were  less  able  than  himself,  that-he-would  go  and  beg  of-those 
who  knew  him  better,  to  plead  for-him,  that-he  might  be 
allowed  {up  I,  d)  to  help  them  out  of-their  troubles ;  and  when 
once  he  had  made  them  happ}^  by-his  noble  deeds,  they  no 
longer  despised  {st  loop)  him,  or  drove  him  away  with  sneers, 
but  loved  him  as  their  best  friend.  Yet  the  only  return  this 
good  dwarf  sought  for  all  his  services  was,  that  when-they 
knew  any-one  who  needed  help,  they  would-say  a  good  word 
in-his-favor,  and  send  them  to  "Try." — Phonographic  Teacher. 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  47 

HALVED  STROKES  WITH  N  HOOK. 
Words  ending  in  >it  or  nd  are  usually  written  with  the  n  hook  on  a 
halved  sttm.     The  most  common  of  these  are  given  in  the  following 
exercise. 

The  few  in  the  small  list  at  the  foot  of  the  page  are  to  be  written 
with  the  11  stroke  halvtd. 

N  HOOK. 
I.  Scant.     2.  Pageant.     3.  Meant.  4.  In'ant.  5.  Elegant.  6.  Chant. 
7.  Merchant  («/)  r).     8.  Elephant.     9.  Radiant.   10.  Gallant.  11.  Plant. 

12.  Slant.  13.  Pant.  14.  Occupant.  15.  Grant.  16.  Tyrant.  17.  Re- 
luctant (wf) /).     18.  Distant.     19.  Assistant.     20.  Protestant  (Aa/t/(?a'/r  . 

21.  Visitant.  22.  ■  laimant.  23.  Instant.  24.  Servant.  25.  Want.  26. 
Relevant  I  w/!> /),  27.  Bent.  28.  Assent.  29.  Accident.  30.  Incident. 
31.  Resident.  32.  President.  33,  J  endant.  34.  Ardent.  35.  Impudent. 
36.  Negligent  (/Ai7<7^).  37.  Diligent  {up  I).  38.  Urgent.  39.  Ancient. 
40.  Obedient.  41.  Expedient.  42.  Lent.  43.  Blent.  44.  Violent.  45.  In- 
solent {do  W7i  I).  46.  Ornament  ( M/i  7  ) .  47.  Sacrament  (i^r  w«^).  48. 
Fundament.  49.  Amendment.  50  Cement  51.  Agreement.  52.  Man- 
agement. 53.  Infringement  {duplicate fr).  54.  Inclement.  55.  Supple- 
ment (spl  ti.it).  .'6.  Settlement.  57.  Indorsement  {down  R).  58. 
Amusement.  59.  Excitement.  60,  Movement.  61.  Judgment.  62. 
Attachment.  63.  Refreshment.  64.  Punishment  («  A  ok).  65.  Haiment. 
66.  Rudiment.  67.  Sentiment.  68.  Instalment.  69.  Moment.  70.  c  hip- 
ment.  71.  Garment  (  r hook).  72.  Assessment.  73.  Treatment.  74. 
Pliant.  75.  '  urround  {down  r).  76.  Wound.  77.  Document.  78. 
Argument.  79.  Monument.  80.  Endowment.  81.  Payment.  82.  En- 
joyment. 83.  limployment.  84.  Vertinent  {p,  up  r  halv  d,  n  halved,  n 
hjok).  F5.  Pent.  86.  Repent.  87.  Spent.  88.  Rent.  89.  Parent. 
90.  Apparent.  91.  Reverent  (v  stroke).  92.  Torrent.  93.  Lent.  94. 
Happened.  95.  Penitent.  96.  Vent.  97.  In.ent.  98.  Infrequent.  99. 
Eloquent  {tip  I).  100.  Fervent.  loi.  Went  102.  Faint.  103.  Paint. 
104.  Quaint.  105.  Dent.  io5.  Hint.  107.  Point.  108.  Anoint.  109. 
Joint,  no.  Standpoint,  in.  Disappcint.  112.  Print.  113.  Tint.  114. 
Font.  115.  Front.  116.  Wont.  117.  Haunt.  118.  Punt.  119.  Blunt. 
120.  Count.  121.  Account.  122.  Discount.  123.  Fount.  124.  Mount. 
I  5.  Amount.  126.  Band.  127.  Husband.  128.  Land.  129.  Bland. 
130.  Woodland.  131.  G'and.  132,  Inland.  133.  Island  {Join  half 
of  diph. hong  I  to  up  I  halved).  134.  Demand.  135.  Expand.  136. 
Grand.  137.  Errand.  138.  tand.  139.  Withstand  {ilh,  circles). 
140.  Vend.  141.  Ascend.  142.  Dividend.  143.  Friend.  144.  Lend. 
145.  Mend.  146.  Depend.  147.  pend.  148.  Attend.  149. 
Extend.  150.  Blind.  151.  Find.  152.  Behind.  153.  Mankind 
(«  hook).     154.    RJind.     155!    Remind.     1-6.   Wind.     157.    Bond.     158. 

econd.  159.  Found.  160.  Diamond.  161.  Fond.  162.  Bound.  163. 
Unbound.  164.  Mound.  165.  Hound.  166.  Round.  167.  Around. 
i68.  Ground.     170.  Apattment  {r  hook  . 

N  STROKE. 
I.  Descend.    2.  Oifend.   3.  End.  4.  Indent  {halved  n  heavy,  halved 
n  light').     5.  Aunt.     6.  Prevent  {v  hook).     7.    Advent.    8.    Event.      9. 
Unsound,    lo.  Thousand.     11.  'Evident  (halved  v,  halved n).     11.  ;  end. 

13.  Intend,  14.  Rescind.  15.  Profound  {f  hook).  16.  ound.  17. 
Vacant.     18.  Abundant.     19.    Tenant.     20.    Accountant.     21.  Pursuant. 

22.  Adjacent.  23.  Decent.  2!.  Kgent  ({j,  n  hook,  stroke  t).  25.  Client. 
26.  Tatient.  27.  Advancement.  28.  Opponent.  29.  Adherent.  30. 
Ah'hoxrent{uf>h,upr).  31.  -^  ent  {ist  position).  32.  Resent.  33.  Pre- 
sent.    34.  Intent. 

The  syllsLhle-tnent  when  occurring  at  the  end  of  a  word  preceded  by 
stroke  n,  or  hook  f,  or  circle  s,  may  be  written  with  the  strike  n  halved  ; 
thus,  announce-^///,  (or  announcetn  nt,  ach'eve-ent,  {or  achieveme  t,  etc. 


48  Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography 


EXERCISE. 

On  the  Grammalogues  and  most  of  the  unvocalized  words 
contained  in  the  preceding  pages. 

The  Grammalogues  and  unvocalized  words  are  in  italics. 

What  have  you  done  w.th-the  ball?  Has  it  been  taken 
from-you  as  I  said  it-would-be  ? 

All  who  come  short  of  what  I  told-you  would-be  wanted 
{way,  n  stroke,  id)  need-«^/  co7?ie.  I-shall  call  on  you,  and  if- 
he  will  give  vie  an  answer  {up  r)  I-will  let  you  have  it  so-that 
you-ca7i  tell-me  when  1 2iXX\VQ.  what-is  first  to-be  done,  and  who 
you  think  should  do  it. 

John  could  do  the  thing;  for-you,  but  to  one  who-is 
strange  {sir,  n  stroke,  j)  I-think  it-would-be  more  trouble  than 
you  would  care  to  pici  otir  ftiend  to  for-the-sakA  of  a  mere  trifle, 
nor  do  I-think  it-will-be  m.uch  more  \i-you  get  some-one  {sm,  n 
hook)  near  you  to-do  it. 

At-all-titnes,  {Jialved  t,  I  hook,  m,  circle  s)  and-in-all  places, 
strive  to-do  that-which-will  bring  you  true  joy.  This  cannot-be 
done  easily,  but  J-am-sure  it-is  h&st,  and I-hope-you-will  -^xovo. 
it  so. 

A  dear  friend  ^mine  called  {halved  kP)  on  me  last  even- 
ing. He  had-heen  iliy<?r-some-time*  a/id  was  given  up  by-his 
people,  but  A^  went  away  to  an  inland  {n  down,  I  halved,  n  hook) 
town  and  there  he  got  back  his  health,  (^course  the  cost  of- 
his  trip  was— not  a  m.ere  trifle. 

* For-some-tiTne,  fr,  circle  s,  halved  m,  full  length  m. 


PHRASING. 
The  old  way  of  teaching  shorthand  by  carrying  a  student 
through  various  stages-  known  as  a  "learner's  style,"  a 
"  corresponding  style"  and  a  "  reporter's  style,"  is  a  round- 
about and  unsatisfactory  method  of  accomplishing  a  very 
simple  thing.  For  much  that  is  taught  in  the  "learner's 
style"  must  be  unlearned  or  learned  differently  in  the  "  cor- 
responding style,"  and  this  is  true  also  of  the  "reporter's 
style"  as  related  to  the  "  corresponding."  What  the  student 
of  shorthand  to-day  desires  is  to  attain  proficiency  in  the 
shortest  possible  time,  and  by  the  most  direct  road,  consistent 
with  thoroughness.  The  beginner  should  therefore  learn  to 
write  the  briefest  style  of  shorthand  from  the  start,  and  this 
,  can  be  done  only  by  studying  and  practicing  carefully  the 
principles  and  exercises  contained  in  this  book.  No  outline  is 
given  anywhere  which  is  not  the  final  and  briefest  way  of 
•  writing  the  word  which  it  represents.     Therefore  nothing  must 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography  49 


unlearned  as  the  pupil  progresses. 

The  three  great  methods  of  abbreviation  adopted  by  all 
systems  of  shorthand  are  (i)  by  means  of  word-signs,  (2)  by 
the  use  of  contracted  outlines,  and  (3)  by  the  employment  of 
"phrases."  The  word-signs,  or  " Grammalogues, "  have 
already  been  referred  to,  and  will  be  spoken  of  again  later 
on;  a  list  of  "Contractions,"  with  explanations,  is  given  on 
page  65  (though,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  they  need  not  be 
learned  until  most  of  the  principles  have  been  mastered).  But 
every  student  should  take  up  the  art  of  Phrasing  as  soon  as 
he  is  able  to  write  a  sentence  in  shorthand,  even  while  he  is 
learning  the  principles  ;  so  that  instead  of  writing  words  for 
a  long  time  separately  which  he  subsequently  finds  are  in- 
variably connected  in  rapid  writing,  he  can  begin  at  once  to 
practice  this  most  useful  adjunct  of  Phonography  as  directed 
on  page  19.  By  so  doing  he  will  obtain  great  facility  in  this 
particular  art,  and  will  find  little  difficulty  in  applying  the 
knowledge  and  the  facility  thus  gained  in  taking  dictation. 

Phrasing  is  the  joining  together  of  two  or  more  words 
(usually  Grammalogues)  without  lifting  the  pencil,  in  order 
to  sav^e  time  in  rapid  writing.  The  majority  of  phrases  are 
found  to  be  easier  to  read  than  the  words  composing  those 
phrases  would  be  if  written  separately.  Therefore,  the  use 
of  phrases  in  no  way  endangers  the  legibility  of  shorthand 
writing,  while  adding  much  to  the  speed  with  which  it  can  be 
written. 

The  most  important  thing,  however,  to  remember  when 
joining  words  in  this  way,  is  that  the  first  Grammalogue,  or 
word,  in  a  phrase  must  occupy  the  position  it  would  have  if 
it  stood  by  itself,  without  regard  to  the  position  of  any  other 
word  in  the  same  phrase.  The  simplest  and  most  natural 
phrases  are  the  best  to  become  familiar  with  at  first,  while 
afterward  more  elaborate  and  extended  ones  may  be  brought 
into  use.  (See  page  83.)  Where  two  words  have  once  been 
joined  in  a  phrase,  they  should  never  again  thereafter  be 
written  separately.     There  is  danger,  however,  in  phrasing 


50 


Mason's  Complete  Course  in  Phonography 


promiscuously,  aud  the  three  requisites  for  safe  phrasing  are 
the  following  : 

1.  Phrase  only  those  words  which  join  easil)'. 

2.  Phrase  only  those  words  which  are  usually  associated 
together. 

3.  Phrase  only  those  words  which  can  be  easily  read 
after  they  are  joined. 

The  following  list  of  some  of  the  more  common  phrases 
will  give  the  student  some  idea  of  how  words  are  joined  to- 
gether. Observe  that  the  first  word  in  a  phrase  is  always 
written  in  its  own  position  regardless  of  the  position  of  the 
other  words  in  the  phrase. 


My  dear*. L 

You  will  [//" 
You  are V^r^  "^ 
In  this.  L 
You  should  ^ 

And  not  

There  are    i^'' 
Can: be         \ 
With  this]    t 
Whoiwould   I 
Toihis      > 
You^cannot  ^^ 


You  can  ^ — 
That  which t/ 
For.  me-  'L.->. 
I  think   I 
Was,  not^./.^.h 
In  their     ,/ 
Has  beeni   \. 
What,  it  is    ^ 
1]  '$hali  J 
ToyjRfj  <s^% 
I.:shall(5iotJ  2^ 
Tha't}iwirich  is  / " 


To  be^r.-V^.., 
ToVdo.r.v..., 


Able.to-V 

r 

And  ithat ...... 

T?ieyx'are:i  / 
Would. be-^.-. 
They>:areinot    2 


Tliereliwas 

t 

Who:^wash. 


Thatiheik^. 
They  were 


The  foregoing  phrases  should  be  practiced  from  dictation 
until  they  can  be  written  and  recognized  without  the  slightest 
hesitation. 


Business    Letters  51 


PART  IL 

BUSINESS  LETTERS  AND  ADVANCED  DICTATION 
EXERCISES. 


1. 

Before  practicing  this  Exercise,  the  grammalogues  and  unvocalized 
words  .given  in  the  preceding  pages  should  be  reviewed  and  perfectly 
committed  to  memory. 

In  the  following  Exercises,  the  letters  r,  1,  f ,  v  or  n  when  printed 
close  to  the  preceding  letter  signify  that  a  hook  is  to  be  used  ;  those  let- 
ter s  printed  with  a  space  between  them  and  the  preceding  letter  signify 
i\\^  stroke.  Thus.  pf=p  with  the  f  ,^£?£»/{'.  p,f,=-=p  with  the  j/r«7/^^  f.  Same 
with  circle  and  stroke  S. 

T  or  D  printed  close  to  a  preceding  letter  signifies  halving ;  sepa- 
rated, the  stroke  t  or  d.  Thus,  ■pi='kalved  p  ;  bd=halved  b  ;  b,d=b  and 
stroke  d. 

Capital  R  or  L  signifies  the  downward  stroke  ;  a  small  r  or  1,  the  up- 
ward stroke. 

The  figures,  i,  2  or  3,  signify  above,  on,  or  through  the  line. 

Mr.,  mr^  delivery,  dm 

Mr.  John  Smith, 

Boston,  Mass. 
Dear-Sir: 

Yours  at-hand  {tnd^ ) .  We-beg  to  state  that-we- 
will-be  glad  to  serve  you  in  any  way  we-can.  Our  terms  are 
cash  on  delivery,  and  all  goods  are  shipped  promptly.  Please 
wire  us  if-you  think  you-can  use  our  goods. 

Yours-truly,  {^2  words). 

Practice  this  letter  until  it  can  be  written  with  ease  in  one  minute. 

Mr.  Peter  Lane, 

Chicago,  Illinois,     {down  I,  ?is) 
Dear-Sir : 

Yours  of  even  date  lies  on  my  desk,  and  shall-have 
our  early  attention  {at ,n ^-tion) .  The  best  we-can  do  for-you, 
I-find,  is-to  send  you  the  coal  3'ou  ask  for  a  week  from  Mon- 
day. Our  works  are  now  being  {b^ng^)  run  on  full  time,  and  we- 
find  it  hard  to  get  all-the  coal  that-is  needed  {nee.ded).  Please 
bear  with  us  and  be  sure  we-will-not  keep  you  waiting  {halved 
way,  ng)  any  longer  (/  up,  ngr)  than  we-can  help. 

Yours-truly,  {86  words) 

{lYi   niimites.) 


52  Business    Letters 


Write  figures  and  initials  in  longhand. 
Use  a  double  length  chay  for  a  period, 

Mr.  George  (yV,/)  Knight, 

Buffalo,  N.  Y.      {ny ay,  joined) 
Dear-Sir  : 

Yours  {of  the*)  loth  received.  We- will  name  you 
the  peaches  at  75  cents^  a  basket,  and-the  apples  at  $1.50  a 
barrel  (/5,r,Iy). 

May  we  not  hope  to  hear  from-you  by  return  mail,  and 

oblige,  {blj) 

Yours-truly,  (52). 

(i  minute) 

Mr.  Thomas  Jones  (7,  n  hook  closed), 

Topeka,  Kansas     {k,  71,  ses  circle), 

Dear-Sir: 

I-have  yours  [of  the*)  23rd.  We  wired  {w,r,d,)  you 
this  morning  {mr?i^)  that-the  cans  of  corn  {tip  r),  beans, 
peasf  and  plums  had-been  put  upon-the  cars  (krs^)  here  last 
night,  and-that  they  would  reach  you  bj'-the  end  of-this 
week. 

We-feel  sure  these  goods  will  please  you,   and  we  would 
like  to-have  you  write  us  as-soon-as  they  arrive  [dow7t  r). 

Yours-truly,  (7.?) 

(i   }(   mimites.) 

Approximate  for  o_f  tht. 

fRemember  that  initial  and  final  circle  s  is  alyjays  placed  upon  the 
right  hand  side  of  downward  straight  strokes.  It  is  placed  on  the  left 
hand  side  only  when  r  (initially)  or  n  (finally)  is  included. 


Business    Letters  53 


3. 


Because,  ksl  Anything,  n-ingl 

Esq  ,  s,  fc2  Very,  duplicate  vrS 

To-be,  b  3 

//z'm,  when  phrased,  must  be  vocalized  by  a  single  third- 
position  light  dot. 

Henry  {up  An,  r)  Roberts,  Esq., 

Cleveland,  O.  {lo7ig  hand  initial) 
Sir: 

It-is  with  great  regret  (r,  gr,  t)  I  write  you  that  I- 
shall-be  unable*  to  fulfill  {Jifl^)  the  promise  I  made  you,  the 
last  time  I  saw  you,  to  call  upon  Mr.  Peck  and  obtain*  from- 
him  a  settlement  {stl,  mnt).  I  found  that-he  had  that  very 
day  left  for  Europe*  {R p  ')  to-be  gone  for  five  or  six  months, 
and-that-he  had  left  no-one  in  charge  {ch,  r,  j)  o^-his  affairs* 
who  could  act*  for-him.  This-is  very  annoying*  to-me, 
because  I  felt  that  you-were  {you,  downward  Ji)  waiting  for- 
me to  wind  the  thing  up  in-such  a  way  as-to  save  you  all 
trouble  and  worry.  Now,  it-will-have  to  hang  fire  until 
{jit  L)  Mr.  Peck  returns,  which-will-not-be  before  {b,  duplicate 
fr)  March  or  April.*  Have  you  anything  to  suggest?  If  so, 
I-will  gladly  carry  it  out,  if  I-can. 

Sincerely  {tip  r)  yours,  (^^<^) 

(3  minutes) 

*Insert  the  initial  vowel  in  all  words  which  besrin  with  a  vowel. 


54  Business    Letters 


4. 

Whether,  w7iay2  F"'orward,  fr,wd  parttcalars,  prtsl 

Did -not,  halved  d  through  the  line,  n  hook 

Mr.  William  R.  Flynn, 

123  Broadway  {brd,way),  N.  Y.  City  {n,  yays,i) 
Dear-Sir: 

Your  esteemed  {st.md)  favor  of  recent  date  is  just  to 
hand.  I  also  regret  that-you  failed  to  see  Mr.  Peck  about 
{halved  b,  diphthong  ow Joined)  the  affair  of- which  I  spoke  to-you 
when  last  in-your  city,  but  of-course  I-cannot  blame  you  for 
not  seeing  him  before  he  went  abroad.  You  did-not  state 
whether  you  were-able-to  secure  the  address  of-his  bankers. 
If  so,  kindly  forward  it  to-me,  and  I-will  write  him  in  their 
care. 

By-the  way,  did-you  settle  that  other  case  with 
Thompson?  Did  he  give  you  back  the  note,  or  has  he 
retained  it?  Who  has-the  papers  in-that  case?  Are  they 
on  file  in-your  office? 

Please  send  me  full  particulars  about  this  case,  and  give 
me  all-the  facts,  so-that  1  may-be-able-to  shape  my  plans. 

I-hope-(/,/>)-you-will-have  great  success  in-your  work 
and  so  remain  as  ever, 

Truly-yours,  {^70) 

(2  minutes) 


"Phonographers  are  apt  to  lose  much  time  in  turning  over  the  leaves  of 
their  repor  ing  books.  The  following  plan  is  perhaps  the  best  that  can  be 
adopted:  While  writing  on  the  upper  half  of  the  leaf,  introduce  the  first  finger 
of  the  left  hand  between  it  and  the  next  leaf,  keeping  the  leaf  which  is  being 
written  on  steady  by  the  first  finger  and  thumb.  While  writing  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  page,  shift  the  leaf  by  degrees  till  it  is  about  two  thirds  of  the  way 
up  the  book.  When  it  is  convenent,  lift  up  the  thumb  and  the  leaf  will  turn 
over  almost  of  itself.  The  finger  should  be  introduced  at  the  first  pause  the 
speaker  makes,  or  any  other  convenient  oppxjrtunity  that  presents  itself." 


Business    Letters  55 


PREFIX  "CON-".  "COM-*,  OR  "COG-". 

Words  containing  the  Prefix  CON, COM  or  COG,  are  not 
written  in  full  in  Phonography,  but  are  abbreviated  by 
omitting  the  Prefix  entirely,  and  writing  what  remains  > 
of  the  word  close  to  the  preceding  word  in  the  sentence, 
or  close  to  the  preceding, consonant  in  the  same  word; 
thus, \,i  Please  consider;'''..^(  Appoint  .your  committee; 
^^^^  retcog)nize,-^  cir( cum) stance;  IX  de(ccm)pose. 

When  N  or  M  is  doubled  in  these  words,  both  Ns  or  Ms 
should  be  omitted  in_J;he  shorthand  outline,  thus,     1 
I,- dis(conn)ect;  .|„  _in(c9mm)qdious.  / 

(Write  into  longhand.) 

■•■" ■■■K— 1  ' "' p"' 

^     (.  ^     —     c ' 

r o         v_i>^         15    y. 

(Write  into  shorthand.) 

1.  Deccmpose~uncompre3sed, incomprehensible, discomfit'. 

2.  Discontent ,miscompute,misccmputation,noncontent. 

3.  Recombine, reconcile, circumvent, disconsolate . 

4.  Misconceive, inconvenient, inconstant, inconceivable . 

It  freg[uently  happens, however, in  reporting  that  a 
word  beginning  with  Con, Com  or  Cog  cannot  be  written 
close  to  the  preceding  word,  either  because  it  occurs 
at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  or  is  preceded  by  a 

grammalogue  represented  by  a  dot  or  dash  (.'.  a, and) 

which  thus  might  be  mistaken  for  a  vowel  in  tne  "Con" 
word.   Then,  and  then  only,  may  what  is  left  of  the  v 
"Con"  word  after  removing  the  prefix  be  written  close 
to  a  DOT, placed  so  as  to  appear  at  the  beginning  of  the^ 
first  consonant  in  the  worg,but  not  so  as  to  lock  like 
a  vowel,  thus /\^  compose;  j^ccndemn; -v^ p commence, etc. 


1. 


(Write  into  longhand.) 


2.  r.  L'  .-^  'v  •«.  ^^  J-  J-  K 

^^        (Write  into  shorthand.) 

1.  Condense, ccmpiy, compromise, comparison, constant, 

2.  Content, convulsion, confer. congratulate, concur. 

3.  Concentrate, contrite, constituency, conjugate  . 


i 


56  Business   Letters 


Represent  a  paragraph  thus,  ^ 

Mr.  R.  H.  French, 

Box  504,  Dallas,  Texas. 
Dear-Sir: 

Referring  {rf^r^ng)  to- your  valued  {v,l,d,)  favor 
just-received  (7,  st  loop,  rs,  vd),  I-would-say  {/,d,s,)  that-we- 
have  a  party  in-the  printing  business  who-is  willing  ^'  to-take 
a  three  years'  lease  {0/  the)  second,  third  and  fourth  lofts  at 
100  Grand  Street  {strt)  from-the  first  of  May.  This  party 
will  agree  to  confine  his  machines  to-the  upper  lofts,  using 
the  second  loft  as  an  office  and  stock  room,  so-that-the  noise 
would-not  trouble  the  tenants  {tn,nts)  beneath*  {n  stroke). 

We-have  tried  to  get  an  offer  of  $1,500,  but  cannot  do  so, 
as-the  party  claims  that  entire  {nt,J^)  sets  are  being ^  rented* 
{r,7i,td)  in-that  neighborhood  {n,br,d)  for-that  price.  We- 
have  an  offer  of  $1,400  for  three  years,  and  we  think  it- 
should-be  considered.  The  owner  of  95  Grand  Street  has 
just  closed  a  long  lease  with  Abram  Hess  &  Co.  {k  on  the  line) 
for-the  entire  four  lofts  at  $1,900  per-annum  {p,r,)i,m),  and 
we  feel  that-the-price  offered  for-the  three  upper  lofts  is  a  very 
good  one. 

Kindly  {kndj)  communicate  {n,kt)  with  us  at-your- 
earliest  convenience  {vn,ns),  as-the  party  is  anxious  {i?ig,slis) 
to-have  your  consent  to-his  offer.  He-is  highly  recommended 
{r,n,ddy  approximated),  and  we  advise  you  to  give  this  offer 
your  most  careful  {kr^  .f.L)  consideration  {sdr,-tio7i). 
Yours-respectfuUy,  {Rs,rs,p) 

{223) 
{2%  minutes) 

*  Use  the  n  strike  in  the  middle  of  a  word  unless  otherwise  directed. 


Business    Letters  57 


6. 

never,  ;^,^;2     informed,  n,p     became,  b  above  k^  {separated) 
distingui<5li,  d,st  loop,m^    alteruoon,!  ft  above  nn  {separated) 
to-day,  grammalogue  to,  d        come,  k^ 

Thomas  Brown,  Esq., 

Cincinnati,  O. 
Dear-Sir: 

I  addressed  you  from  Albany  {l,b,n,)  this  A.  m. 
{longhand  initials),  and  enclosed  {st  loop)  a  communication 
from  Mr.  Jonas.  I  postponed  {ps,pnd)wor'k.  this  afternoon  on 
account  {of  the)  storm,  and  find  in-my  office  a  note  from  Mr. 
Smith  which  answers  {7is,rs)  your  inquiries  {n,kw,rs^)  received 
this  morning. 

He  says,  "I  finished  {n  hook)W\\}a.  Syracuse  {S  circle,  R,ks) 
to-day.  I-think  we-will-be  through  wLth-this  work  by-the 
time  3'ou  come  out  next-week  {ns,k).  Rochester  I-cannot-say 
anything  about,  but  I-think  we-will-be-able  with  patience 
{p,up  ish,ns)  and  work  to  get  up  the  work  in  Glens  Falls." 
Surely  this  meant  with  Syracuse  included. 

This-is   as   near   as   I-can   estimate    {st,mt).      I-think   it 

advisable  {d,vs,bl),  and  will  try  to  go  to  Syracuse  next-week, 

and  will  write  3'ou  on  my  return  full  details  {d,t,ls)  as-to-the 

progress  {0/  the)  work. 

Yours- very- truly,  {J?s,vr,tr,l)  . 

V45) 
(2  fninutes) 

TEN  SUGGESTIONS  CONCERNING  SPEEDING. 

1.  Hold  the  pencil  upright  so  as  not  to  break  the  point. 

2.  Wright  smooth Iv,  gliding  from  one  word  to  the  next. 

3.  Put  down  the  Grammalogues  quickly. 

4.  Keep  the  eye  on  the  pencil  aid  uook  while  waiting  for  the  next  word. 

5.  Acquire  facility  in  turning  the  page. 

6.  Do  not  allow  the  hand  to  wander  aimlessly  over  the  page. 

7.  Phrase  certain  words  as  indicated  by  the  hyphens. 

8.  If  the  speaker  t.ikes  a  minnte  to  utter  a  word,  do  not  take  a  minute  to 

write  it. 

9.  Do  not  write  in  a  jerky  manner. 

ID.     Never  moisten  the  point  of  the  pencil  with  the  lips  or  tongue. 


^8  Business    Letters 


24.    THE  AFFIX    "-ING". 

,  The  common  Affix  "-irv;"  is  written  with  the  stroke 
whenever  that  will  join' well. as  .after  circles, upward 
s.traight  strokes  and  curves,Lhu^5i^facing,/C^rcwin(5, 
Osaying;  but  in  many  cases  the  stroke  will  not  join 

END  of  a 


> A-  fighting 
Tne  piurai  or  tnis  airix  is  snown  by  a  circle  S  on  the 
stroke ,vcji  facings,  or  by  a  small  oblique  DA^H  at  the 
end  of  a  stroke  when v-^  will  not  ioin,thus,V  plottings 
There  are  no  definite  rules  for  tne  use  of  the  DOT  -ing 
orrt-the  dash  -ings, judgment  and  experience  alone  enabl- 
ing one  to  determine  when  they  should  be  employed. 

Write  into  Longhand. 

z.\^L  ^  [y'x''-^.J ^.  (.  _. 

Write  into  Shortliand. 

(1.  Planting, eating, staying, weeping;talking, doings. 

2.  Painting, printing, joining,paintings, sittings. 

IN  THE  FOLLOWING  USE  THE  OUTLINE: 

3.  Being,borrowing, sorrowing, sinning, reposing/passing 

Always  use  the  dot-zw^  in  the  Exercises,  unless  otherwise 
directed. 

Write  bein^  with  the  outline,  and  having  with  the  dot-mg- 
to  avoid  confusion. 

THE  LITTLE  IMP;  OR,   "I  FORGOT." 

There-was  once  a  naughty  little  imp  named  "I  Forgot," 
{duplicate  /r,g,  t )  who- was  so  mighty  that-he  overthrew  nearly 
every-one  he  tried  to.  and  yet  was  so  small  that  people  smiled 
when-they-were  told  of-his  great  ability;  for-the  little  elf  was 
so  bad  at  heart,  and  liked  {l,k,t,)  so-much  to  discourage  those 
who  were-not  so  strong  as  himself,  that-he-would  go  to-those 
who  did-not  know  him,  and  induce  them  to  accept  of-his  mean 
excuses  when-they  got  into  {n,  t  o?i  the  line)  trouble.  But 
when  once  he  had  made  them  miserable  {ms,r,  bl^  )  by-his 
wicked  acts,  they  no  longer  harbored  him,  but  drove  him 
away  with  jeers.  Yet  the  only  result  it  ever  brought  was  to- 
make  him  more  earnest  in  leading  weak  people  astray,  and  in 
tr^'ing  to  get  them  to  say,  "I  didn't  think,"  or,   "I  forgot." 

(2  minutes)  \  'f3) 


Business    Letters 


59 


7. 


at  once,  fns^  Messm.,  ms,rs         gentlemen, y^/^ 

all-right,  ^-rammaiog-ue  a//,  r,t 

Messrs.  Rice  &  Clark, 

Mobile,  Alabama. 
Gentlemen: 

I-have  to  advise  {d,vs)  you  in-regard-to-the  {n.grdy 
tick  the  dowji)  loan  applied  {pld'^)  for  by  Daniel  {d,n,L)  Miller 
{m,l,R).  I-have  placed  this  loan  before  our  Board  for  consid- 
eration, but  find  that  they-are  {duplicate  thr)  unwilling  to- 
make  it  for-the  amount  you  asked  for,  namely,  $2,000  {2,  ith). 
If- this  amount  could-be  cut  down  to  $1,500,  I-think  the  loan 
would  go  through  all-right.  Please  write  me  at-once,  and-if- 
the  amount  can-be  reduced.  I- will-have- the  papers  drawn  up 
right  away. 

Yours-truly,  (p/) 

(i  minute) 


inform,    «,/2  everything,  vr,  stroke  ing 

Horace  {up  h,  up  r,  circle  5)  Munn,  Esq., 

St.  Louis  {Circle  s,  nt,Ls),  Mo.  {ms,t^  ) 
Dear-Sir: 

Enclosed  I  send  you  papers  to-be  signed  by-you  and 
your  wife  for  $2,500,  amount  of  loan  made  to-you  on-the 
property  {pr,p,  r,t)  you  bought  last  month.  These  papers 
should-be  signed  and  returned  to  us  here  at-once.  I-will  then 
inform  you  when-the  first  payment  will  fall  due.  I-cannot 
send  you  the  deed  until  {nt,L^  )  the  papers  comeback,  but 
will  do  so  upon  their  receipt  {rs,t). 

Hoping  everything  will-be  all-right,  I  remain, 

Very-truly-yours, 
(i  minute) 


6o       ""~"  GRAMMALOGUES  IN  COMMON  USE.  '."^ 

Tliis^'and  the  next  page, contain  additional  Gram- 
rcalogues  to  those  already  given,  which  are  included, in 
this""  list,  and  comprise  practically  all  the  Gramma- 
logues  in  general  use.   These  should,  "be   learned  in 
the  sajne  manner  as  the  alphabet.          .     , 

Those  marked  1,  and  3, are  in  first  and  third  po- 
sitions respectively;  those  unmarked  rest  on  the__line. 

\  Happyl 

1  Do3 

r      Eqi:ial-ly 

\  Up 

,  Advantage 1 

Go^,  ago! 

\  Puts 

,  Difficult^ 

Give-n 

\  Upon 

J  Done 

_  Godl 

\  PrincipjJ§ 

DovmS 

_  Good 

\  Particular! 

1       1 
Doctor-"- 

^  Great 

\  Opportunity 

DearS 

^  If 

\  Byl 

1,  During 

•k,^  Afterl 

\  Be 

/  Muchl 

Vo   Phonography 

\  To  heS 

/  Vifhich 

^  For 

\)  Above 

/  EachS 

^  From. 

^  Been 

/  Large 1 

V   Have 

\  Remembor-ed 

y  General 

C^   Overl 

\  Member 

y    Gentlemanl 

V   Ever-y 

\  Number- ed3 

J    Gentlemen 

"^  i.^ery 

!  Atl 

- Caul 

'^  However^- 

It 

Gome 

(   Thankl' 

OutS 

-  Gould 

(  Think 

r  Told 

->  Cannot  1 

;  Through^^ 

1  Truth 

->:  lAc count 

(  Though!. 

r 

TrueS 

■-^.-^Becausel 

(  Themv^they 

1  Towardl 

1 

;c (jalll  ■ 

(  Thatl' 

1  Hadl 

1 

^ — Care 

(     Without- 

1  Difference 
Practice  the  abo 

^1  According  tol   C-Thosel 
ve  until  they  are^a^part  of ^yourself .^ 

Business    Letters  6i 


8. 

In  connection  with  this  Exercise,  the  pupil  should  begin 
to  memorize,  by  practicing  an  entire  page  of  each,  longhand 
and  shorthand,  all  the  word-signs  on  the  opposite  page  which 
he  has  not  already  learned.  Then  practice  them  in  groups, 
thus,  happy,  up,  put ;  by,  be,  to-be,  etc.,  a  page  of  each  group, 
until  they  can  be  written  and  recognized  without  hesitation. 

satisfactory,  circle  s,ts,r^ 

This  is  a  "Contraction."  Contractions  correspond  to 
abbreviations  in  longhand.  A  list  of  these,  with  explanations, 
is  given  on  page  74,  but  a  few  will  be  introduced  occasionally 
in  connection  with  the  regular  dictation  Exercises. 

Somewhat,  circle  s,mt* 

Messrs.  Dean  &  Stone  {stloop,n), 

Newark  {7i,R,k,)  N.   J.  {n  J  joined) 
Gentlemen: 

We-beg  to  advise  you  that-we-have  forwarded  per 
Adams-Express-Company  {d,nis,prs,k)  samples  {circle  s,m,pls) 
of-our  goods  according  to  yours  {of  the)  6th  inst.  {ns,tnt).  We 
hope  {way,p)  our  selections  {circle  s,l,k,-tions  on  upper  side  of  k) 
will  prove  satisfactory  to-you.  We-shall-be-obliged  if-you- 
will  glance  also  {l,s)  at- the  catalogue  we  enclose,  which-is  very 
complete,  and  which  contains  everything  in  our  line.  We 
trust  you -will  make  such  selections  from  this  as  will  suit  your 
trade,  and-in-the-meantime  {and,n,tick  the  doivn,'mnt,in)  await- 
ing your  kind  commands  {nds^)  which  shall-have  our  best 
care  and  attention,  we-are, 

Yours-respectfuUy,  {100) 

(i  minute) 

It  is  perfectly  legitimate,  when  reading  one's  notes  after  they  have  been 
written  (either  at  a  pause  in  the  dictation,  or  when  transcribing  the  entire 
dictation),  to  insert  vowels  here  and  there,  or  even  to  write  a  word  in  longhand 
which  might  easih'  be  forgotten,  or  until  there  is  time  to  look  up  the  correct 
outline.  Contractions  may  be  indicated  by  writing  a  small  x  beneath  them 
until  they  become  familiar. 


62                                 LI£ 
4   This 

5T  OF      GRM^vlALOG 
/"-^  Improvement 

UES;,   ((kffitiDuedK 
C^  Whyl         ~ " 

(o   TheseS 

<r~s  More^ 

O^  Whether? 

.:r~N  Mr. ,  Mere 

C  Whilel' 

/    Tlieir,  there 

^ —  In^ , ,  anyl 

.'   Yet 

/    So,  us 

w.No 

.    Ai,  anl 

)    SeeS,  use3 

(noun) 
o    Asl,  hasl' 

-   Notl 
w  Nattiri? 

.    The 
/   Andl 

o    Is,  his 

^  Handi 

/  Should 

^    First 

w  Under 

/  Awel,-  ou,^tj^ 

^    Spirit 

^-^  Opinion! 

/  Who 

V  Several 

:^  Norl 

V    Ofl 

)    Wasl 

c_-^Near; 

V  To 

)    Use3(verb') 

^— aNow 

^v    All! 

)    WhoseS 

>w/  Language! 

\   Two»  too 

y  Shall,  Shalt 

v^  Thing 

1    Onl 

J     ShortJ- 

/^^Lordl 

.1,  But 

^  Usual 

^Orl 

1  Ol,  ohl,;  eirel 

y     Pleasvire 

^Your 

1  He 

/—^  Mel,  myl 

~^  Year^ 

c  Withl 

^^  Him 

^kzQ 

c  When 

^^^  May 

^Ova^ 

s  Whatl 

^    Mightl 

^  Word 

:>   Would 

/-t>  Myselfl 

./We 

r>  Beyond?^ 

/X:)  Himself 

^One 

^.  Xoqi 

"^     -  Impoi'tan^^l 

^Will 

^II 

^->v  Improve-d. 

r 

1  Therefore 

/\  How 

Business    Letters  6^ 


9. 

In  connection  with  this  Exercise,  the  student  should 
practice,  as  before,  and  memorize  the  Grammalogues  on  the 
opposite  page  which  have  not  already  been  learned. 

expected,  ksp^  now,  n  with  diphthong  ow  joined 

Cashier  {k.shr)  First  National  Bank  {b,ing,k), 

Kansas-City,  Mo. 
Dear-Sir: 

A  number  of  days  ago  we  wrote  you  concerning 
{circle  s,Rn,  dot  ing)  an  account  which  we  expected  to  open  in- 
your  Bank.  We-have-not  heard  anything  from-you  in-regard- 
to-this  {n,grd,iths).  Permit  us  now  to  refer  {rf,r)  you  to 
Charles  {chrjs,)  R,  Towner,  Esq.,  and  to  Dr.  William  Pullen 
as- to  our  standing,  etc.  {ts,t,r). 

Respectful ly-yours,  {rs,p,Rs)  {6i) 

(■A-  minute) 

Rev.,  r.c^         believe,  bl^  mistake,  ms,k^ 

bocomo,  f,  above  k'^  tamiliar,/w?2 

The  Rev.  Philip  {Ji,p)  Stanley  {st  loop,n,L), 

Philadelphia  {Ji,d,lJ),  Pa.  {longhand) 
Sir: 

After  due  {Joi7i  the  diphthong  ii)  consideration  of- 
your  valued  {vj,d)  favor  {of  the)  28th  ult.,  we-take-pleasure 
in  forwarding  you  samples  of-our  tweeds  {t,ds'^),  cheviots 
{ishyVts)  and  serges  {up  r)  with-the  view  {Join  the  u)  to-your 
selection  of -such  patterns  {pt^rns)  as  happen  to  strike  your 
fancy  {fn,s).  We  carry  a  full  line  {of  the)  very  best  London 
importations  {nip ,r ,t ,-tions)  and  would-be  very  pleased  {stloop) 
to-receive  a  note  from-you  saying  {stroke  ing)  that-you  had 
decided  to  let-us  {Its)  send  you  several  suits  on  approval 
{pr,z'l).  This-is  {ith,^ large  ses  circle)  not  our  usual  custom, 
but-the  excellent  references  which-you  have  sent  {circle 
s,?it^)  us  lead  us  to  believe  that-we-shall  make  no  mistake  in 
giving  you  this  unusual  {n,zhl)  opportunity  to  become 
familiar  with-the  quality  {kl,t^)oi-ouT  goods. 

Please  allow  us  to  hear  from-you  at-your  convenience, 
and  believe  us  to  be. 

Your  obedient  servants  {up  r),  {^40) 

{i\  minutes) 

The  practice  cf  writing  each  dictation  into  longhand  should  not  be  dis- 
continued. Nothing  else  will  insure  the  accuracy  whicti  is  so  necessary  to  a  suc- 
cessful stenographer. 


64  Business    Letters 


10. 

The  following  Exercise  contains  all  the  Grammalogues 
given  on  pages  60  and  62,  and  should  be  practiced  from  dicta- 
tion until  it  can  be  written  in  four  minutes. 
on-the-other-hand,  grammalogue  o?t,  original  thr  half  length  with 

the  n  hook. 

My -dear  Tom,  I-shall  give  you  my  opinion  on  Phono- 
graphy. I-think-it-is  an  important  improvement,  and-that- 
it-will-be  a  very  good  thing  for-myself,  and  equally  so  for 
every  gentleman  who-would  improve  himself  in-the  nature 
and  spirit  of-those*-things  which-are  good  and  true.  I-cannot- 
see  why  more  do-not  think  {of -the)  general  use  and  importance 
of-it,  and  how-much  {ow,m,ch)  it-would  improve  them  beyond 
others,  as  it  ever  will  improve  all  who-have  {grammalogue  who, 
V  hook)  pleasure  in-it,  and  whose  usual  principle  it-is  to  think 
things  out,  and  put  them  down  with  their  hands.  Think  how- 
good  you,  too,  might  have-been  at  it,  if-you  had  improved 
every  particular  opportunity  which-you  have  had  during-the 
year.  It-will  give  me  much  pleasure,  and  O,  how  happy  I- 
shall-be  to  see  that  you-are  doing  what  you-can  to  improve  in- 
your  Phonography.  There-is  a  great  advantage  in-it,  because, 
if-you  go  on  with-it,  and  do-not  give  it  up,  after  a  short  while 
you-will-have  much  good  from  it.  However,  j'ou-may-not 
{you,  m'lt)  see  the  truth  of-this  at  first. 

A  while  ago,  I- was  told  by  Dr.  T.,  Mr.  J.,  your  principal, 
and  other  gentlemen,  that-it-was  so  very  difficult  that-several 
of-their  members  could-not,  and  so  would-not,  go  on  with-it. 
I-was-not  told  whether  these  gentlemen  are  near  Boston  or 
not.  But  though  one,  two,  or  any  large  number  may  call  it 
difficult,  yet  the  truth  is  given  to  us  that-we  should  use  it, 
and  ever  do  according  to  it.  We  may  think  there-is  a  differ- 
ence of  opinion  as-to  how  it-is-to-be  done,  but  if- we  go  through 
it  with  care,  and  do  what  we-can,  we-shall  see  that  our  opin- 
ioiisjare-not  so  very  different  from  each-other,  but,  on-the- 
otb^-jland,  equal. 

Tlierefore,  think  upon  these  things,  and  above  all  re- 
member the  language  of  truth  as-it-is  given  to  us  in-the  Word 
of  God,  without-which  we-cannot-be,  nor  do,  as  we  should. 
When-it-is  remembered  that-the  Lord  over  all  is  He  whose 
word  to  us  is  "Come  to-me,"  and-that  to-Him  weoweall-that- 
we-have,  we-will  call  upon  Him  with  awe,  and  thank  Him  by 
whose  mere  good  pleasure  it-is  that-we-can,  under  Him,  goon 
toward  every  improvement. — Selected. 

(4  minutes)  {4^7 ) 

*  Always  insert  the  vowe!  in  those  when  phrased. 


Business    Letters  6s 


11. 

Continue  practicing  "Dear  Tom"  for  speed. 
Write  the  initials  "T.  J.,"  in  longhand. 
Intelligence,  ntj,  n  hook  cloied'^ .  Indignant,  nd,g^ . 
Something,  circle  s,m,ing^ . 

Dr.  T.  J.  Smith, 
Boston,  Mass. 
Dear-Friend: 

I-was  happy  to  hear  from-you  the  other  day,  and 
have  taken  the  first  opportunity  to    write    to-you   in-replv 

You  remember  that  dog  of-mine  of-which-you-are  so  fond? 
Well,  something  happened  last-week  {ls,k^)  that  I-cannot  help 
writing  about,  because  I-am-sure  you-will  like  to  hear  of-it. 
I-had  occasion  to  attend  to  some  important  business  away 
from-the  hotel,  but  I  thought  it  best  to  leave  the  animal  be- 
hind {^,t4p  hnd).  After  going  a  little  way  I  found  it  neces- 
sary to  pay  some  money,  and  on  opening  my  purse  shortly 
afterwards  (ft,wds)  I  discovered  {ds.  A',  duplicate  vr  halved) 
that  I-had  in  some  way  or  other  lost  a  $5  bill.  Of-course  I- 
was  indignant  over  my  carelessness,  all-the  more  because  I- 
was  very  sure  when  you  heard  of-it  you  would  tease  me,  as 
you  generally  do  when  you  get  the  chance.  However,  I 
thought  nothing  more  of-it  until  I  got  back  to-the  hotel, 
when  some  gentlemen  there  informed  me  that  there-was  surely 
something  wrong  with-the  dog,  for  not  only  had  it  refused  to- 
take  any  food,  behaving  (^,  up  hv,  dot  ing}  very  strangely  dur- 
ing my  absence,  but  had  growled  savagely  at  anyone  who 
attempted  to  go  near  it.  No  amount  of  coaxing  seemed  to- 
make  any  improvement,  nor  would  it  allow  them  to-take  away 
the  dish  {up  ish)  containing  its  dinner.  When  I  entered  the 
room,  however.  Jack  instantly  {ins J nt J  separate)  came  forward 
and,  would  j^ou  believe  it?  he  had  that  very  $5  bill  in-his 
mouth  and  he  laid  it  at  my  feet  as  quietly  as  you  please. 
Then  you-should-have  seen  him  go  for  his-dinner  with  every 
appearance  {p.rns)  of  sharp  (y?/-,  /)  hunger! 

Now  do-not  laugh  at-this,  for  I-am-sure  you  would- 
have-been  just  as  pleased  as  I-was  at-the  dog's  intelligence. 
Write  now,  as-soon-as  you  get  time,  and  remember  me  with 
love  to  all-the  folks. 

As  ever, 

Affectionately-yours,  {335) 

(3I  minutes) 


66  Business    Letters 


A  FEW   SUGGESTIONS 

In    connection    with   writing   from   dictation    and 
increasing  speed. 

1.  Secure  a  Reader,  or  person  to  dictate.  Then  put  into 
his  hands  the  matter  to  be  dictated,  for  the  first  few  dictations 
being  such  matter  as  has  already  been  gone  over  by  the  student 
and  made  familiar;  afterward,  absolutely  new  matter  is  the  best. 

2.  Two  pencils  well  sharpened,  or  one  pointed  at  both 
ends,  should  be  provided,  and  a  stiff-covered  note  book  held 
on  the.  knee. 

3.  The  dictator  should  read  slowly,  at  first,  the  matter  to 
be  written,  going  only  so  fast  as  the  writer  can  follow  with  a 
little  effort,  and  with  special  care  as  to  accuracj^  of  outline.  In 
the  case  of  new  or  unfamiliar  words,  one  or  more  vowels 
should  be  inserted  while  writing,  especially  in  those  words 
which  begi7i  with  a  vowel,  in  halved  strokes  standing  alone, 
and  in  proper  names.  A  judicious  use  of  vowels  is  very  essential 
and  helpful,  but  a  careful  observance  of  Wxo.  positions  of  words 
is  of  the  highest  importance.  At  every  pause  in  the  dictation, 
the  writer  should  put  vowels  into  words  already  written  that 
may  seem  to  be  somewhat  ambiguous  in  outline  (See  p.  53). 

4.  Watch  the  inflection  of  the  speaker's  voice,  and  do 
not  fail  to  indicate  full  stops.  This  is  done  in  rapid  writing, 
by  making  a  long  '' scratch"  period,  like  a  double- length  chay. 
The  beginnings  of  paragraphs  should  also  be  marked,  by 
dropping  to  the  next  line  and  making  a  regular  paragraph 
mark,  thus  ■[  at  the  beginning  of  the  line. 

5.  Keep  in  mind  the  sense  of  what  is  being  dictated,  and 
if  this  is  found  difficult,  after  the  reader  has  dictated  half  a 
dozen  sentences,  close  your  book  and  repeat  in  your  own 
words  the  substance  of  what  you  have  just  written.  This 
should  be  done  often  until  the  sense  of  the  dictation  can  ba 
followed  without  effort. 

6.  When  proper  names  occur,  indicate  them  by  placing 
beneath  such  outlines  (under  the  line)  two  short  parallel 
marks,  as  shown  en  page  12.     It  is  very  important  that  pro- 


Business    Letters 


per  nouns  should  thus  be  denoted,  and  if  there  is  not  time  to 
both  insert  a  vowel  and  put  in  the  capitalizing  marks,  by  all 
means  use  the  latter. 

7.  Whenever  possible,  write  proper  names  in  shorthand, 
but  where  these  are  spelled  peculiarly,  "scribble"  the  long- 
hand quickly,  so  that  no  time  may  be  lost. 

8.  Do  not  repeat  half  aloud  the  words  as  they  are  dic- 
tated. This  will  retard  your  own  speed,  and  greatly  anno}' 
the  dictator. 

The  secret  of  rapid  writing,  after  the  principles  have 
been  thoroughly  mastered,  is  to  put  down  instantly  the  first 
outline  which  presents  itie/f  to  the  mind.  There  is  no  danger  in 
doing  this  if  the  preliminary  study  has  been  well  done,  and 
any  mistakes  which  are  made  in  thus  writing  the  outlines  can 
be  easily  corrected  when  the  dictation  is  again  gone  over  for 
transcription. 


68  Business    Letters 


12. 

The  tick  the  is  joined  to  above,  according -to,  after,  all,  and, 
as,  at,  but,  by,  during,  for,  from,  had,  if,  have,  in,  is,  near,  nor, 
not,  of,  on,  over,  see,  should,  that,  there,  without,  when,  as 
follows: 

1.  \:::..x.iirll...A..^,.  k  -v-.i.  v^ 


2. 


^       --  ^ ^-l-^r-j  <, , 


owin^,  Z/ZJ.1  manufacturer.  m,n.f,k^ 

special,  circle  s,  f  ,  difficulty,  df,j^ 

Messrs.  Dane  Brothers  {br, duplicate  thr), 

Baltimore  {b,lt,mr),  Md.  {Longhand) 
Gentlemen : 

We-are- favored  with  your  inquiry  for  prices  and  il- 
lustrations of- our  work,  and  take-pleasure  in  forwarding 
{stroke  in;)  you  catalogues.  We-are-unable-to  {n,blt)  quote 
{kwt)  prices  direct  {dr,kt),  owing  to  an  existing  contract  with 
Arnold  {R,n,Ld)  &  Bell  of -your  city  which  gives  {goys^  )  them 
privilege  {pr,vlj)  of  exclusive  sale  n  Baltimore.  These 
parties  keep  a  large  stock  of-our  work  on  hand,  and  will-be- 
able-to  supply  {s  circle,  pi)  you  at  a  slight  advance  {dv,ns) 
over  factory  {f,k,t,r)  prices,  and  at  quite  {kwi^ )  an  advan- 
tage to-5'^ou  in  saving  of  freight  {duplicate  fr  halved). 

If-you-are  in-the  market  for  a  supply  of  work,  we-can 
sell  you  at  as  low  prices  as  can-be  obtained,  and  think  our 
work  has  many  special  points  of  merit  {m,r,t)  which-you- 
will-not-find  in-that  furnished  {dupli:ate  fr^n  hook, halved  ish) 
by  other  manufacturers.  Special  attention  is  given  to-the 
preparation  {rr,p,r,-tion  on  upper  side  of  r)  of-our  goods  for  ex- 
port {ks,p,rt),  and  there- will-be  no  difficulty  in-your  receiving 
them  in  good  condition.  We-are  just  getting  out  a  good 
article  {rt,kl)  which  we-are  offering  at  a  very  low  figure^.  {f,gr) , 
and  we  would  call  special  attention  to-that  part  {<f  the)  cata- 
logue which  refers  to-them,  and  which  we-have  marked  for 
your  benefit  {b,n,ft).  Yours- very- truly,  {202) 

(2^  minutes) 


Business    Letters  69 


,  In  many  words  terminating  with  the;so\md£ofi-tion, 
-sion,i&c.'^  the  CONSONANT  immediately^precedingttMsT 
affixUsffound  to  be  "s",-  as  position,  s  ens  at  ion,'*  ac- 
cusation?^ etc.  _  This  s,' however,  forms  no  part  of  the 
termination  in  this  class  of  words,  as  it  does  in  wordc 
likeTpassion,  mission,  etc. ,  but  is  separated  from  it 
by  a*VOV/SL,  as  in  pos-i-tion,  sens-a-tion,^etc.       In 
this'particular'classfof  words,  then,  the  affix'-tion 
can  best,be^represented,NOT_by^  the*regular/-tion  hook, 
in  this^way,   foranstance,     .^"n    positi on, for '^)' sensa- 
tion {foi\|that  isVtheionly^way  in, which ithe  -tion  hook 
could  befemployed)  ;\but^,by;  continuing  the  ' circle (vi^ich 
is  used  to  represent'-the^sound  of, s  when  found  in  the 
class.of  wordsJunder2consideration)^onj^the  OTHER  SIDE 
of  the^ consonant,  thus t'.\     position;  «.^  sensation.  The 
circle*s.'may  be  addeditOtthis}^•hook",and  it  may,^be  ,iised 
medially,-. thus^   V- positions,   ^    sensational.!^ 

It  will\be  observed,  that  I  iri  words;likeV"questibn",' 
•dige8tion;,&c.   (in  which^he-last  four]letters,do  not 
fbrmXthGrproper^termination*"shon*,,but  are  pronounced 
'tyanOino  'shon'mark  of  any  kindiisXto.be^employed. 
(See  page  39.) 

Write  into  Longhand. 

•1.    >-    'V    X     >    .^    O;  '.U    ■<   \  :^    -Ix^ 


Write  into  Shorthand. 

1.  Position,  sensation, "propositions, requisition. 

2.  Decision,  imposition,* deposit ion,' Christian. 

3.  Dispensation,? realization,  inquisition, _inclsionsv 

EXERCISE  ON  THE  S-tion  Affix. 

The  words  printed  in  italics  in  the  following  Exercise  are  the  only  ones  to 
be  written  according  to  this  principle. 

luterestingr,  m,  circle  s,  t,  dot  ing;   phoDOifraplier,  /«,  r; 

subject,   circle  s,  b,  J ;    naturally,  downward   I  joined  to    the  gram- 
malogue  for  ''nature" ;    remarkable,  r,   mr. 

The  precision  with-which  the  condensation  of  a  long  and  interesting 
address  can-be  made  by  a  well-trained  phonographer  is  remarkable.  There-is- 
no  hesitation  nor  indecision,  whether  the  subject  be  taxaii-  v,  he  transition 
period  of  English  literature  (/,  tr,  tr),  or  the  accession  of  au  >.mp;ror  to-his 
tnrone;  and  though-the  compensation  is  often  entirely  inaJtquate,  the  process  of 
analyzation  got%  on,  the  various. facts  brought  out  fall  raiurally  into /^j/7/4J//, 
and  as  rajuisition  after  requisition  is  made,  almost  wi'hout  cessation  the  work 
is  executed,  making  the  phonographer  of  to-day  one  {of-the)  marvels  (mr,v,Ls) 
of  modern  {md,rn^  )  civilization.  (97) 

(l    mtfr'tf) 


yo  Business    Letters 


13. 

understand,  7ids,tnd^  Company  k^ 

reorganization,  r,  separated  li,gns,back  tion 
speak,  circle  s,p^ 

Hon.  {nr,f>l)  Joseph  Morgan  {fnr,gn), 

Nashville,  {n,ish,vl),  Tenn.  {t,n,s). 
Dear-Sir: 

We-have-not  yet  been  able-to  {halved  bl)  come  to  any 
decision  regarding  {r^grd^dot  ing)  your  proposition  for-the  tax- 
ation of  stockholders  {st  loop,k,l,drs)  in-the  new  Company. 
We-have  just  had  a  large  accession  of  new  subscribers  {circle 
s^bs,k;brs),  and  this  has  made  quite  a  sensation  on-the  Street. 
It-would  seem,  therefore,  as  though  such  an  authorization  as 
you  refer  to,  in-the-present  position  of  affairs,  might  seem 
like  an  imposition,  and  perhaps  result  in-the  deposition  of 
some  of-our  most  trusted  officers  {fs,rs).  This  would  necessi- 
tate {n,sei,U)  a  complete  reorganization  (<y  t^e)  Company,  and- 
in-the  transition  state  in-whiCh  it  now  is,  that  might  be  fatal 
(//,Z).  It-seems  to-me  as-if  such  a  taxation  would  prove  to-be 
a  source  {down  r)  of  vexation,  and  there  might  be  some  un- 
pleasant accusations  which- would-be  exceedingly  disagreeable. 

On  this  supposition,  therefore,  I- feel,  to  speak  with  pre- 
cision, that-it-is  best  to  leave  this  thing,  for-the-present,  at- 
least  {insert  third  position  heavy  dot),  in  abej'ance  {b,ns),  and  I- 
shall-not  take  any  steps  until  I  hear  from-you  again. 

Hoping  that  you-will-not  think  my  action  the  result  of 
indecision,  but  that  you-will  try  to  understand  and  appreciate 
{pr,up  ish  halved)  my  very  trying  position,  I  remain, 

Very-respectfully-yours,  {^oy) 

(2  minutes) 

Always  spend  15  or  20  minutes  at  each  lesson  ia  dri  1  practice  on  new 
outlines  and  phrases. 

While,  in  taking  dictation,  it  is  never  allowable  to  write  any  word  in  long, 
hand  on  the  pretence  that  the  pupil  cannot  think  of  the  correct  shorthand 
outline,  it  is  not  only  legitimate  but  advisable  to  write  in  longhand  words 
above  the  Shorthand  outlines,  to  insert  vo  vels  and,  in  short,  to  do  anything 
and  everything  to  make  the  notes  as  clear  as  possible  when  reading  them  over 
after  they  have  been  written.  To  that  end  seize  every  moment  when  there  is 
a  pause  in  the  dictation  to  run  back  a  few  words  and  either  read  over  the  last 
sentence  or  so,  or  "fix  up"'  the  notes  in  the  manner  suggested. 


Business    Letters  71 


14. 

interested,  nts,td'^  Her-majesty,  tick  h,R,m,p 

observation,  bs^r'^  Intelligent,  ntjnf^ 

in-consequence,  ins,kns'^  next,  n,  st  loop'^ 

performed,  p^ rj  thankfulness,  ith^  fl, ns  ^ 

Dear  Henry: 

I  have  just  returned  Trom  a  long  and  interesting  trip 
around  {A!nd)  the  world  {way,r,Ld),  and  I  might  now  be  called 
{kld^)  without  exaggeration  {ks J ^  r , -Hon)  a  "globe  trotter." 

I- was,  of-course,  very-much  {duplicate  vr,m,cli)  interested 
in  all-the  lands  I  visited,  but  I-think  none  seemed  to-me  more 
curious  {k,rs)  and  fascinating  than  India,  sustaining,  as  it 
docG,  next  to  China,  perhaps  {pr,ps),  the  most  ancient  {n,up 
ish  halved,  n  hook)  of  civilizations  {circle  s,vl,s-tions). 

While  in  Calcutta  {kl,k,i)  I-liad  a  most  remarkable  ex- 
perience {ks,p,rns).  A  friend  of-mine,  an  officer  in  Her-Maj- 
esty's  service,  owned  au  elephant  which  had  a  disease  {0/  fhe) 
eyes,  and  had-been  blind  for  three  days.  Its  owner  asked  a 
physician  if-he  could  do  anything  for  the  relief  (^-/Z/^)  animal. 
The  doctor  said  that-he-was  willing  to  try,  on  one  {0/  the) 
eyes,  the  effect  of  caustic  {ks,l,k)  a  remedy  commonly  («,Z) 
used  for  diseases  {0/  the)  human  eye.  The  animal  was  made 
to  lie  down,  and-the  caustic  was  applied  to-its  eye,  but  the  a- 
cute  pain  which  ensued  {ns,d)  caused  the  elephant  to  give  a 
terrific  {t,r,/,k)  scream.  The  effect,  however,  was  remarkable, 
for-the  eye  was  in  a  great  degree  restored,  {rsJ,Rd)  and  the 
elephant  could  partially  (/>,  7ip  r,  up  shl)  see.  In-consequence  of 
this,  next  day  the  doctor  was  ready  to-do  the  same  to  the 
other  eye.  When-the  animal  was  brought  and  heard  the  doc- 
tor's voice,  it  lay  down  of-itself,  placed  its  head  quietly  on'one 
side,  curled  up  its  trunk,  and  drew  in-its  breath  like  a  human 
being  about  to  go  through  a  painful  operation  (/>,  r-tio7i) .  When- 
the  operation  was  over,  by  shaking  its  trunk  and  other  ges- 
tures (y,^,/,r^),it  gave  evident  {yd.nt)  signs  of  wishing  {ish,ing^) 
to  show  its  thankfulness  for-the  cure  performed  by-the  doctor. 

This  incident,  coming,  as  it  did,  under  my  own  observa- 
tion, made  a  strong  impression  {m,pr,-tio?i)  upon  me,  and-the 
more  I  came  {k,m)  in  contact  with-those  intelligent  creatures 
{h',t,Rs),  the  more  I  came  to  admire  their  sagacity. 

I  should  like  to  write  you  more  on  this-subject,  but  will 
reserve  {rs,rz!)  this  for-my  next  epistle  {ps,l).  I-shall  run 
out  to  see  you  in  a  few  days,  and-then  we-can  have  a  good 
chance  to  talk  over  old  times,  and  some  of-my  late  exper- 
iences. 

Till  then,  I-am,  Your  devoted  (dvjd)  cousin, 

(4  }ni7i7iies)  ■  ( J7^  ) 


'^^  DOUBLE-LENGTHS. 

When  a  simple, or  hooked, curved  stroma  is  made 
TWICE  its  ustial  length,  it  expresses  the  ^addition  of 
tr,  dr,  thr,  or^THR;  thus -r"   "  matter  ^C^^^  father; 
Q^ flutter;  VJ' fender ; /^"^laughter,  etc.,  but  ng^or 
mpwhen  doublea^ecome  ng-ker  or  ng-ger,mper  pr  mber; 
thus /r'**~'^onger;Z_,^,;__5J. inker;  L- — v  temper ;A--€hamber. 

A  double-length  letter  is  vocalized  like  a  half- 
length  one, ■;  thus  V:   feather,  V   future. 

On  a  simple  stem  the  addeusyllable  is  read  LAST; 
also  if  the  stem  is  hooked;  for  instance, the  word  Nor- 
thern mixst  bewritten'^^^  NOT^^_,_^as  the  latter  would  be 
NORNTHER:  When  a  double-length  ends  with- a  circle, 
however,  the  circle  is,  as  in  every  other  instance, read 
last,as^^ ^  matters, NOT  MASTER;  K/  fathers, NOT  FASTER.: 

This  principle  is  also  applicMfiLe  to  STRAIGHT 
STROKES  when  they  end  with  the  hook  n,or  circle  ns,thus 
""X^  pointer,  X  '  binders ^^^  or  are  preceded  by  a  full- 
length  stroke,  tmis 'vi^-o^umerat  or;  but  NOT  when  they 
stand  alone  or < are  hooked  only  initially;  thus  it  does 
not  apply  to\p,\-pl,'\  pr, \  sp,'\spr,^>^,  etc. For  Plat- 
ter write  \,  NOT  \  \ 

Never  tae  doiAI^-lengtKl(/^p) -ta  add  anything 
but  Iter;  »  write  /^  leader, /^llouder, // leather,  etc. 

A  full  or  half-length  may  either  precede  or  fol- 
lowa  double-length  consonant,  as '"^^^ inventor ./'1~~n/" 
motherless,: — ^'^'^rOumberland.  But  a  naif-length  or 
full-length  consonant  may  not  either  iinmediately  pre- 
cede or  directly  follow  a  double-length  consonant  un- 
less they  form  an  ANGLE  at- the  point  of 'union, or  /} 
show  the  junctlar^y  a  difference  of  thickness ;thus^ 
shoulder,  NOT  ^ 

The  past  tense  of  words  involving  the  double- 
length  principle  is  expressed  in  the  same  way  as  words 
composed  of  simple  consonants;  thus  ~^ order  Aj  or- 
dered, L  thunder,  fi  thundered.     1 

Whew  the  final  syllable  of  a  word  to  which'this, 
principle  applies  is  accented,  as  in  MATURE,  the  double 
length  should  not  be  used.   Write  "^  « 

Exercise  5. 
1,  ' /    ^    ^  '> 


Ekercise  6. 

1.  Future, softer, laughter, thunder, shutter; captor. 

2.  Smother, another, in- there , center , f oimder , tinder. 

3.  Latter , disorder , features , chamber, flatter , shatter. 
.4.  Oysters, defender, rector. tender, educator,louder. 


Business    Letters 


15. 

Before  taking  this  dictation,  thoroughly  study  the  Double 
Length  Principle.  Write  each  word  under  this  principle  at 
least  ten  times  in  shorthand  and  longhand  until  every  word 
and  its  construction  is  thoroughly  familiar. 

When  constructing  a  word  according  to  the  Double- 
Length  Principle,  the  part  of  the  word  which  is  to  be  made 
double  length  is  what  remains  after  cutting  off  the  final  tr,  dr, 
thr  or  THR  syllable;  thus,  painter,  cut  off  ter,  leaving  p,  n  hook; 
therefore  double-length  stroke  pwith  the  n  hook  and  the  word 
pamter  is  obtained;  rejoinder  without  the  ''der"  is  r,  jn; 
therefore  double- length  the  j  with  n  hook,  with  r  preJixed,  to 
get  rejoinder. 

The  words  printed  in  italics  in  the  following  Exercise 
are  to  be  written  according  to  the  Double- Length  Principle. 

character, /{-r./f-i  objection,  (J,y\-//i?;/ 2        probably,  ^/-,(^ 

represeutative,  ;-,/>:•  ^  prejudice,  prjd^  believe,^/3 

KesiguatioD,  r  {up),  s  circe,  gay. 
Mr.  Alexajider  Carpenter, 

Ciimberland,  Md. 
My-dear-Vr\Q.r\(l:  ( 7n  double,  duplicate  frnd) 

Yonr-letter  {of  the)  23rd  instant  was  duh'  received,  and 
you-may  well  believe  I  read  it  with  great  interest.  I-think  it- 
was  about  last  Easter  that  matter  came  up  about  which-you 
wrote.  One  {of  the)  directors  of  our  Bank  was  traveling  in- 
the  South  at  that  time,  just  returning  from  Florida  {jl,r,d). 
I  remember  it  distinctly  {d,st  loop,ng,  t,l),  for-he  wrote  me 
about  it  at-the-time.  He-said  he-was  about  to  order  an  inves- 
tigation relative  {r,t,tv)  to-the  character  and  standing  of  Mr. 
Vanderbilt  {  v  double,n  hook,b,lt),  our  representative  in  Cum- 
berland.  After  talking  with  a  number  {of  the)  agents  (y«,/j  ), 
as- well-as  with-the  Rector  {of  the)  church  {chr.ch)  which  he 
attended,  he  found  only  one  who  had  any  objection  to  \^an- 
dcrbilt,  and  he  stated  (  st  loop,t,d)  that-this  was  probably  based 
upon  prejudice.  He  consulted  Mr.  Cha?nbcrlai7i  and  several 
prominent  {pr,m,n,nt^  )  business  men  and  bankers  who 
all  gave  Vanderbilt  a.  good  word.  He  spent  the  remainder  {of 
the)  day  with  Rice,  trying  to  get  him  to  render  an  account  of- 
his  expenses,  or  surrender  his  agency  {j,n,s).  He-would  do 
tieither  and  consequently  {co?i  dot,s  circle, kwnt, I)  he  appointed 
another^  man  in-his  place.  This,  of-course.  is  a  serious  mat- 
ter, and  makes  the  future  anything  but  bright.  I-fear  that-it- 
will  throw  everything  \\\\.o  disorder ,  for  while  I-am-not  {fmnt) 
a  defender  (f  hook)  of  Rice.  I-think  there-are  one  or  Xvco  fea- 
tures of  his  case  which-would  warrant  (  way,r,nt)  softer  treat- 


74  Business    Letters 


ment  of-him*.  However,  he-is  probably  an  old  offender,  and 
our  Mr.  Taintor  generally  knows  what-he-is  about.  I-hope- 
you-will-have  no  further  {duplicate  fr)  trouble  in-the-wza/Zc-r, 
and-that  some-other  ( circle  s,  in  double )  Company  may- not 
( 77int)  get  all-the  business. 

Write  me  again  soon  if -there-is  (/  double,  circle  s )  any- 
thing new,  and  believe  me, 

Ever  truly-yours, 

(3  minutes.^  {.^9^) 

16. 

something,  circle  s,m,ing     writer,  ;-  double 
Mr.  F.  L.  Clarke, 

Towanda,  Pa. 
Dear-Sir: 

We-have-received  {u'ay,vs,vd)  from  our  home  works  at 
Detroit  3'our-letter  in-regard-to-the  wood  working  machine. 
Will  you  kindly  advise  us  how  large  a  machine  you  would-be 
interested  in,  and  also  if-you  would  desire  to-have  one  ( of 
the)  latest  tools,  or  something  in-the  second-hand  line.  We- 
have  a  number  of  second-hand  machines,  but  our  latest  tool 
and-the  one  we-have-the  greatest  sale  for  is  that  shown  in-the 
enclosed  .circular  (circle  s,r,kl, J?).  The  writer  leaves  to-day 
on  a  trip  that  will  bring  him  through  Pennsylvania  {ps,l,v,n  ) 
probably  the  latter  part  of- this  week  or  early  next,  and  could 
readily  arrange  to  call  on  you  with  full  particulars  of- this  ma- 
chine which- would  perhaps  {pr,ps)  be  more  interesting  to- 
you  than  any  descriptions  we  could  give  by  correspondence 
{krs,pnd,ns).  Will  you  do  us  the  favor  to  reply  at-once, 
with-the  information  asked  for,  and  also  state  if-this  proposed 
visit  would  suit  your  convenience.  We  take  our  chances  of 
effecting  a  sale.  Yours-truly, 

(  I  ^  minutes )  ( ij6  ) 

To  increase  speed,  when  practicing  a  given  Exercise,  count  off,  say,  So 
words,  putting  a  J4  marlc  at  the  emd  of  the  first  twenty  words;  a  J^  mark  at 
the  end  of  the  next  twenty  words  ;  a  ^4  niark  at  the  end  of  the  next  twenty 
words,  and  at  the  end  of  the  last  twenty  words  put  a  figure  i.  Proceed  thus 
until  the  entire  Exercise  is  divided  off  into  sections  01  twenty  words,  as  irdi- 
cated.  Then  by  careful  scrutiny  of  the  watch,  ihe  reader  can  dictate  each  of 
these  groups  of  words  consecutively  in  each  quarter  of  a  minute,  and  the  writer 
will  thus  be  writing  at  the  rate  of  80  words  a  minute. 

♦  Vocalize  /i;>«,  as  directed  on  page  53. 


Business    Letters 


75 


A   WORKING    LIST   OF   CONTRACTIONS. 

Contractions  in  Shorthand  correspond  to  abbreviations  in 
longhand.  Thus,  R-e-v  is  used  to  represent  the  word  ''Rev- 
erend''; ''Gov."  Governor,  etc. 

Usually,  the  first  two  or  three  letters  are  made  to  stand 
for  the  entire  word,  but  a  few  contractions  are  arbitrary.  (See 
' '  7ievertheless, "  "  notwithstanding. ' ' ) 

Stenographers  sometimes  use  Contractions  of  their  own 
invention,  such  as  m,m  for  '^memorandum;  k,m,l,b  for  Chemical 
Laboratory,  etc. 

The  most  complete  list  of  Contractions  ever  published 
will  be  found  on  pages  153  to  159  inclusive,  but  on  this  and 
the  next  page  are  given  a  number  of  the  more  common  ones 
which  should  be  carefully  committed  to  memory  in  the  same 
way  as  the  Grammalogues.  Then  write  them,  and  the  Exer- 
cise which  follows,  from  dictation  until  all  can  be  written  at  a 
high  rate  of  speed. 


I 


^ 


/  Acknowledge 
Uv^  Adminis  trat or 
Uv-oAdminis  tratrix 

Advertise-d 

Altogether! 

Anything! 

Architect-ure 

Catholic 

Chapter 

-Character! 


^ 


I 


Circumstance 
Commercial! 
Danger 
December 


I     Defendant 
Y    Deficiency 
\     Destruction 
U-  Difficulty^ 
Ij   Doctrine 
Uo^  Domes  tic 

V Efficiently 

}  Especial-ly 
<-^-  Essential-ly 


k 


-^ 
^ 


Establish- 
ed-ment 
Executor: 

•Executrf^ 

3xpect-ed 

Febrimry 


lijOvem».ed.jnent 
— v^Iimiediate 
,-^Vfiiffnediately 
"-T,  Impossible^ 

/  Inasmuch 
^~^  Inconsistent 
vi-  Indenture 

^^ Individual 

Influence-d! 
^-c/'lnfluential! 

^A^Inforai-ed 

sJP  Information! 
\j   Instruction 
■r^  Intelligent 


(Continued  on  the  next  page.) 


76           CONTRACTIONS. (Continued). 

(The  smalltfigures; refer -to  position,  as  on 
the": preceding;  page;) 

"I*  Ipterest 
^^ — Irregiilar 

\  Objection 
y^   Original 

/A.  Republic 
y\   Respected 

•— ^^ingdoml 

^  Ourselves 

/v  Reverend 

/  Knowledge 

\ Peculiar-ity 

i  Satisfaction 

Magazine^ 

W  Perform- ed 

''^-N  September 

"^"lillanuf  ac  t  ur  e 

\   Popular 
S  Plaintiff 

v_  Several 

^^ — '  Mechanic-al-^ 

<5-^->  Something 

/  Messenger 

A  _. Practiceii 

t  Stranger 

/ 

^vAwetropolitan 

"X  Prohahlei^y 
\     Prospect 
\   Publigh-ed 
\   Piibli  cation 
Vr^  Phonographer 

\  Subject 

^> — Mistake! 

V^  Subscription 

^^"^  More  thanl. 

\j  Surprise! 

«r^ — Mortgage! 
y  Natural-lyS 

(  Thankful! 
Together 

^"^  Never 

V,3 — ::  Plionographic 

vjLy  Undersigned 

^^Nevertheless 

.--^''Rather-wr  i  ter 

^   Understand 

w^  Next 

/   Regular 

t  Understood 

^.-o^  Nothing" 

/-^^^  Remark-e  d-able 

^  Welcome 

^  Notwith- 

standing 
>^  November 

\  Object-ed 

/\  Represent-ed 
/  0  Representation 
/  \j  Representative 

V.  Whatever 

,  Whenever 

^^  Yesterday 

SEE  NEXT  PAGE  FOR  AN  EXERCISE  ON  Tl 

IE  CONTRACTIONS. 

(For  additional  Contractlone 

163). 

}  686  page.)  [ 

1 

Business    Letters  77 


17 

EXERCISE  ON  THE  CONTRACTIONS. 

owing,  ing^^  performance,^,  r  {up),f,  circle  s 

majority,  m,  with  a  separated j  beneath 

This  Exercise  is  counted  off  at  the  rate  of  eighty  words  a  minnte,  and 
should  be  practiced  in  the  same  nanner  as  the  "Dear  Tom"  Exercise  until  it 
can  be  taken  easily  at  the  rate  of  150  words  a  minute. 

Dear- Madam  : 

The  administrator  and  administratrix  {0/  the)  defendant 
acknowledge  the  circumstance  that-they  had  advertised  in  a 
commercial  paper  {\)  for-the  last- week  {ls,k^)  of  December  the 
goods-chattels-and-credits  {see  page  82)  {of  the)  plaintiff,  both 
domestic  and  otherwise,  in-the  {\)  establishment  {of  the)  de- 
ceased individual.  The  character  {of  the)  goods  was  altogether 
satisfactory,  several  articles  naturally  bringing  high  prices, 
and  (f)  probably  the  prospect  for-the  heirs  {of  the)  deceased  is 
rather  more-than  expected,  especially  owing  to- the  essential 
fact  (i)  that-the  executor  and  executrix  will  mortgage  the 
property.  The  indenture  of  mortgage  will  immediately  be 
executed,  and  inasmuch-(-|)-as-the  architecture  is  {of  the)  old 
Catholic  style  and-not  original,  will  fetch  a  good  price,  and 
we- (^) -have-no-doubt  surprise  the  undersigned,  for- which  we 
should-be  thankful. 

We  understand,  or  rather  understood,  that  a  welcome(f) 
subscription  for-the  stranger  by  several  reverend,  respected 
and  popular  gentlemen  is  to-be  made,  and  to-our  knowledge 
there-{2)-is-no  objection  or  reason  why  we  ourselves  should- 
not  perform  some  kind  act,  the  performance  of -which,  in-this 
{\)  peculiar  case,  notwithstanding  the  mistake  made  by-the 
majority',  will  meet  with  great  satisfaction.  They  say  the 
eldest  (/,  d,  st  loop)  child  {chld^)  comes  (^)  of  age  in  Septem- 
ber. This-subject,  together  with  whatev'er  may  follow,  and 
whenever  it  may  happen,  will  give  the  administrator  {%)  no 
trouble,  in-the  regular  course  of  things.  The  phonographer 
took  phonographic  notes  at-the  death  {of  the)  testator.  They 
(3)  have-been  published  in  a  remarkable  publication  which-is 
represented  b\"  a  representative  {of  the)  Republic.  Neverthe- 
less, next-week  {ns,k)  we-(:^)-shall  call  a  me.QX.\ng{of  the)  exec- 
utors, nothing  happening  to-the  contrary.  By  November 
everything  will-be  settled,  {h)  The  interest  on-the  houses  will- 
be  something   large,    but  somewhat  {some,  halved)  irregular. 

I  noticed  yesterday,  in-the  first  chapter  of-(f  )-that  maga- 
zine article,  that-the  whole  kingdom  seems  to-have  an  interest 
in-this-case.  An  intelligent  man  informed  me  (4)  that  an 
influential  friend  of-his,  who  has  influence  with-the  metropol- 
itan people,  and  whose  efflciency  cannot-be  doubted,  was  {\) 


78  Business    Letters 


in  danger  of  destruction  because  of  deiicieut  instruction  in 
Phonography.  This  information  was  brought  by  a  messenger, 
though  I  object  (^)  to  such  a  mechanical  mode,  The  manu- 
facture of  anything  mvolvino;()i,v,/,v,dof  z^^c^) great  difficulty 
is  opposed  (st  loop)   to-the  doctrine  of  good   government,  (f) 

Yours-respectfully,  (j<^'2) 

(/  mijiiite:) 


AN    ADDITIONAIv    EXERCISE    ON    THE  CONTRAC- 
TIONS. 
This  Exercise  is  counted  off  at  the  rate  of  So  words  a  minute. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Jackson, 

156  Fifth  Avenue,  N.  Y. 
Dear  Sir :  '  *  . 

I  acknowledge  the  receipt  of-your  interesting  letter  {of 
(I)  the)  22d  inst,  about  the  Rev.  Mr.  Smith,  who  advertised 
for  a  phonographer  in-the  Daily  Times.  I-think  there-will-be 
a  good-deal  of  difficulty  in  finding  one  who  can  do  the  regular 
work  in  a  satisfactory  (f )  way.  Several  day^  ago,  a  stranger 
came  to-me,  and  said  something  about  a  magazine  which  he- 
was  going  to  (i)  establish,  and  I  understood  him  to  say  that 
whenever  his  publication  came  out,  he-would-be  ready  to  cm- 
ploy  a  {\)  phonographer,  especially  if  she  were  efficient.  He 
said,  however,  that  under  no  circumstances  would  he  accept 
any  one  who  could-(^)-not  give  satisfaction.  Now,  it-is  very 
difficult,  if-not  impossible,  to  obtain  immediately  an  intelligent 
girl  who-is  a  (f)  good  typewriter,  especi;  lly  for  a  large  business 
in  which  the  manufacture  of  articles  like  yours  is  carried  on. 

East  November  (2)  there  came  to-me  a  pretty  rapid 
writer,  who  I  thought  would  prove  to-be  quite  remarkable. 
She  represented  herself  Q)  as  having  a  thorough  {ith,r)  knowl- 
edge {of  the)  Isaac  Pitman  System  {circle  s,  halved  s,  m).  She 
said  she  had-beeu  in  Government  employ;  that  her (^) prospects 
were  good  ;  but  that  notwithstanding  all  this,  some  individ- 
ual, whom  she  did-not  name  but  who  was  quite  influential  (^), 
had  used  his  influence  16  get  some-one  {some,  n  hook)  else  in 
her  place,  and-that  altogether  she  felt  pretty  badly  about  (3) 
it ;  and  while  she  had  no  objection  to  performing  the  regular 
and  natural  duties  of  an  ordinary  {Rd,  nr)  stenographer  {st 
loop,  11,  gr,  duplicate  fr)  she  did  (|-)  object  to  being  given 
architectural  work,  inasmuch-as  she  never  expected  to-do 
anything  of-that  kind,  and  had  had  {\)  no  instruction  in-that 
sort  of  work. 

I  gave  her  a  trial,  but,  like  many  others,  she  knew  next 
(f)  to  nothing  about  indentures  or  administrators  and  admin- 


Business    Letters  yg 


istratrices  ;  executors  and  executrices  ;  mortgages  and  testa- 
tors, and  therefore,  in  spite  of  her  (4)  representations,  I-had 
to  let  her  go  yesterday.  I-think  she  would  make  a  first  class 
domestic,  for  she  is  (l)  a  peculiar  individual,  and  might  be 
quite  popular  in-thatliue. 

Now  I-hope-you-will  pardon  me  for  writing  (^)  you  such 
a  long  letter  about  such  a  small  matter,  but  since  you  asked 
me  for  information,  I  naturally  wanted  to  (^)  give  vou  all  I- 
had.  Any-one  who-is  engaged,  as  we-are,  in  commercial 
work,  can  understand  the  difficulty  (5)  of  getting  just  the 
right  party. 

Hoping  to  hear  from-you  again,  I  remain, 

Yours-respectfully,  i^^s) 

{^\  7ninutes) 

19 

special,  circle  s,  p 

Mr.  John  T.  Adler,  {d,l,R) 

Toledo,  Ohio. 
Dear-Sir  : 

Referring  {stroke  ing)  to-your- letters  and  telegrams  (//, 
gr,  ms)  the  receipt  of-which-was  acknowledged  yesterday,  we- 
regret  that-we-are-obliged  to  delay  your  advertising,  and  our 
only  reason  for  doing  {stroke  iyig)  so  is  that-it-seems- to-be  for 
your  advantage  that-we  should.  The  advertisement  sent  us 
occupies  considerably  more  space  than  you  have  stipulated 
{st  loop,  pj,td),  too  much  space,  in- fact  (w,^'/^) to  enable  us  to 
cover  the  country  {k?it,r)  as  it-should-be  covered  for- the  a- 
mount  of-your  remittance  {r,m,tfis).  If,  however,  you  decide 
that  proof  No.  i,  enclosed  herewith  {tick  h,R,  itli)  is  to-be 
used,  we- will  proceed  to  give  you  what  we  consider  best  ser- 
vice for-the  money  ;  but  we  favor  cutting  down-the  advertise- 
ment so-that  it-will  go  in  less  space,  and  suggest  copy  No.  2 
as  a  subsitute  {circle  s,bs,tt,7ijoi7ied).  This  letter  is  sent  under 
special  delivery  stamp  {st  loop,  mp)  and  ought  to  reach  you 
promptly.     Telegraph  (//,  gr/)  us  your  decision  in-the-matter 

{1^  minutes)    Yours-truly.  {159) 

Messrs.  Ambler,  Marvin  &  Stockton, 

Leavenworth,  Kansas. 
Gentlemen  : 

We  call  3'our  attention  to-our  letter  {of  the)  i8th  contain- 
ing draft  for  $100  upon  Mr.  J.  E.  Hunt  {jip  Imt)  of-your  city. 
This  draft  was  payable  on-the  24th,  and  we  should-be  in  pos- 
session {0/  the)  proceeds  ere  this.  Will  you  kindly  give  the 
matter  your  attention,  and  let-us  hear  from-you. 

{\  minute)  Yours-truly,  {66) 


So 


Business    Letters 


THE  LAST  OF  THE  GRAMMALOGUES. 

The  list  of  Grammalogues  contained  on  pages  60  and  62 
contains  all  that  are  used  in  ordinary  business  correspondence. 
To  make  the  list  complete,  however,  the  following" should  be 
included.  These  are  used  mostly  in  reporting  sermons, 
lectures,  etc.,  and  should  be  carefully  committed  to  memory 
and  practiced  now.  Write  a  page  of  each  in  longhand  and 
shorthand 

( The  letters  t  and  d  printed  close  to  the  precrdirg  letters  indicate  a 
halved  stroke.  The  r,  1,  n  and  f  hooks  and  the  circle  s  are  represented  in 
the  same  manner). 


Ah,  Heaz'y  doO- 
able  to,       i 
build,  U/^2 

building;,  S 
approve,  prv^  j 
as  has,  i 

Hsliis,  y  large  circle^ 
as  is,      ) 
at  all,  //I 
belief,        1 
believe,     '-//3 
believed,  S 
called,  Ali^ 
car.d.  (   ,     3 
conn,  I  *'^' 
carr,  krt^ 
chair,  chr~ 
cheer,  chr^ 
child,  ckidi^ 
Christian,         i.  a  i 
Christianity,  S 
cold,  '    ,,,n 

equalled,  i '"'^'' 


equal,  Al- 

gent*  ration,  jtion 

{^loritied,  1 

Klorily,      \gl^ 

glory,  ) 

gold,  gld^ 

giiard,  grd'^ 

had  not,  dnfy 

his  is,   i 

is  as,       ;-/ar^,f  circle^ 

is  his,  \ 

holy,  h  («/)S^ 
hour,  r  (up^ 
house,  hs  (up)^ 
if  It,  ffi 

Imposbible,  mps^ 
itself,  i,ses~i 
larger,  jr. I- 
liberty,  /•>•■ 
meet,  mi- 
met.  »«/! 
must,  »(,  stlocp^ 

20 


Sgi. 


out  of.  tv^ 
religion,  y«3 
religious.  y>' 
Maviour,  j,  v~ 
Scripture,  skr^ 
st-nt,  J,  nt'^ 
significant,      1 
significance,    I 
signified,  ['' 

signify,  J 

^pecia'  )y,  j/3 
strength,  j,  tr'-^ 
thank  ed,  thy 
themselves,  th,  ses^ 
third,  i/ird^    (dup) 
thus,  ihi,^ 
tlivsel',  th,  ses^ 
till  It,  ///t 
trieil.  tra^ 
which  have,  chv'^ 
whither,  wifl- 


EXERCISE     ON     THE     ADDITIONAL     WORD-SIGNS 

CONTAINED  IN  THE  FOREGOING  LIST  AND 

NOT  INCLUDED  IN  EXERCISE  NO.  10. 

I-believe  that-the  principles  of-true  religious  liberty  are 
to-be  met  with  in-the  Holy-Scripture,  aud-that  ye  and-all- 
this-generation  ought  to-remain  strong  in-the  belief  of-our 
holy  Christian  religion  and-in-the  most-important  (ms,  mp'^) 
work  of  Christianity  itself.  We  should  on  no  account  seek  to 
glorify  ourselves,  or  to  speak  of-our-own  {n  hook)  special 
glory.  Thus  every-one  should  seek  to  approve  himself  to-God 
our  Saviour,  and  seek  strength  from-Him  (vocalize  him). 
When  on  earth  He  always  {graynmalogiie  all,  with  circle  s) 
went  whither  He-was  sent,  and  was  glorified  by  doing-the 
will  of-His  Heaven ly-P'ather  {vn,  double- letigth  J).  Owing  to- 
its  great  importance,  this- subject  should  receive  a  larger 
share  of  attention  than  is  usually  given  to-it. 

A  house  will  generally  indicate  or  signify  the  mental  (w, 
n,t,l)  state  of-its  occupant  (*,  pnt ) — Reportiiig  Exercises. 

{\\  mijiutes)  i-^S-/) 


Business    Letters 


FURTHER  SUGGESTIONS. 

Having  become  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  the  Grammalogues  and 
the  Contractions  given  on  pages  74  and  75,  every  opportunity  for  taking 
notes  of  sermons,  lectures  and  public  meetings  should  be  embraced.  At 
the  outset  the  writer  will,  of  course, be  unable  tokeep  up  with  the  speaker, 
but  a  few  trials  will  render  the  labor  less  irksome  and  increase  the  speed 
of  the  writer. 

"The  object,  at  first,"  says  Mr.  Pitman,  "  should  not  be  to  write  as 
rapidly  as  possible,  but  rather  to  take  down  only  so  n.uch  of  what  is  said 
as  can  be  readily  deciphered  afterwards.  The  joung  reporter  should  be 
cautioned  against  leaving  off  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence  and  commencing 
another  with  the  speaker.  His  object  should  be  to  secure  as  many  com- 
pete  sentences  as  possible.  Where  only  detached  words  and  parts  of 
sentences  are  written,  no  sense  can  be  made  of  the  report,  but  if  care  be 
taken  to  put  down  as  much  as  possible  of  the  sense  of  the  speaker  as 
above  directed,  the  mind  will  be  called  into  more  active  exercise,  and  the 
art  of  verbatim  reporting  will  be  more  speedily  obtained. 

"The  mind  and  the  hand  of  the  Phonographic  student  should  be  con- 
stantly engaged  in  forming  and  writing  outlines,  and  as  they  are  mentally 
conce.ved,  the  hand  can  trace  them  on  imaginary  paper." 

The  student  should  also  read  as  much  shorthand  as  possible,  either 
from  this  book  or  f  om  books  printed  in  Phonography,  for  practice  in 
reading  is  second  only  in  importance  to  practice  in  writing  shorthand. 
The  following  books  are  recommended  at  this  stage  :  Extracts  Nos,  i,  2 
and  3.  Reporting  Exercises  and  Key.  The  Phonographic  Reader. 
Business  Correspondence  Nos.  i  and  2.  Like  the  piano  player  who 
wishes  to  become  proficient  in  the  use  of  that  instrument,  the  learner 
of  shorthand  should  seize  every  opportunity  for  practicing.  Word  forms, 
word-signs,  contractions,  phrases  and  writing  from  dictation  should 
all  form  a  part  of  the  stenographer's  daily  practice  until  he  can  write  at 
least  100  to  125  words  per  minute.  A  well-known  Western  reporter  says: 
"  Copy  correctly  written  shorthand  until  it  is  written  on  the  m'nd,  and 
then  write  the  matter  over  and  over  again.  Write  from  dictation  until 
your  arms  are  ready  to  fall  off,  until  your  friends  flee  at  the  sight  of  }ou. 
Write  thousands  of  pages  of  shorthand,  and  go  through  the  same  pro- 
cess which  has  made  you  so  familiar  with  longhand  writing,  the  same 
process  which  has  made  you  able  to  walk  without  effort,  to  speak  without 
liesitation.  For  in  spite  of  all  an3'one  can  say  to  the  contrary,  the  stenog- 
rapher who  is  deficient  in  speed,  who  cannot  put  on  paper  the  matter 
spoken,  as  it  is  spoken,  in  such  legible  form  that  he  can  read  it  after- 
ward, must  of  necessity  fail  in  his  work  as  a  verbatim  reporter." 

When  taking  dictation.,  if  the  stenographer  finds  himself  falling 
behind  the  dictator  with  no  apparent  chance  of  cstching  up,  he  should 
call  out  the  last  connected  word  he  has  in  mind  or  is  able  to  write.  Do 
not  interrupt  the  train  of  thought  of  the  dictator  by  saying,  "What  did 
j-ou  sa\%  sir?"  or  "  I  lost  a  word  there  !"  The  calling  out  of  your  last 
word,  however,  is  no  interruption,  and  enables  the  dictator  to  go  back 
and  continue  his  train  of  thought. 
« 


82  Business    Letters 


21 

Mr.  J.  E.  Calhoun  {k,/,n), 

Atlanta,  Ga  {JrJ). 
Dear-Sir  : 

Your-letters  of  June  loth  and  13th  to  hand,  and  enclosure 
{n,k/,zhr)  has-been  placed  to-your  credit  with  thanks.  In- 
regard-to-the  Oxford  ties  upon  your  invoice  of  April  29th,  we- 
regret  exceedingly  that-these  goods  did-not  come  up  to-your 
expectations,  and  rather-than  (r  double,  n  hook)  have  you 
dissatisfied  {ds,ts,/t)  we- will  make  you  a  reduction  of  ten  cents 
a  pair  upon-the  price. 

Enclosed  we  hand  you  bill-of -lading  {b,lj)  for-the  five 
cases  shipped  on-the  29th  of  May.  These  are-the  goods  upon 
your  invoice  of  May  28th.  We-hope  that-the-same  have  come 
to  hand  ere  this,  and-have  proved  satisfactory.  The  balance 
of-your  goods  ordered  from  our  Mr.  Allen  are  in-the  works 
making,  and  receiving  prompt  attention.  They  will-be  ex- 
actly {ks,kt,lS)  like  the  sample  shown  you,  you-can  rest  as- 
sured of-that,  and  we-are  confident  that  they  will  please  you. 

Soliciting  your  further  orders,  we-are, 

Yours-truly,  {^6^) 

{1%  minutes) 

Dear-Sir : 

We-have  your  endorsement  under  policy  329,767,  and 
beg  you-will-have  the  kindness  to  pay  the  pro-rata  return 
premium  to-morrow,  and  retire  our  policy.  We-have  this  risk 
marked  to  drop  at  expiration  {ks,p,r,-tiofi),  and  as  you-will- 
have  to  provide  for  it  elsewhere  {ls,R),  you  might  as  well  do 
it  to-morrow  as  a  few  days  later.  Please  give  the  matter  your 
prompt  attention,  and  oblige, 

Respectfully-yours,  {81) 

(f  mhiute) 


83 


A  LIST  OP  USEFUL  BUSINESS  AND  LAW  PHRASES. 


.  Every  Phrase  en  this  page  should  be  written 
from  fifty  to  one  hundred  times, longhand  and  shorthand. 


Affectionately  yours 


L 


I  would  say 


] 


As  soon  as  possible^.  ^   ^Last  Will  and. 

I  Testament 

At  a  Special  Term  1 

Cordially  yours,  v^d 

Dear  Madam.  i.... 

Dear  Sir  ..^ 

Goods, chattels  and 
credits 


Goods, wares  and 
merchandise 


My  dear  Friend 
My  dear  Madam 
My  dear  Sir 


Party  of  the  first  y 
part  \' 


Party  of  the  second  \ 
Dart ...    \ 


part .-  - 

Sealed  and  delivered 
In  the  presence  of  *T 

Sworn  to  before  me 

That  the  matter _Ar: 

Very  respectfully  "V"^ 

Very  truly  ^^ 

Very  truly  yours   v, 


I  am  in  receipt  of 
your  favor 

I  am  in  receipt  of 
your  order 

1  am  sorry  

I  hope  you  will  \r/^_     , 

I  hope  you  will  be  V/  \ 

I  hope  you  will  find  v/ 

• — -^ We  are  in  receipt 

In  regard  to  the  matter of  your  letter 

Yes  sir  cK 

Your  order  received 

"^^^  ^¥ours  received  >^^ 
In  the  year  of  our  LQr^^\J. 

In  witness  whereof 


In  reply  to  your  favor 


In  the  presence  of 
each  other.  ,_. 


/ 


~v^ 


2urs  very  truly 


84  Business    Letters 


3» 

Mr.  R.  T.  Munson, 

San  Francisco  {duplicate frs^k"^),  Cal,  {klj,r^->i) 
My-dear-Sir:  {tn  double, drs,R) 

In- reply  to-your-letter  {ti,pl,  R,  I  double)  {of  the)  second 
of  January  {j,Ji^  ),  I-would-say  that  in-regard-to-the  promis- 
sory-note, there-is-no-doubt  that-it-is  lost.  I-am-sorry  for- 
this,  but  I-hope-you-willbe-able-to  find  it  even  yet. 

Enclosed-please-find  (//,  kls,ps,fnd)  my  check  for  $238.29, 
balance-due  {b,l,ns,d,  u Joined  on)  insurance  {?t,sAr,ns)  policy 
No.  32,461.  As-soon-as-possible  I-will  send  j'ou  another 
check,  and-in-the-meantime  trust-you-will-have  no  difficulty 
in  settling  up  the  matter,  I-am-afraid  there-is-something 
wrong  with-the  bill-of- lading  which-should-have  reached  me 
last-week  {ls,k^).  There-seems-to-be  some  mistake  some- 
where, for-you-will  notice  that-the  order  calls  for  2,000  {2  ith) 
pounds,  whereas  {7vh,rs)  1,500  were  shipped.  At-any-rate 
{t,nrt),  we-shall  each  get  our  pro-rata  share,  I-trust,  and 
inasmuch-as  you-are-not  responsible  for-the  loss  {of  the) 
goods,  it  won't  make  so-much  difference  to-you,  I  suppose. 

I  wrote  you  another  letter  yesterday,  in-which-you- will- 
find  a  statement  of  account  for- the- year  ending  June  ist,  igoo. 
Please  acknowledge  receipt  as-soon-as  convenient.  If-you 
should-be-able-to  give  me  some  definite  (//ic^?/^)  information 
in-the-matter  {of  the)  Railroad  {two  upward  r's,  close  together) 
Company,  Ishould-be-obliged. 

Hoping  to  hear  from-you  soon, 

Very-truly-yours,  (^/p) 

(2^  tniiiutes) 

COMPOUNDS  OF    HERE,  THERE,  WHERE,   ETC. 

Many  words  in  common  use  are  compounded  with  the  adverbs  here, 
there,  where,  etc.  Whenever  any  of  these,  or  similar  words,  contain  the  prepo- 
sition "of"  as  hereof,  thereof,  whereof,  etc.,  the  stroke  V  is  used,  thus  tick  h, 
downward  r,  stroke  v,=hereof. 

¥  or  hereto,  thereto,  etc.,  the  Grammalogue  "to"  may  be  used.  For  the 
syllable  "with," — herewith,  therewith,  etc., — use  the  stroke  th.  "Under," 
when  found  in  such  words,  is  usually  separated  from  the  preceding  syllable; 
so  is  "after."  "Above"  is  joined.  "On"  is  represented  by  the  hook  A'; 
"  in  "  by  the  stroke  N,  when  compounded  with  here,  there,  or  where. 

Heretofore, — halved  "here,"  Grammalogue  "for";  so  also  with  "there- 
tofore." Write  "  wherefore,"  wh,  ray,  f,  dowmvard  R.  Therefore  with  the 
Grammalogue, — double  length  duplicate  thr  ;  but  there/or, — the  adverb, — 
with  the  Grammalogues  "there"  and   "for"  joined. 


Business    Letters  85 


23 

Mr.  C.  H.  Chandler, 

15  Broadway,  New  York. 
Dear-Sir: 

Your  favor  {of  the)  30th  inst.  at-hand  and  in-reply  would- 
say,  that- the  store  and  basement  52  Pine  Street  must-be  rent 
ed  together.  We  think  that  if-you-make  us  an  offer  of  $2, 200 
on  a  lease  of  two  years,  we  might  be-able-to  obtain  the  store 
and  basement  for-you,  and-in  case  you  had  no  use  for- the 
basement,  we-feel  that-we  would-have  no  difl&culty  in  securing 
you  a  tenant  for  it. 

We  -  have  -  several  parties  talking  in  -  reference  -  to  -  the 
{n,fs,  tick  the  dowii)  rental  {r?itj)  of  this-store,  and  we  would 
urge  prompt  action  should  you  desire  to  secure  it. 

Hoping  to  hear  from-you  soon,  we-are, 

Very-truly-yours,  i^^p) 

{\\  nmiutes) 

J.  T.  Smith,  Esq., 

St-Augustine,  Fla. ' 
Dear-Sir: 

Your-favor  {of  the)  20th  inst.  informing  me  that  you 
would-not-be-in-your  office  yesterday  at  10  A.  m.,  but  would- 
be  there  at  one  o'clock,  was-not  receiv'ed  when  I  left  my  office 
yesterday.  That-is  how  I  came  to  miss  you.  I-have  return- 
ed your  papers,  and  regret  to  say  that-the  prospect  for  pur- 
chasing {stroke  i)ig)  the  business  is  slight.  I-would  prefer 
to  talk  to-ycu  personally  in  detail,  but  owing  to  illness  {up  I) 
at  home,  and  a  rush  of  business  of  various  kinds,  my  time  is 
used  up  to  such  an  extent,  both  day  and  evening,  that  I-will 
have  to  ask  you  to  excuse  me  until  some-time  next-week.  At- 
present  would-say  count  me  out  on  the  deal,  as  I-am-not 
sufficientl}"  sanguine  {s,ing,gwn)  relative  to-its  consummation 
to  justify  me  in  keeping  j'ou  waiting. 

Hoping  to  see  you  soon,  I-am, 

Yours-very-truly,  ,  {1^0) 


{\\  mintites) 


86  Business    Letters 


:pREFIX  IN-  OR  UN-7, 
The  prefix'IN-  or  UN-  may  be^expressed^before.the 
treble  'Consonants*spr,-str',  skt,  and  before'h,*by  a 
BACK  hook;  thus  VJ  inspiration,  IL  instruct /^^inherit. 
This  abbreviation  cannot  safely  be  used  in  insolvent, 
insoluble, ^unholy,- etc. ,-because/^lnsolvent,-a<  unholy, 
would  not  be_sufficiently  distinct  from  solvent,  ^z^^' 
holy  oY', 

_,  Write  into  Longhand.    ^  ,^ 

2,  ^^  •^..  ^^^  -\J  U  I"  ^  ^--^. 

Write  into  Shorthand. 
1;     Instructor, -inhabitant,   instruct,  iriscriber. 
2.     InJiabitable,. inhere,  instructing,  unstrung. 


24. 

John  Brown,  Esq., 

Elizabeth,  N.  J. 
My-dear-Sir : 

In-reply-toyour-ietter-(<7/'-/^^)-23rd  ult.,  I-would-say  the 
difficulty  you  describe  has  no  bearing  whatever  upon  our 
part  {of  the)  contract.  We  deem  it  no  part  of-our  duty  to 
apprise  subscribers  {of  the)  ultimate  failure  of  a  firm,  when 
our  reports  have  foreshadowed  the  events  for  months,  and 
had  you  been  warned  by  the  information  contained  therein, 
would-have  had  no  credit  dealings  with-the  subjects  {of  the) 
reports. 

We  spare  no  expense  to-make  our  reports  reliable,  and 
why  should  they  be  disregarded  by  any  subscriber  who-is 
seeking  to  protect  himself  against  unscrupulous  traders  ? 

I  regret  that-the-matter  has  resulted  so  disastrously  to- 
you,  but  can  see  no  reason  to  believe  that-it-was  due  to  lack 
of  fulfillment  of  any  part  of-our  agreement. 

Yours- very-truly, 

{h8) 
{\\  miiiutes) 


Business    Letters  87 


PREFIXES. 

Besides  "the""  prefix  CON  and  affix -^.INGr  there 
are  a  few  additional  prefixes  and  af fixes. lis ed  in 
reporting. 

They; are  as  follows:-^ 

1.  Int8r;intro  w  ,  as  ""^  interview,'"'U-,introductionJ 

2.  Magna.magni,^--^  as^T^^l-^inagnanimoiisivjijnagnificent. 

3.  Self^q^^asjjr-^  self-same ;-ol^"self-control.j 

Interfere,  interpose,  intercept,  interdict,, 
interject,  interval,  intercessor. 

Enterprise,  entertain,  introduce,; introduction, 
intermission. 

Magnify,  ^magnificent,"' magnificence , magniloquent , 
magnitude. 

Self-love,  self-hood,  self-respect,  self- 
righteous,  self-conceit. 

EXERCISE   ON   THE   PREFIXES. 

(the    prefix    words   are    printed   IX    ITALICS.) 

The  introductio7i  of  electricity  as  a  motive  power  bids  fair 
to  work  a  revolution  in-the  methods  of  modern  {md,rn)  trans- 
portation {tr, circle  s,  /,  r  up,  /,  -Hon  hook)^  both  interstate  and 
in'ernational.  Years-ago,  when  steam  was  first  introduced, 
many  self -conceited,  self-sustained  and  self-willed  people  looked 
upon- the  enterprise  with  suspicion,  and  interposed  objections, 
claiming  that  it-would  iiterfere  with-the  current  modes  of 
locomotion,  instead  of  proving  to-be  the  boon  which  it  soon 
became.  The  magnificent  locomotives  {of  the)  present-day 
which-are  engaged  in  interstate  traffic,  and  by-means-of-which 
operations  {/>,  r,  -tions)  of  great  m  ignitude  are  carried  {k,  r,  d) 
on,  seem  to  warrant  the  more  advanced  among  men  of  science 
in  entertaining  the  hope  that  ere  long  steam  itself  will-have 
given  place  entirely  to  electricity,  even  as-the  telegraph  (//4^^^) 
has  superseded  the  pony  express.  {^27) 


88 


Business    Letters 


35 

Messrs.  Brown  &  Jones, 

Canton,  O. 
Gentlemen: 

In-reply-to-your-favor  {of  the)  25th  ult.  we-beg  to  say  that- 
we-received  on  January  16  through  our  attorneys,  Messrs. 
Cornhill  &'  Co.,  $1,000  on  account  of  principal  {of  the) 
Dublin  &  Co.  loan-and  interest  on-tlie  same  from  October  12, 
1900,  date  of  payment.  We-are  also  in-receipt-of  {71s,  t,  v  hook) 
coupons  for  balance  representing  interest  on  loan  for  time  ex- 
tended. 

We  had  acknowledged  receipt  of- this  to  Messrs.  Cornhill 
&  Co.,  and  supposed  that-they  would-have  receipted  to-you. 

Yours-very-respectfully, 


(i  minute) 


{98) 


Messrs.   Prince,  Evans  &  Co., 

St.-Iyouis,  Mo. 
Gentlemen  : 

Enclosed-please-find  copy  of-your  import  order,  placed  by- 
your  Mr.  Prince,  while  in  our  city,  consisting  {of  the)  ioWom- 
ing  numbers  : 


No.  7158/6- 

"  7175  - 

"  7212  - 

"  104532- 

"  7060/6- 

"  7061  - 

"  7063/6- 


25  pieces 

25 
8 

15 
30 

5 

10 
10 


36  yards 


2-1/4  in.  Margin 

6  in. 

2  in. 
5  in. 


$.06 
.06 

-  -14  3/4 
.II  3/4 
.16  1/2 
.06  3/4 
.11 
.19  1/2 


All  subject  to  33  1/3  trade  discount,  7/10-60  May  ist, 
1901.  Two  pieces  each  for  sample,  to  be  delivered  July  15th. 
All  goods  to  be  made  of  Nainsook  Cloth. 

Yours- very-truly, 

{184) 
(if  minutes) 


Business  Letters  89 


AFFIXES. 
TheAflSxes  -ality,  -ility,  -arity,  etc.,  are  shown  by  separat- 
ing from  the  rest  of  the  word  the  consonant  immediately  pre- 
ceding the  Afl&x,  thus,  b,  up  r,  b  separated  =^  barbarity. 

1.  -ality, -ility, -arity,  etc.,  as  carnality  *"ZI^; 
penalty  V^^formality'^^  'jStability  ^-n^ 'barbarity  \Xj. 
(j_,^^ingularity;  \       popularity; /^T^ regularity.  ^ 

2.-ly, /^as's/'friendly.       This'does'^not  interfere 
with  -ality.       It  is  generally, more  convenient  to 
join  the  1;     as  ./goodly. 

3.  Mental, mentality^  ,  as  u  instrumental  or  instru- 
mentality; lo--  fundamental;    W  ins  trranen  tali  ties.     (M, 
the  first  letter  of  the  termination  -ment,  may  some- 
times be  omitted;     thu5,^A,_^mprisonment,  '^~j>-^   com- 
mencement; /"^  resentment.) 

4.  -ship  J ,  as "V  stewardship;"^^    lordship,  &c. 

5.  A  Gramraalogue  may  be  used  as  a  prefix~or  affix; 

thus,v:i-^  afternoon;*'! undertake;' '^.hereafter;  "T 

indifferent  ■'"'.  - 

EXERCISE  ON   THE  AFFIXES. 

THE    AFFIX    WORDS   ARE    PRINTED   IN    ITALICS. 

Ordinary,  halved  downward R,  nr^ .     Omnipotenc*-,  m,  71,  p^ 

larjfcr,  Jr^ 

The  regularity  with-which  the  pendulum  of  a  clock  swings 
to  and  fro  reminds  one  {of  the)  stability  {of  the)  fiaidamental 
laws  of  nature,  and  the  singularity  of-their  workings.  The 
familiarity  with-which  the  majority  of  mankind  come  to  view 
these  phenomena  removes  to  some  extent  their  novelty. 
The  motion  {of  the)  planets,  for-instance,  does-not  attract  the 
attention  which  it- would  receive  if-it-were-not  such  a  common 
occurrence  ?^/>  r;  and  yet  the  living  and  divine  Instniynentality 
which-is  behind  these  laws  is  of  such  grandeur,  that-His  very 
personality  pr,  {circle  s,  nl,  t)  is  scarcely  within-the  comprehen- 
sibility  {pr,  ns,  b  separated)  of  ordinary  mortality  (;;/,  tcp  r,  t  sep- 
arated) .  Each  one,  therefore,  as  he  notes  the  fidelity  with- 
which  the  seasons  come  and  go,  the  nightly  procession  {of  the) 
heavenly  bodies,  and-the  various  other  magnificent  exhibitions 
of  Omnipotence  throughout  the  universe,  can  hardly  fail  to 
realize  that  life  is,  after  all,  but  a  stewardship,  yea,  in  large 
measure  an  apprenticeship,  preparing  the  soul  for-the  higher 
duties,  the  larger  life,  the  greater  opportunities  of  a  glorious 
immortality  {m,  m,  up  r,  t  separated)  in-the  hereafter. 

i^  minutes  {^^7) 


90  Business    Letters 


26 

Since  all  the  principles,  the  Grammalogues  and  the  Con- 
tractions have  now  been  learned,  graded  exercises  are  no 
longer  needed.  The  student  should  procure  a  copy  of  the 
"Commercial  Dictation  Book,"  by  W.  L.  Mason  (price  25 
cts.  postpaid),  which  contains  a  large  collection  of  practical 
business  letters,  besides  a  variety  of  legal  documents.  All  the 
exercises  in  that  book  are  carefully  counted  off,  so  that  the 
practitioner  need  lose  no  time  in  preparing  the  matter  for 
speeding. 

On  the  last  few  pages  of  this  work,  will  be  found  the 
most  complete  list  of  Isaac  Pitman  Contractions  ever  pub- 
lished, as  well  as  a  list  of  Intersected  Words  and  Business 
Phrases,  which  are  here  reproduced  by  the  kind  permission 
of  Messrs.  Isaac  Pitman  and  Sons. 

These  should  be  learned  a  few  at  a  time,  and  the  list 
referred  to  for  perplexing  outlines. 


Mr.  Archibald  Fitzgerald  {fis,j,  r,  Ld), 

Carthagena,  Haiti. 
Dear-Sir: 

Nothing  from-you  in-this  mail,  and  we-are  disappointed 
in  not  receiving  the  small  remittance  due.  We  again  call  at- 
tention to-the  terms  upon  which  we  sell  provisions,  namely, 
sixty  days  from  the  date  {of  the)  invoice,  and  all  invoices  not 
paid  at  that  time,  are  subject  to  sight  drafts  without  further 
notice.  We-have  therefore  drawn  on  you  through  Messrs. 
Brown,  Tanner  &  Co.,  of-your-place,  for-the  amount  of- this 
small  bill,  namely,  $304.38,  which  please  honor  upon  presen- 
tation. 

Mr.  Brown  will  no-doubt  visit  your  place  soon,  and-have- 
the  pleasure  of  seeing  you. 

Awaiting  your  further  favors,  we  remain, 

Yours-very-respectfuUy,       {^2j) 

{i}(  minutes) 

Contractions  occurring  in  this  exercise  are  printed  in  italics.     Look  them 
upon  p.  153. 

My-dear  Miss  Fen  ton: 

Your-letter,  asking  for-some  advice  in-regard-to-the 
study  of  shorthand,  lies  before-me,  and  deserves  a  very  careful 
reply.  You  say,  '"  It-seems  such  a  long  time  to-have  to-study 
— six  or  eight  months.     Do-you  suppose  I-can  get  through 


Business    Letters  gj 


even  then,  and  get  a  position  sol  won't  lose  any  time?" 
Every   shorthand   teacher  will   recognize  these  familiar 
questions.     I-would  (/, ^)  answer  them  about  this  way: 

"Yes,  it-is  quite  a  while  ;  but  do-you  know  of  any  pro- 
fession or  trade  or  calling  requiring  so  short  a  special  training 
to  fit  one  for  so  advantageous  {dv,  s^)  a  position,  or  pleasing 
occupation  ?  If-you  take  up  law,  medicine,  theology  or  any 
other  profession,  wouldn't  you  expect  to  put  in  at-least  three 
to  five  years  at  school  {ski)  to  master  the  theory  of-your 
chosen  calling?  And  when  you  got  through  that,  wouldn't 
you  expect  to-be  five  or  ten  years  more  establishing  your  repu- 
tation and  building  up  a  paying  business  ?  There-must-be 
some  magic  about  Shorthand  that  will  enable  you  to  get  it  all 
on  your  fingers'  ends  in  six  months,  and  then  step  into  a 
position  giving  you  an  iticome  better-than  a  professional  man 
can  get  in  five  years  of  hard  labor. 

"And  yet,  if-you   have  a  good    education,  can  spell  and 
punctuate  [p,  i?ig,  t,  t)   properly,  know  when  a  sentence  {snt, 
(ns  is  correctly  put  together;  will  work  hard,  study  hard   and 
faithfully,  are  bright,  apt,  quick  and  in  thorough  earnest ;  it 
is  safe  to  promise  you  that  in  six  months  you-will-be-able-to 
do  fairly  good  amanuensis  work.      Then  you- will  do  better  to 
get  a  place  and  go  to  work,  for-that  kind  of  school  is- the  best 
one  you-can-be  in  to  teach  you  confidence  and  business  habits. 
You-will-have  little  or  no  trouble  in  getting  a  start  at  a  low 
salary  at  first,  but  which-is  probably  all  you- will  earn  until  you 
get  the  run  {of  the)  work.     But  if-you  do  your  work  well,  do- 
not  make  blunders  that  a  ten-year  old  lad  would-be  ashamed 
of,  show  more  of  an  interest  in-your    work  and-in  getting  it 
done  than  you  do  in  killing  time,  manifest  an  iyitelligent  con- 
fidence in-yourself  and-in-your  ability  to-do  what-is  required, 
and-the  capacity  to  grow  as  opportunity  offers,  >ou-can  con- 
fidently count    on    advancement   {dv,  7is,  ?it^).     If-you   show 
that-you  have  no  confidence  in-yourself,  you  need-not  expect 
others  to  rate  5'ou  higher  than  your-own  apparent  estimate. 
One  who  does  good  work  and  willingl)^,  will-not-be  long  idle 
at-any-time.     Show  that  you   have  nerve,  business  capacity 
and  a  willingness  to  earn  all  that-is  paid  you,  and  you-will-be 
pushed  along  as  fast  as  circumstances  will  permit.     The  best 
men  or  women  in  any  branch  of  business  are-not  so  plenty  as- 
to  glut  the  market.     Be  one  {of  the)  best  and  you-cannot  fail 
of  success." 

Hoping  the  suggestions  I  have  advanced  will  prove  profit- 
able to-you,  I  remain, 

Cordially-yours  (A>,  d,  /,  Rs), 

(5  minutes)  (jiy) 


92  Business    Letters 


28 

Mr.  A.  E.  Forwood, 

Manila,  Philippine  {Ji,  pn)  Islands. 
Dear-Sir: 

We-have  yours  {of  the)  nth  of  February,  and  contents 
carefully  noted,  covering  draft  for  $972.30,  which  we-have 
passed  to-your  credit,  with  thanks.  Enclosed-please-find  our 
receipt. 

The  quality  {kl,  t^)  of  flour  we-are-now  furnishingisbetter- 
than  {bjrn)  other  marks  that  are  sent  to-the  Philippines,  and- 
the  satisfaction  it-is  giving  will  lead  to  larger  orders  without 
doubt  {halved  d,  07v  joined).  The  demand  for  our  soap  is  also 
increasing.  Please  let-us  know  in-your  next  order  for  soap 
if-we-shall  continue  to  put  pictures  (/>,  k  double)  in  same.  On 
all-the  special  biscuit  and  pilot  bread  that-we  are-now  furnish- 
ing we- shall  put  a  choice  label  on  each  package. 

Your-orders  will-have  our  prompt  attention,  and  be  ex- 
ecuted at  our  lowest  {Is,  t)  prices,  and  awaiting  your  further 
favors,  we  remain,  Yours-respectfuUy,  (^5^) 

(i/^  niijuites) 

Mr.  Thomas  Anderson, 

Honolulu  {up  h,  71,  L,  L),  Hawaii  {up  h,  zcay). 

Dear-Sir : 

We-have-5'our-favors  {of  the)  4th  and  loth  of  October  {ki, 
br),  and  contents  carefully  noted.  Learning  that-the  Ozama 
will  stop  at-your-place,  we  write  you  these  few  lines.  We-have 
entered  your-order  for  thirty  barrels,  and  will  ship  it  as  j-ou 
request  on-the  Saghiaiv  which  leaves  here  the  31st.  You-will- 
find  the  flour  better-than  the  other  marks  that  are  sent  to-your- 
place,  and  will  give  good  satisfaction  to  all,  We-shall-be  much 
pleased  to-receive  your  regular  orders  for  each  steamer,  and 
we  guarantee  {g,  r,  ?i,  t)  you  good  satisfaction.  We-are- 
pleased  to  see  that  you- will  also  send  us  orders  for  biscuit 
and  pilot  bread  and  other  articles  which  we  furnish,  and 
your  demands  will-be  executed  promptly.  Hawaiian  products 
remain  much  the  same,  and-there-is  a  good  demand  for-them  ; 
but  coffee  is  ver^'  strong,  and  is  wanted.  The  best  quality 
will  bring  outside  prices.  We  would-have  shipped  j-our 
goods  on-the  Ozama,  but  we- were  only  informed  at  a  late 
hour  that  she  would  stop  at- your  port. 

Awaiting  your  further  favors,  we  remain, 

Yours- respectfully,  {iQS) 

{2  mimites) 


Business    Letters  93 


29 

Messrs.  Holly  &  Rogers, 

34  Wall-Street,  City. 
Dear-Sirs  : 

Please  book  us  for  room  for  100  cases  of  goods  on 
Schooner  Grace  which  leaves  this  port  for  Havana  in  one 
week. 

Please  let-us  know  by  return  mail  if-you-can  accommodate 
{d,t  under  k)  us,  and  oblige, 

Yours- very- truly,  (52) 

(^  minute) 

Messrs.  Levy  &  Co., 

34  William  Street,  City. 
Gentlemen  : 

Confirming  our  telephone  message  of-this  morning,  we- 

beg  to   inform   3'ou   that-we-have    reserved    for-you   on-the 

schooner  Grace  the  necessary  space  for  your  100  cases  of  goods. 

Hoping  this-is  satisfactory,   and  thanking  you  for  past 

favors,  we  remain,  Yours- truly, 

(i  minute)  (55) 

Messrs.  Levy  &  Co., 

40  William  Street,  City. 
Gentlemen  : 

Referring  to-our  note  to-you  of  day  before  yesterday, 
relative  to  reserving  room  on-the  schooner  Grace,  sailing  from 
this  port  a  few  days  hence  for  Havana,  we-beg  to  inform  you 
that-it-will-be  impossible  for  us  to  award  (zc',r,d)  you  the 
room  desired,  and  we-shall-have  to  ask  you  to  send  your  goods 
by-the  steamer  leaving  here  on-the  15th,  or  to  hold  them  over 
till-the  next  schooner  which  sails  in  ten  days  from  this  date. 
Regretting  our  having  to  disappoint  you,  we  remain, 

Yours- truly, 
(i  minute)  {^01) 


94  Business    Letters 


"OF  THE" 
The '-connective  plirase  "of  the",   is  intimated  "by 
writing  the  words  between  which  it  occurs  NEAR  TO  EACH 
OTHER,  or  by  "approximating"  them  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  dot  con  is. expressed  in  the  phrase     — ^  in  connec-/ 
t  i  on;  asAMoveJ^  of -.the^b  eauti  f  ul  r  -^J\_plair:of  _  the,  work.j 

Practice' the'^^following  by  writing"thera''from'dic- 
tation  until  theyican  be  gotten^down  very  quickly. 

1.  xl^yX^i..  /X].\r- 

To  be  written  into  Shorthand. 
!.._  He  wasTappointed  Corariittee  (of  the)  person  (of 
the)  lunatic.  In  consideration(of  the)Report(of  the) 
Committee.  Statement(of  the) proceeds (of  the)sale. 
.2.  The  news  (of  the)  confirmation  (of  the). Report 
(of  the)  Conroission  was  joyfully  received. 

30 

Senor  Jos6  Riviera, 

Havana,  Cuba. 
Dear-Sir  : 

Your  esteemed  favor,  enclosing  an  order  for  several  cases 
of  goods,  was  duly  received,  for-which  many  thanks.  Immedi- 
ately upon  receipt  of  same,  we  communicated  with  Messrs. 
Holl}'  &  Rogers  of  No.  34  Wall-Street,  this-city,  asking  them 
to  reserve  room  for  us  on  board  their  schooner,  Grace,  which- 
is-the  next  one  sailing  from  this  port  for  Cuba.  Imagine  our 
surprise  at  receiving  a  note  from  them  this  morning  asking  us 
to  hold  the  goods  over  until  the  next  schooner,  or  to  ship 
by-the  steamer  leaving  here  on-the  15th  inst.  We-are  very 
reluctant  to-do  this  without  some  word  of  authorization  from- 
you,  and  therefore  write  at-once,  begging  you  to  cable  us 
of-your  wish  in-the-matter  as-soon-as  you  receive  this.  The 
goods  are  all  packed,  ready  for  shipment,  and-there-is-uo 
reason  why  they  should-not-be  taken  aboard  the  Grace. 
However,  we-will  follow  implicitly  j'our  instructions  in-this- 
matter,  and  hope  to  hear  from-you  in  time. 

Hoping  for  your  continued  favors  in-the  future,  we 
remain,  Very-truly-yours, 

(2  mimdes)  {^9^) 


Business  Letters  95 


JOINED  VOWELS. 

At  the  beginning  of  a  word,  a  vowel  may  be 
joined  to  a  consonant  in  the  following  cases;  aw 
before  1  (upward];  and  the  di0ithong  i  before  t, 
sh,  s,  th,  f,  r  (down)  ;^  thus  v^alter,  vM:;alter£u. 
tion, ,  T  idea,  W  item,/)  ice,  "^  iron,  etc. 

'A  vowel  may  also  be"  joined  at  the  end  of  a 
word  in  such  cases  as  >^  about,  L  due,  etc.   The 
vowel  aw  (  ^  )  maybe  joined  to  represent  the  sylla^ 
ble  all;  thus  ^  Almighty,  ^^^  almost. 


Write  into  Longhand. 


Write  into  Shorthand. 

1.  Eyes,  idea,  already,  althotgh,  always,  virtue. 

2.  Allwise,  identify,  venue,  doubt,  idle,  pew,  bow. 
3*  Doubtless,  dew,  renew,  Isaac,  Irish,  nigh; 

31 

Messrs.  Holly  &  Rogers, 

34  Wall-Street,  City. 
Gentlemen  : 

Yours  {of  the)  5th  inst.  to  hand,  and  we  must  say  we-are 
surprised  at  its  contents.  We  wrote  you  some  few-days-ago 
asking  you  to  book  us  for  room  ou-the  schooner  Grace,  and-the 
following  day  received  your  acknowledgment,  saying  you 
would-be  pleased  to-do  so.  Now,  when-the  goods  are  all- 
ready  to-be  shipped,  you  write  asking  us  to  hold  them  over 
until  the  next  schooner,  or  ship  by  the  steamer  leaving  here 
on-the  15th  inst.  At-your-request,  we  wrote  to  consignee  in 
Havana,  asking  permission  to-do  this,  and-have  just-received 
his  cable  in-reply.  He  declines,  for  reasons  which  he  prob- 
ably knows  better-than  we,  to-have  any  of-his  goods  shipped 
by  steamer,  and  as  he-is  in  a  hurry  for-his  goods,  threatens  to 
cancel  {kjis,L)  his  order  unless  same  are  shipped  by  schooner 
leaving  here  now. 

As  we  asked  for  room  before-you  had  awarded  it  all,  we 
naturally  look  to-you  to  help  us  out.  The  cases  are  small,  and 
will-not  occupy  much  space.     Let-us  hear  from-you  at-once. 

Yours- very-truly, 

(2  minutes)  i^PP) 


96  Business    Letters 


3^ 

R.  H.  lycFere,  Esq., 

Austin,  Texas. 
Dear-Sir : 

Policy  No.  710,671,  Bacon  Bros. 
We-are  just-in-receipt  (/,  $t  lo  p,  ns,  t)  of-your  report  of 
transfer  {trs^fr)  of-this  policy  to  cover  in  brick  building,  Lot 
206,  Block  5.  Upon  reference  to-our  map  we-find  we-are-now 
cari'ying  $2,000  in  same  location  for  E.  B.  Elliott,  under 
Policies  Nos.  536,716  and  710,667.  We  prefer  not  over  $2500 
liability  in-this  building,  and  we-will  thank  you  to  reduce  our 
liability  accordingly  {krd,  stroke  ing,  L). 

Very- truly -yours , 


Secretary. 
(i  minute)  {^^^) 

Mr.  T.  O.  Banks, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
Dear-Sir  : 

Enclosed  we  hand  you  an  order  from-the  Board  of  Health 
calling  upon  us  to-make  certain  repairs,  alterations  {;:owel  aw 
joined  to  double  length  upward  I,  -tion  hook,  circle  s)  and  improve- 
ments to-the  plumbing  work  {of  the)  building  No.  23  West  45th 
Street,  the  result,  undoubtedly  (;z,  dd,  ow  joined,  I)  of  some 
notice  which  they-have  received  from-the  tenant.  We-shall 
do  nothing  in-the-matter  until  we-have  either  seen  or  heard 
from-you.  The  plumber  repaired  the  burst  in-the  Croton 
water  pipe  yesterday  afternoon,  and  this  morning  the  writer 
went  through-the  building  and  found  that-the  pipes  were  all 
in  good  condition,  and-that-the  building  was  well  supplied 
with  water.  It-may-be  that-the  tenant  neglects  («,^/.y^ )  to 
pump  water  into-his  tank,  but-the  pipes  are  in  perfect  condi- 
tion if-he  chooses  to  use  them.  We  hardly  believe  that  j^ou- 
will-be  compelled  to  fully  comply  with- this  order,  as  we-will 
try  to-have  it  modified  to  some  extent.  Please  let-us  hear 
from-you.  Yours-very-truly, 

(i^  minutes)  {^73) 


Business    Letters  97 


33 

Mr.  J.  Ed.  Smith, 

Idaho  Falls,  Idaho. 
My-dear-Sir  : 

Yours  (of  the)  27th  inst.,  together  with  map  oi  town  lands 
and  apparatus,  duly  received.  I-will  see  what  can-be  done 
with-it,  though  it-is  hard  at-the-present-time  [pmit  '^ the'*)  to- 
do  anything  that  requires  an  investment  {see  page  IJ5). 
Would  it  be  practicable  to  get  up  a  trade  with-these  parties  of 
some  good  farm  lands  along  near  Idaho  Falls  for-my  house 
heretofore  described  to-you,  on-the  terms  given  ? 

There-is  a  matter  that  occurs  to-me  that  might  be  mutu- 
ally profitable.  That-is,  the  settling  up  {of  the)  ditches  that 
are  being  built  through-the  region  where  the  land  has-been 
m2ii\xx qA  {mt,  Rd).  Is-the  land  along  Mr.  Morrison's  ditch? 
If-not,  what  will  his  Company  pay  per  acre  to-have  farmers 
(/,  r,  ?nri)  settle  on  that  land?  I  understand  that  other 
companies  are  formed,  and-have  paid  $1.50  an  acre,  payable  in 
mortgages  given  to-the  farmers  for-the  water  right,  allowing 
ten  years  with  7-  per  cent.  {p,rs,nt)  payable  semi-annually 
{circle  s,m,n,L).  If-we-can  make-the  same  arrangement  with- 
the  companies,  we  might  be-able-to  settle  up  considerable  land 
with  parties  from-the  trans-continent.  I  understand  companies 
now  have  constructed  an  extensive  irrigating  canal.  It  might 
be  well  for-you  to  pay  a  commission  to-the  manager  of  said 
canal  and  of  other  canals  along-the  main  line  {of  the)  V.P.,  and 
secure  from  them  contracts  to  settle  up  the  land  at  $1.50  per 
acre,  payable  in  mortgages  for  water  right,  as  hereinbefore 
specified.  We- will  share  the  expenses  and-the  profit.  You-can 
take  care  of  matters  at  your  end  {of  the)  Une,  and  I-will  take 
care  of-them  at  this  end.  I-will  write  you  in  a  short-time 
whether  I-can  do  anything  toward  the  proposition  offered,  but 
I- would  {f,d)  much  rather  make  the  trade  I  speak  of. 

Very-truly-yours,  {326) 

{.?>%  f"inutes)  . 


98  Business  Letters 


OMISSION  OF4UNNECESSARY  ..LETTERS . 
When  p.  occursibetweerl^m  and  t,  T  between  s  and 
another,  consonant,-^  K.  between  ng  and  sh,  cr  ngand 
t,  or  G  between  ng  and  sh,..the  p,  t,  k,  or  g  may  be 
omitted  in  Phonography;  asr — cramped, ^^r^ostly, 
^vanxious,"!!^  extinguish,  etc. 

Write  into  Longhand. 

1,  (x  Z''  J^  \^\J%  ^  -^ 

Write  into  Shorthand. 

1,  Encamped,  prompt,  exempt,  postpaid,  listless. 

2.  Testimonial,  celestial,  testimony,  langmsh. 
.3«  Institute,  postman,  adjustment,  injunction., 

34 

Mr.  B.  W.  Law, 

Santiago  («>^/^^,//,/,fa>),  Cuba. 
Dear-Sir  : 

Without  any  of-your  favors  unanswered,  I  enclose  you  the 
following  : 

Duplicate  of-mine  28th  ult.  confirmed. 

Duplicate  account-sales  {kt ^circle  s,/s)  of  carboys  {kr^bs'^ )  ex 
bark  "  Havana." 

Please  find  herewith  account  of  sales  of  empty  barrels  ex 
"Antonia  Sala  "  showing  net  proceeds  $996.55  with-which 
I-have  credited  you  on  account. 

ACCOUNT  CURRENT.  I  enclose  you  detailed  account 
from  February  i8th  to  October  31st.  showing  balance  in-your- 
favor  of  $1,842,11.  "Will  you  please  examine  the  same  care- 
fully, and  let  me  know  if -you  find  any  errors  therein, 

Yours-very-truly,  ^^'A 

(i  minute) 

Mr.  Raymond  Frazer, 

Havana,  Cuba. 
Dear-Sir : 

Yours  {of  the)  27th  ult.  was  received  yesterday.  We-shall 
expect  the  schooner  here  latter  part  of  next-week.  Noted 
you-will  order  12,000  (/^,  ith)  cases  of  oil.  We-have  plenty 
of  lumber  engaged  for  her  outward  trip. 

Yours-very-truly,  (/p) 

{\  mif.ute) 


Business    Letters 


B  O.BAKER 

LAWYER 

99 


35 

Dear-Sir  : 

We  propose  to  erect  and  complete  a  residence  on  your 
land  located  at  184th  Street  and  Amsterdam  Avenue  in-this- 
city,  agreeably  to-the  plans  of  mason's,  carpenter's  and 
painter's  specifications  made  by  J,  Shone,  Esq.,  for- the  sum 
of  twenty  thousand  dollars  ($20,000). 

If-the  basement  is  filled  in  with  six  inches  of  broken 
stone,  add  the  sum  of  three  hundred  dollars  ($300). 

Very-truly-yours,  (7/) 

(f  minute) 

L-  D.  Davenport,  Esq., 

Ottawa,  Can. 
Dear-Sir  : 

I  regret  to  say  that- the  story  which-you  offer  to-our 
magazine  is  too  long  for  use.  Our  space  is  so  small,  and-the 
portion  taken  up  by- the  serial  {circle  s,r,L)  story  which  we-are 
now  running  by  Frank  R.  Stockton  is  so  large,  that-we-arc- 
unable-to  use  any  additional  fiction  except  what-is  extremely 
concise  (dot  con,  circle  s,  stroke  s). 

With  many  thanks  for  your  kindness,  we  remain, 

Yours-very-truly,  (77) 

(^  minute) 


There  are  certain  words  which  must  always  be  vocalized,  even  in  rapid 
reporting.     A  few  of  the  more  common  of  these  are  given  herewith : 

Him,  when  phrased;  tSecX.  {the  vowel  be/ore  the  k);  accept,  abstraction, 
achromatic,  acorn,  adamant,  adapt,  address,  administration,  advance,  adven- 
tures, advocate,  affluent,  afore,  az'lment,  anomaly,  annual,  anterior,  apathetic, 
appurtenant,  apologue,  apportion,  (Opposite,  apposition,  appraise,  approbation, 
approximate,  &rvay,  aspiration,  attempt,  avocation,  dedwct,  e\se,  ^^ndued,  ^nemy, 
t'xercise.  extricate,  failing,  immigration,  mcautious,  induction,  j'nefficacious, 
?nnovation,  h'ar.  last,  Mar/a,  monarch/,  monkejf,  nate,  obsolete,  p(7cket,  prtd/ct, 
snovi,  s?<lphit:e,  t^t,  vest//re,  valuble,  varacity. 

Write  "irt-the"  so  as  not  to  conflict  with  ^'only"\  "inform"viith  "noti/y"; 
'*on-the"  with  "at-the";  "to-him"  with  "  to-me";  "at-/east"  with  "  at-tast"; 
"/-am  "  with  "/-may,"  etc.  Always  vocalize  " /t'aj/"  and  "him  '  when  joining 
to  other  words. 


loo  Business    Letters 


36 

James  Rooney,  Esq., 

410  Grand  Street, 

Sacramento,  Cal. 
Dear-Sir  : 

I-regret  to-be  obliged  to  inform  you  that-the  note  of 
George  Black,  falling  due  yesterday,  for-the  amount  of  $1500, 
has-been  protested  (/»r/i",/^)  for  non-payment.  You-will  greatly- 
oblige  us  by  sending  check  for-this  amount,  as-the  note  was 
discounted  by  us  for  your  account. 

Yours- trul}',  •    {6j) 


(^  minute) 


Charles  Jenkins,  Esq., 

Nashville,  Tenn. 
Dear-Sir : 

We-have  your-favor  {of  the)  12th  inst.,  enclosing  applica- 
tion of  Ernest  Schmidt  for  $1,000,  insurance  on  frame  building 
situated  at  Alma,  and  we-have  carefully  considered  your  re- 
marks in-regard-to-the-same.  We-beg  to  thank  you  for  your 
kind  offer  {of  the)  risk,  but  as  we-are-not  writing  upon  frame 
buildings  {bid,  dash  ings)  located  in  frame  ranges  of  more-than 
three  buildings,  we-cannot  accept  this  risk.  Diagram  shows 
four  buildings  in-the  range,  and  five  buildings,  including  two 
ofl&ce  buildings  across-the  street.  We-have  a  map  of-this 
town,  but  there-is-not  a  single  risk  in-the  town  that-we  would 
care  to  write,  building  or  stock.  We  return  application  here- 
with. 

Very-truly-yours, 

Secretary. 
{\\  minutes)  {^^9) 


Legal    Forms 


LEGAL  FORMS. 


A  stenographer  who  intends  to  enter  a  law  office,  should 
familiarize  himself  with  legal  forms,  and  even  commit  to 
memory  certain  portions  of  some  of  the  documents. 

Legal  forms  comprise  two  kinds,  viz.: 

1.  Court  Documents,  /.  c,  those  actually  necessary  in  the 
trial  of  a  case. 

2.  Other  Legal  Documents,  consisting  mainly  of  Con- 
tracts. 

COURT   DOCUMENTS. 

These  consist  of  Complaints,  Answers,  Affidavits,  Orders, 
Notices,  etc.,  etc.- 

In  the  trial  of  a  case,  the  first  document  is  the  Summons, 
which,  however,  is  rarely  dictated.  A  printed  form  is  gen- 
erally used  and  attached  to  the  complaint. 

All  court  documents  begin  with  a  Caption,  which  includes 
the  name  of  the  Court  in  which  the  case  is  to  be  tried,  and  the 
title,  or  the  names  of  the  plaintiff  and  defendant,  connected 
by  the  word  ' '  against. ' '  This  word  is  written  variously 
against,  vs.,  v.,  or  versus,  and  should  be  taken  down  and 
transcribed  into  longhand  as  dictated. 

NoTK. — The  forms  us^d  in  thi?  worV  a-'"  t'-"?"  '  ir'.yr>yed  'n  thecondurt  of  "  civil  actions" 
only. 


J 


Legal    Forms 

1. 

COMPLAINT. 
N.  Y.  SUPREME-COURT. 

James  T.  Ball, 

against  Plaintiff, 

Walter  Stephens, 

Defendant. 


« 


'  l^ ^ ■  •     

|;2  r         The.  plaintiff    complains   against    the  defendant    in- 
-Ijthe  above-entitled  action,  and  alleges  :  ' 

FIRST.  That  on  or  about  the  24th  day  of  August, 
1900,  the  above-named-plaintiff  loaned  to-the  defendant 
herein,  at-his- request,  the  sum  of  Five  Hundred  Dollars 
($500.),  which  said  sum  the  defendant  promised  to  pay  to 
said  plaintiff  on  demand  with  interest  from  said  24th  day 
of  August,  1900.  .  . 

SECOND.  That  on-the  17th  day  of  December,  1900, 
the  plaintiff  above-named  duly  demanded  said  sum  from- 
the  said  defendant,  but  that  no  part  thereof  has-been  paid, 
and-that-the-said  Five  Hundred  Dollars  ($500.),  with  inter- 
est from  the  24th  day  of  August,  1900,  now  remains  due 
and  owing  from'  said  defendant  to  said  plaintiff. 

WHEREFORE,      this-plaintiff     demands     judgment 
againstthe  defendent  for-the  sum  of  Fiv^  Hundred  Dollars 
ith    interest  thereon,  from-the  24th  day.  of  August,  1900, 
ttogethervyith-the  costs  of-this-action. 


l!  wi 


•  -    X     '■".'.'■  '  Plaintiff's  Attorney, 

Ofl&ce  and  Post-Ofl5ce  {ps,  fs) 
Address 
No.  31  Nassau  Street, 
State-of-New-York,*  )  _;  ,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

County-of-New-York,  f  ..."' 

James  T.  Bell,  being  dul}'  sworn,  says,  that-he-is  the 
plaintiff  in-the  above-entitled  action  ;  that-the  foregoing  com- 
plaint is  true  to-his-own-know^edge,  except  as-to-the-matters 
therein  stated  to-be  alleged  on  information  and  belief,  and- 
that  as-to-those-matters  he  believes  it  to-b6  true. 
I  Sworn-tD-before-me  §  this  I 
day  of  December,  1900.  f 


•  Venue^  Place  of  Trial.     State  of  Vcw  YoV.  Si.  loop,  /,  n  hook,n,  yay. 
+  Scilicet,  to  wit,  namely.     County  of  New  Yurk,  >fr,  n,  yay. 
X Jurat,  oath.  S  See  page  82 


Legal    Forms 


SUMMOfNS. 

To-THE  Above-Named  Defendant  : 

You  are  hereby  summoned  to  answer  the  complaint  in- 
this-action,  and  to  serve  a  copy  of-your  answer  ou-the  plain- 
tiff's Attorneys  within  twenty  da>^  after-the  service  of -this 
summons,  exclusive  {of  the)  day  of  service ;  and-in  case  of- 
your  failure  to  a;  pear  or  answer,  judgment  will-be  taken 
against  you  by  default  for-the  relief  demanded  in-the  com- 
plaint. 

Dated,  New- York,  December  29th,  1900. 

Hill  &  Dale, 

Plaintiff's  Attorneys, 
-Office  and  Post-ofEce  address 
•  No.  31  Nassau  Street, 

Borough  of  Manhattan, 

New- York-City. 

After  typewriting  on  legal  paper,  the  Complaint  should 
be  bound,  with  the  printed  Summons  properly  filled  in,  in  a 
"back,"  and  endorsed  as  follows  : 

(title  as  before) 


COMPLAINT 

Attorney's  Name 

and  Address 

as  before. 

All  Court  Documents  must-be  folioed^  i.^. ,  the  folios  be- 
ing (every  hundred  words)  indicated  by  placing  the  folio  num- 
ber in  the  margin. 

Tl;ree  copies  should  be  made  of  a  Document  having  but 
one  plaintiff  and  one  defendant.  An  additional  copy  for  each 
additional  party  to  t;he. action. 

Number  the  pages  of  legal  work  at  the  bottom. 


U^ 


104  Legal    Forms 


ANSWER. 
The  Complaint  usually  contains  only  allegations. 
The  Answer  may  contain  allegations,  denials  and  admis- 
sions. 

SUPREME-COURT 
County-of-New-York. 


llj. 


Timothy  Jenkins, 

Plaintiff, 

vs. 

Lawrence  Wood,    Simon   R.  Prince  )■ 
and  Herman  Osborn,  composing  the 
firm  of  Wood,  Prince  &  Co., 

Defendants. 

The  defendants,  by  Morris  Meyer,  Esq.,  their  Attorney, 
answering  the  complaint  {of  the)  plaintiff,  allege  : 

[  I.  That  they  have  no  knowledge  or  information  suffi- 
^  „  cient  to  form  a  belief  as-to  any  {of  the)  allegations  con  - 
^    [tained  in  paragraph  {pr,  grf)  first  of  said  complaint. 

II.  They  allege  that  on  or  about  the  15th  day  of  October, 
1900,  the  plaintiff  came  to-the  store  kept  by-the  said  defend- 
ants at  384  Sixth  Avenue,  and  demanded  that  certain  goods 
be  sold  to-him  which  were-not  then,  and  never  have-been,  kept 
on  sale  by-these-defendants. 

III.  These-defendants  admit  that,  upon-the  rude  and 
boisterous  conduct  (^ //z<?)  plaintiff  creating  a  disturbance,  they 
had  him  forcibly  ejected  from-their  {double-length  duplicate  fr) 
premises,  but  they  deny  that  any  unnecessary  force  was  used 
in-said  ejectment. 

WHEREFORE,  these-defendants  demand  judgment  dis- 
missing the  complaint  with  costs. 


Defendants '-Attorney, 
Office  and  Post-Office  Address, 

18  Pine  Street, 
Borough  of  Manhattan, 

New- York-City. 


Legal    Forms  105 


State-of-New-York,   ) 
County- of-New  York,  f     "• 

Lawrence  Wood,  Simon  R.  Prince  and  Herman  Osborn, 
being  each  for  himself  severally  duly  sworn,  do  depose  and 
say,  that  they -are  the  defendants  in-the  above-entitled  action; 
that-the  foregoing  answer  is  true  to-their-own-knowledge,  ex- 
cept as-to-the-matters  therein  stated  to-be  alleged  on  informa- 
tion and  belief,  and-that  as-to-those  matters  they  believe  it  to- 
be  true. 

Subscribed  and  sworn-to-before-me  | 
this*  day  of  1900.  f 


Endorse  as  before,   inserting   the   word    ' '  Answer  ' '    in 
place  of  the  word  ' '  Complaint. ' ' 

A  Complaint  or  Answer  without  a  \^erification  attached  is 
void. 

Memorize  the  General  Denial,  the  Prayer  and  the  Verifi- 
cation,    Also  the  Verification  and  Prayer  in  the  Complaint. 


*  Use  this  character  in  shorthand       to  indicate  any  blank  space   to   be  left 

in  a  document. 


lo6  I  ?gal    Forms 

3. 

AFFIDAVIT, 
lycarn  to  distinguish  Legal  Documents  by  their  form. 
Complaints  and  Answers  end  with  a  Prayer,  and  have  a 
Verification  attached. 

Affidavits  hegin  with  a  Venue,  and  end  with  o.  Jurat. 

J  .^,  AFFIDAVIT 

to,  obtain  an  order  referring  the  issues. 
SUPREME-COURT, 

'  ^CoUNTY-bF-NEW-^YORK . 


Elias  Lvnch, 

vs. 
MiCAH  Doyle, 


State-of-New-York,    { 


ss. 


County-of-New-York.  [ 

Elias  Lynch,  being  duly  sworn,  says: 

I.  That-he-is  the  plaintiff  in-the  above-entitled  action, 
and-that  an  issue  of  fact  has-been  joined  therein. 

II.  That-said-action  is  brought  to  recover  for  services 
rendered  by  deponent  for-the  defendant  as-his  agent  in-the 
sale  of  county  rights  to  manufacture  and  vend  a  certain  pat- 
ented device,  and  also  for -moneys  paid,  laid  out,  and  ex- 
pended by  deponent  for-the  defendant,  at-his-request. 

III.  That-the  defendant  by-his  answer  admits  the  exis- 
tence {of  the)  agency,  but  denies  that  services  were  rendered  by 
deponent  to-the  extent  and  of-the  value  set  forth  in-the  com- 
plaint ;  and  also  sets  up  a  counter  claim  for  goods  alleged  to- 
have-been  sold  and  delivered  to  deponent  bj^-the  defendant 
during-the  times  mentioned  in-the  complaint,  which  counter 
claim  is  put  in  issue  by-the  reply  herein. 

IV.  That-the  trial  {of  the)  action  will  require  the  examina- 
tion of  a  long  account  on-the  side  of  both  plaintiff  and  defend- 
ant covering  a  period  of  over  six  years;  that-the  account  {of 
the)  plaintiff  consists  of  more-than  75  items;  and-the  defend- 
ant's demand  as  set  forth  in-the  bill-of-particulars  {b,l,prts) 
served  herein  consists  of  more-than  25  items. 

Subscribed  and  sworn-to-before-me  this  \ 
day  of  November,  1 900.  f 


Legal    Forms  107 

4. 

AFFIDAVIT 

for  a  Commission  to  examine  a  witness  without  the  State 
on  Interrogatories. 

N.  Y.  SUPREME-COURT. 


William  S.  Jackson,        -    -■ 
Plaintiff, 
agai7ist 
Roger  Bloodgood, 

^      ...  Defendant. 


STATE-PF-NEW7Y0RK,    ^.       . 


.1 


CoUN*rY-OF-N^W-YORK 

Roger  Bloodgood,  being  duly  sworn,  says,  th'at-he-is  the 
defendant  in-the  above-entitled  action;  that-the  place  of  trial 
Specified  in-the  summons  and  complaint  therein  is-the  county 
of  New  York;  that  an  issue  of  fact  was  joined  therein  on-the 
29th  day  of  September,  1900,  and  has-not-been  tried;  that- 
the  testimony  of  James  Knight  is,material  to  deponent  in-the 
defense  of-this-action ;  that-the-said  James  Knight  is-not  a 
resident  of,  or  within,  this  State,  but  resides  at  Chicago,  in- 
the  State  of  Illinois;  that  deponent  h^  fully  and  fairly  stated 
the  case  to  Jefferson  White,  Esq.,  deponent's  counsel  in-this- 
action,  who  resides  at-the  City-of-New-York,  Borough  of 
Manhattan,  and-that  4eponent  is  advised  by- his  said  counsel, 
and  verily  believes,  that-he  has  a  good  and  substantial  de- 
fense upon-the  merits;  that  deponent  has  also  stated  to- his 
said  counsel  the  facts  which  he  expects  to-prove  by-the-said 
James  Knight,  and-that  deponent  is  advised  by-his  said 
counsel  after  such  statement  made,  and  verily  believes,  that- 
the  testimony  {of  .the)  said  James  Knight  is  material  {double 
length  m,upl)  to  deponent  in-the  defense  of-this-actipn-. 

Sworn-to-before-me  this  | 
day  of  ,  1900.  i 


io8  Legal    Forms 

6. 

ORDER 
for  a  Commission  to  Examine  Witness  on  Interrogatories. 
N.  Y.  SUPREME-COURT. 


William  S.  Jackson, 

PlaintifiF, 
against 
Roger  Bloodgood, 

Defendant. 


On  reading  and  filing  the  affidavit  {ft,vd)  of  Roger  Blood- 
good,  dated  the  day  of  ,  making  satis- 
factory proof  that- the  testimony  of  James  Knight,  a  witness 
not  within  this  State,  is  material  to-the  defendant  in-the  de- 
fense {of  the)  above-entitled  action,  and  on- the  pleadings  {halved 
pi,  dash-ings)  and  proceedings  {stroke-ing)  in  said  action,  and 

On  Motion  of  Jefferson  White,  Esq.,  of  counsel  for-the 
defendant  {k,dft)  after  hearing  John  Spencer,  Esq.,  of  counsel- 
for-the-plaintiff  {k,phtt), 

ORDERED,  that  a  commission  issue  out-of  and  under- 
the  seal  of-this-court  {of,ths,kt),  directed  to  I,incoln  Taylor, 
Esq.,  of  Chicago,  111.,  authorizing  him  to  examine  the  said 
James  Knight  under  oath,  upon  interrogatories  {nt  separated 
fro7n  gay,t,rs)  annexed  thereto,  to-take  and  certify  the  deposi- 
tion of  said  witness,  and  to  return  the  same  and-the  commis- 
sion ciccording-to-the  directions  given  therein  or  therewith. 

AND  IT-IS  FURTHER  ORDERED,  that-the  trial  of- 
this-action  be  stayed  until  the  return  of  said  commission;  and- 
that-the  defendant  pay  to-the  plaintiff  $io  as-the  cost  of-this 
motion. 

{Judge* s  Signature.) 


Lej!:al    Forms  109 


*  6. 

COMMISSION 
to  examine  witness  upon  interrogatories. 

THE  PEOPLE  {OF  THE)  STATE  OF  NEW  YORK, 

To  Lyman  H.  Crawford,  Esq.,  of  Chicago,  111., 
GREETING : 

KNOW  Ye  that-we,  with  full  faith  in-your  prudence 
and  fidelity,  have  appointed  you  commissioner,  and  by-these- 
presents  {b,ths,ps,7its)  do  authorize  you  to  examine  James 
Knight,  of  Chicago,  State  of  Illinois,  as  a  witness  in  a  cause 
pending  in  our  Supreme-Court,  wherein  William  S.  Jackson  is 
plaintiff,  and  Roger  Bloodgood  is  defendant,  in  behalf  {of-the) 
defendant,  under  oath,  upon-the  interrogatories  annexed  to- 
this  commission;  to-take  and  certify  the  deposition  of  such 
witness;  and  to  return  the  same  and  this  commission  accord- 
ing-to-the  directions  herewith  given. 

WITNESS,  Hon.  ,  one  {qf-the) 

Justices  of-our  Supreme-Court,     (L.  S.*)     at 
the  day  of  ,  1900. 

{Signature  of  Attorney.)  {Signature  of  Clerk.) 

*L.  S.    Place  of  the  Seal. 


Lepral    Forrns 

7. 
INTERROGATORIES 
to  be  annexed  to  a  Commission. 
N.  Y.  SUPREME-COURT. 


William  S.  Jackson, 

Plaintiff, 
against 

Roger  Bloodgood, 

Defendant, 


Interrogatories  to  be  administered  to  James  Knight,  of 
Chicago,  a  witness  to-be  examined  under-the  annexed  com- 
mission, on  behalf  {of  the)  defendant  in-the  above-entitled 
action. 

First  Interrogatory :  What-is-your  name,  age,  occupation 
and  place  of  residence  ? 

Second  Interrogatory :  Do-you  know  the  defendant  in- 
this-action,  and  if  so,  how-long  have  you  known  him  ? 

Third  Interrogatory :  Do-you  know  Thomas  Rogers,  and-if 
so,  do-you  know  under  what  firm  name  he  does  business  ? 

Fourth  Interrogatory:  When  and  where  did-you  first 
meet  Thomas  Rogers? 

Fifth  Interrogatory:  Did-you,  at-the-time  and  place 
mentioned  in-3'our  last  answer,  take  part  in  any  conversation 
with-the-said  Thomas  Rogers,  and-if  so  was-there  {double 
length  2)  any  person  present  at  such  conversation  ? 

Sixth  Interrogatory:  If,  in  answer  to-thelast  interrogatory, 
3'ou  say  that  you  did  engage  or  take  part  in  a  conversation 
with-the-said  Thomas  Rogers,  please  state  what-was  said  by- 
him  and  you,  and  by  any  other  person  who-was  present  at 
such  conversation,  and  also  state  what  took  place  at-the-time 
of  such  conversation. 

Lastly:  Do-you  know  anything  concerning  the  matter 
in  question  that  may  tend  to-the  benefit  and  advantage  {of  the) 
defendant  ?  If  yea,  declare  the  same  fully  and  at  large,  as-if 
you  had  been  particularly  interrogated  concerning  the  same. 

{Signature  of  Attoryiey.) 


Legal    Forms 
8. 

NOTICES. 


NOTICE  OF   TRIAL. 
NEW- YORK  SUPREME-COURT. 

Julia  Hackett, 

Plaintiff, 

vs. 

Frank  R.  Merrill,  et  al.* 

Defendants. 


SIR: 

TAKE  NOTICE,  that-this-action  will-be  brought  to  trial 
at-the  next  term  of-this-court  to-be  held  at-the  County  Court 
House  in-the  City-of-New-York,  in-the  County-of- New-York, 
Borough  of  Manhattan,  on-the  12th  day  of  January,  1901. 

Yours,  etc., 

TuNisoN  Blake, 

Attorney  for  Plaintiff. 
OflSce  and  Post-ofl&ce  Address 

29  Broadway,  New- York- City. 
To 

Patrick  Cowan,  Esq, , 

Attorney  for-the  Defendants. 


NOTICE  TO  PRODUCE  PAPERS  AT  TRIAL. 
(Title  of  the  cause.) 

Sir: 

PLEASE-TAKE-NOTICE,  that-you-are  hereby  required 
to  produce,  upon-the  trial  of-this-action,  a  certain  Deed  from 
Sidney  Cutting  to  Mary  Clayton,  dated  May  15th,  1884,  and- 
that  in  case  of-your  failure  so  to-do,  the  plaintiff  will  give 
secondary  evidence  {of  the)  contents  thereof. 


Plaintiff's  Attorney. 
New  York,  November  20th,  1900. 

To  Frank  R.  Merrill,  Defendant, 
and  Edward  Davis,  Attorney  for-the  Defendants. 

*  Et  al.—and  ethers. 


112  Legal    Forms 

9. 

SPECIAI,  TERM   ORDER. 

All  Special  Term  Orders  begin  with  a  "  Hanging  Inden- 
ture." 

Stated  Term  Orders  begin  with-the  Caption. 

At-a-Special-Term*    {of  the)    Supreme, 
Court,    held     at-the    County    Court 
House   in  -  the  -  Cit)-  -  of  -  New  -  York- 
County-of-New-York,  on-the 
day  of  ,  1900  : 


PRESENT : 

Hon. 


J7istice, 


Walter  Bliss, 

Plaintiff, 
against 
Charles  Brisk, 

Defendant. 

On  read  ng  and  filing  the  afl&davit  of  Charles  Brisk,  dated 
the  day  of  ,  1900,  making  satisfactory 

proof  that  one  or  more  witnesses  not  within  this  State  are 
material  and  necessary  in-the  defense  of-this-action,  and  on- 
the  pleadings  and  proceedings  in-this-action,  and  on  proof  of 
due  service  {of  the)  annexed  notice  of  motion,  with  a  copy  of 
said  affidavit,  and  after  hearing  Paul  James,  Esq.,  of  counsel- 
for-the-defense  {k,  df,  71s),  and  Richard  lycvy,  Esq.,  of  counsel 
for-the  prosecution. 

NOW,  on  motion  of  Alexander  Hudson,  Esq.,  counsel- 
for-the-defense, 

ORDERED,  that-the  deposition  of  each  and  every  wit- 
ness who  may-be  produced  by  either  party  to-this- action 
within  days  from-the  date  hereof,  at  a  time  and  at  a 

place  within-the  State  of  New- Jersey  {n,J),  to-be  specified  in 
a  written  notice  served  on-the  part  {of  the)  defense  upon-the 
attorney  for-the  plaintiff,  at  least  days  before-the 

examination,  be  taken  before  Hon.  Gedney  G.  Haynes,  {of  the) 
City  of  Newark,  State  of  New- Jersey,  aforesaid,  upon  oral 
questions  to-be  put  to-the  witness  when  produced  ;  that-such 
depositions  be  taken  within  days  from-the  date 

hereof,  and-that-thesaid  Gedney  G.  Haynes  take  and  certify 
the  deposition  of  each  witness,  and  return  the  same  with-this 
order  pursuant  {p,r,s,nt)  to  law. 

( Signature  of  Presiding  Justice. ) 

*  See  page  82. 


Legal    Forms  u-j 

10. 

JUDGMEJ^T 
for  defendant  on  report  of  Referee, 


SUPREME-COURT, 
County  and  State-of  New  York:. 

Percy  T.  Lane, 

PlaintifE, 
against 
Andrew  F.  Sherman, 

Defendant. 


This-action  having  been  referred  to  Phineas  W.  Fuller, 
Esq.,  as  sole  Referee  (r,  dtiplicate  fr),  to  hear  and  determine 
{dt,R,nm)  the  same,  and-his  report  having  been  filed,  where- 
by he  finds  that- the  defendant  is-not  indebted  {nd,td)  to-the 
plaintiff,  upon-the  promissory-note  set  forth  in-the  complaint 
in-this-action, 

NOW,  on  Motion  of  Wallace  Hayes,  Esq.,  defendant': - 
attorney,  it-is  hereby 

ADJUDGED  by-the  court  that-the  defendant,  Andrew 
F.  Sherman,  recover  {of-the)  plaintiff,  Percy  T.  Lane,  the 
sum  of  three  hundred  and  eighty-two  and  29-100  Dollars 
($382.29),  for-his  costs  and  disbursements  in-this-action. 

Clerk. 


114  Legal    Forms 

11. 

CONSENT 

to  receive  a  gross  sum  in  lieu  of  dower. 

SURROGATE'S  COURT, 
County  of  New  York. 


Hannah  R.  Ellis, 

Plaintiff, 
against 

Mark  Gibson  and  Ralph  Cox, 
as  Executors  {of-the)  Estate  of  John  El- 
lis, deceased. 

Defendants. 


I,  Hannah  Ellis,  the  plaintiff  in-theabove-entitled-action, 
pursuant  to  section  1617  {of  the)  Code  of  Civil  Procedure, 
{prs,d,r),  do  hereby  consent  to  accept  a  gross  sum  to-be  as- 
certained {s,rt,nd)  according-to  law,  in  full  satisfaction  and 
discharge  {ds,ch)  of-m}^  right  of  dower  in-the  real  property- 
described  in-the  complaint  in-this-action. 

Dated,  New- York,  October  12th,  1900. 

{Signature.) 

'  State-of-New-York.    )  gg  . 
County-of-New-York.  f 

On  this  twelfth  day  of  October,  in-the-year  1900. 
before-me,  the  subscriber,  personally  came  Hannah  El- 
lis, to-me  known,  and  known  to-me  to-be  the  person 
described  in  and  who  executed  the  within  instrument, 
and  acknowledged  that  she  executed  the  same. 

{Signature  of  Officer.) 

♦The  acknowledgment  should  be  memorized.      Observe  that  an  acknowledgment  has 
no  jurat. 


Legal    Forms 

12. 

PETITION. 

SURROGATE'S  COURT, 
County  of  Westchester.. 

In-the-Matter 

{of  the) 

Disposition 

{of  the) 

Real-Estate  {r,Ls,t  halved) 

of 

John  Brown, 

Deceased . 


TO-THE    SURROGATE'S  COURT  {OF-THE)  COUNTY 
OF  WESTCHESTER. 

The  Petition  of  Mary  Brown  respectfully  shows  and 
states : 

FIRST.  That  your  petitioner  {p,t,-tion,r)  is-the  original 
petitioner  in -this  proceeding,  and  is-the  Administratrix  {of 
the)  goods, -chattels-and-credits*  of  John  Brown,  deceased. 

SECOND.  That-this  proceeding  is  now  still  pending 
in-this-Cour-t,  and-the  proceeds  {of  the)  sale  directed  by-this- 
Court,  by  decree  dated  December  19th,  1899,  have-not  yet 
been  distributed,  but  notice  {of  the)  disposition  {of  the)  pro- 
ceeds has  been  given  and  is  now  being  published  according-to 
law,  and  according-to  an  order  of-this-Court  made  for-that 
purpose.  * 

♦See  page  82. 


ii6  Legal    Forms 

THIRD.  That  there-is  a  balance  still  in-the  hands  {of 
the)  County  Treasurer,  awaiting  an  order  of-this-Court,  and- 
that-the-said  balance  is  available  (Z,  down)  for-the  purposes 
of-this  proceeding,  to  pay  the  debts  {of  the)  said  John  Brown, 
deceased,  under  Section  245  {of  the)  Code  of  Civil  Procedure. 

WHEREFORE,  your  petitioner  {up  r)  prays  an  order 
of-this-Court,  directing  the  said  Treasurer  {of  the)  County  of 
Westchester  to  pay  over  to  Samuel  Brown  whatever  balance 
he  now  holds  to-the  credit  {of  the)  said  action  in  the  Surro- 
gate's Court,  wherein  Samuel  Brown  was  plaintiff  and  John 
Brown  defendant,  and-that-the  said  Samuel  Brown  hold  the 
said  balance  subject  to-the  decree  of  distribution  of-this- 
Court,  and-that-this  petitioner  may  have  such  other  or  fur- 
ther relief  as  may-be  just. 

State-of-New-York,      )  gg  . 
County  of  Westchester.  \     " 

Mary  Brown,  being  duly  sworn,  says,  that  she  has  read 
the  foregoing  petition  and  knows  the  contents  thereof;  tliat- 
the-same  is  true  of-her-own-knowledge,  except  as-to-the- 
matters  therein  stated  to-be  alleged  upon  i»nformation  and 
belief,  and-as-to-those-matters  she  believes  it  to-be  true. 

Sworn -to-before-me  this  } 
day  of  March,  1901.  f 


Legal    Forms  117 

13. 

BRIEF. 

"A  Brief  is  a  concise  statement  in  writing  of  the  law 
and  authorities  relied  upon  in  trying  a  cause." 

SUPREME-COURT, 
City-and-County-of-New-York.* 


Clarence  H,  Jones, 

Plaintiff, 
agaiyist 
William  Brown  Johnson, 

Defendant. 


BRIEF  FOR  DEFENDANT. 
STATEMENT. 

This-action  was  commenced  by-the  service  of  a  summons 
and  complaint  on-the  23rd  day  of  October,  1900,  by-the  above- 
named  plaintiff  upon-the  above-named  defendant.  The  de- 
fendant appeared  on-the  7th  day  of  November,  1900;  served 
his  answer  to-the-said  complaint,  and  interposed  several  coun- 
ter claims  thereto.  An  amended  complaint  was  served  on-the 
8th  day  of  November,  1900,  and  on-the  13th  day  of  Novem- 
ber, defendant  served  his  answer  to  said  amended  complaint. 

POINTS. 
I. 

All-the  counter  claims  interposed  are  sufficient  in  law  upon- 
the  face  thereof. 

An  examination  {of  the)  counter  claims  shows  that  each 
one  alleges  a  contract,  which-is  the  subject-matter  of- this- 
action,  as-the  basis  for-it,  and-the  breach  of- that  contract  on- 
the  part  [of  the)  plaintiff. 

♦See  page  158. 


ji8  Legal    Forms 


II. 


It-is  apparent  on-the  face  (of  the)  counter  claims  herein  that 
all  of-them  are  {of  the)  character  specif  ed  in  Sec.  6oi  {of  the) 
Code  of  Civil  Procedure^  and  arise  out  {of  the)  contract  or  traiis- 
action  set  forth  i7i-the  Complaint. 

Said  section  6oi  {of  the)  Code  of  Civil  Procedure  provides, 
among  other  things,  that,  "The  counter  claim  must  be  one 
'\of  the)  following  causes  against  the  plaintiff,  and  in  favor 
''{of  the)  defendant.  Second:  In  an  action  on  contract,  any 
*  'other  cause  of  action  on  contract  existing  at-the  commence- 
"ment  {of  the)  action." 

The  counter  claims  interposed  herein  existed  in-favor  {of 
the)  defendant  against  the  plaintiff  at-the-time  the  action  was 
commenced,  and  long  prior  thereto,  and  they  belonged  to-the 
defendant  at-the  commencement  {of  the)  action. 

Chambers  vs.  Lewis,  13  Abb.  Pr.,  210,  213. 
Chambers  vs.  Cagneif,  32  N.  Y.  Supra,  362. 

III. 

It-is  apparent  on-the  face  {of  the)  answer  that-the  facts 
averred  constitute  a  defence  or  counter  claim  to  Plaintiff' s  cause 
of  actio7i,  therefore  the  objection  raised  by  demurrer  for  insuffi- 
ciency {nsf,up  ish)  is  bad. 

IV. 

It-is  submitted  that  upon-the  law  and  upon-the  facts, 
judgment  should-be  given  to  defendant  with  costs  taxed  to 
plaintiff. 

Franklin  &  Williams, 
Attorneys  for  Defendant, 
18  Wall-Street, 

New- York-City. 


Legal    Forms  119 


14. 


FORM  OF  PRAYER  ATTACHED  TO  A  BILL  OF  COM- 
PLAINT IN  THE  U.  S.  CIRCUIT  COURT. 

May  it  please  your-Honors  to  grant  unto  your  orator  a 
written  Subpoena  directed  to-the  defendant,  The  United 
States  Trust  Co.,  commanding  it,  at  a  certain  time,  and  under 
a  certain  penalty  therein  named,  to-be  and  appear  before  your- 
Honors  in-this  Honorable-Court,  and  then  and  there  to 
answer  all  and  singular  the  matters  aforesaid  and  to  stand  to, 
abide  by  and  perform  such  other  and  further  orders  or 
decrees  therein  as  to-your-Honors  shall  seem  meet. 

And  your-orator  will  ever  pray,  etc. 


There  are  a  few  other  Court  Documents,  but  the  forego- 
ing will  give  the  student  a  general  idea  of  the  form  and  ver- 
biage of  these  papers. 

The  taking  of  testimony  is  an  important  part  of  a  steno- 
grapher's work,  and  this  is  explained  in  the  next  few  pages. 


L. 


I20  Legal    Forms 

15. 

INTRODUCING  EVIDENCE. 

After  the  plaintiff's  or  defendant's  counsel  has  opened 
his  case,  he  proceeds  to  prove  the  facts  alleged  by  means  of 
documentary  evidence  or  oral  testimony,  or  both. 

In  the  case  of  oral  testimony,  the  witness  must  be  placed 
upon  the  stand  and  duly  sworn,  before  he  is  permitted  to 
testify. 

The  taking  of  the  testimony  of  witnesses  by  a  law  steno- 
grapher is  often  done  in  his  employer's  office,  or  in  the  office 
of  a  Referee  before  whom  his  employer  is  conducting  a  case. 

Not  all  cases  are  tried  in  open  court.  When  it  is  found 
that  a  protracted  investigation  will  be  necessary,  it  is  often 
agreed  by  counsel  that  some  reputable  and  competent  attor- 
ney, not  in  any  way  connected  with  the  case,  may  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Court,  and  named  as  the  Referee  to  hear  and 
determine  the  issues  involved,  and  report  his  decision  after 
all  the  evidence  has  been  submitted. 

Occasionally  a  Reference  is  ordered  by  the  Court  of  its 
own  motion,  or  upon  the  application  of  one  party  without  the 
consent  of  the  other. 

At  a  Reference,  therefore,  witnesses  are  examined  and 
arguments  heard,  as  well  as  motions  decided,  the  same  as 
in  a  Court  Room. 

At  the  first  hearing,  the  appearances  of  the  counsel  for 
plaintiff  and  defendant  must  be  noted,  as  well  as  the  name 
and  presence  of  the  Referee. 

Also  the  time  and  date,  as  below. 

At  subsequent  sessions,  the  full  caption  need  not  appear. 
Simply  write  the  plaintiff's  and  defendant's  name,  thus: 


Smith 

vs. 

JOXES. 


J 


but  be  careful  to  page  (in  the  upper  right  hand  corner)  con- 
secutively. 


Legal   Forms  1 2 1 


The  following  forms  will  show  how  the  first  page  o*  the 
first  hearing  and  the  first  page  of  the  second  and  subsequent 
hearings  should  be  arranged. 

NEW- YORK-SUPREME-COURT: 


John  P.  Green,  et.  al., 

vs. 
Albert  McKinnev,  Jr. 


Before 
*  George  Harris,  Esq. , 
Referee. 


New- York,  April  15th,  1901. 
2.45  P.  M. 

APPEARANCES: 

Messrs.  Smith  and  Jones,  for-the  Plaintiffs,  W.  C.  Smith, 
Esq.,  of  Counsel. 

Messrs.  Williams  &  Wallace,  for-the  Defendant,  1,.  C. 
Lyman,  Esq.,  of  Counsel. 

The  Referee  states  that-he  has  taken  the  usual  oath. 

FREDERICK  W.  TAYLOR,  Sworn  as  a  witness  on 
behalf  {of  the)  plaintiff,  testifies  as  follows: 

Direct  Examination. 
By  Mr.  Smith: 

Here  follows  the  testimony. 


Legal    Forms 


Second  Day's  Session. 


Green 

vs. 

McKlNNEY. 


New- York,  April  iSth,  1901. 
2.30  P.  M. 

PRESENT: 

The  Referee  and  Respective  Counsel. 

DIRECT  EXAMINATION  OF  MR.  TAYI^OR,  Continued. 

{//ere  insert  the  Testimo7iy.) 

Note. — When  taking  testimony,  the  stenographer  will  save  time  if, 
instead  of  writing  "  Question  "  and  "  Answer"  in  shorthand  each  time, 
he  writes  the  question   clear  across  the  page  of  his  note-book,  and  the 
answer  only  half-way  across  thus  : 
What  is  your  name  ? 

John  Smith. 
Do  you  know  the  defendant  in  this  action,  Mr.  JOnes? 

Yes,   sir,  he   was  a   partner   of   my 

father  for  a  great  many  years.     Etc. 

It  often  happens  that  a  witness  will  answer  a  question  in  the  exact 

words  in  which  it  was  asked.    In  such  cases  much  time  will  be  saved  by 

indicating  the  answer  (instead  of  actually  writing  it)  by  a  long  dash^  thus: 

Were  you  a  member  of  that  firm  ? 

Yes,  sir. 
Of  the  firm  of  Jones  &  Brown  ? 

(Meaning  the  answer  to  be  :     "  Of  the  firm  of  Jones  &  Brown.'') 
You  are  a  resident  of  the  City  and  County  of  New  York. 

I  am . 


(Meaning  the  answer  to  be  :  "I  am  a  resident  of  the  City  and  County  of  New  York. 


Legal    Forms  123 

16. 

TESTIMONY. 


BY  MR.  SMITH: 


Q.  Resuming  where  we  left  off,  Mr.  Taylor,  allow  me 
to  ask,  was  that  transaction  kept  quiet,  or  was  it  a  pubhc 
matter?     A.     No,  that  was  kept  quiet. 

Q.  Is  it  required  that  all  your  corporate  members  should 
hold  a  bond  ? 

Objected  to.     Objection  overruled.     Exception. 

A.     No, -sir  {ns,r). 

Q.  There-are  some  {0/  the)  corporate  members  who  do 
not  ?  A.  Yes,  and  some  {of  the)  non-corporate  members 
who  do  hold  the  bonds.  We  only  draw  the  line  as-to  who 
shall  become  members. 

Q.  As-to  who  shall-have  the  power  to  vote?  A.  As-to 
who  shall-have  the  power  to  vote.* 

.  Q.  Then  material  men  holding  bonds  have  no  voice  nor 
vote  in-the  management  of-that  building?  A.  None  what- 
ever. ^ 

Q.  Do-you  have  a  bondholders'  association  ?  A.  We- 
have-not. 

Q.  Then  you  exclude  a  part  {of  the)  owners  {of  the)  bonds 
from  any  control  (^///^)  building?  A.  Yes, -sir.  {Strokes, 
circle  s,  downward  r.) 

Q.  Corporate  members  that  paid  in-this  initiation  fee  of 
$200  are-not  responsible  for  any  loss  in-the  business  for  failure 
of-this  enterprise  any  further-than  {duplicate  fr,  n  hook)  the 
money  they  paid  in  ?     A.     That-is  all. 

Q.     Limited  liability  ? 

Defendant's  Counsel  objects  to  the  question.  Objection 
sustained.     Exception, 

Q.  In  case  it-was  found  that  a  majority  {of  the)  corporate 
members  would-not  agree  to-this  investment,!  is  it  practicable 
to  start  a  building  investment  company  in-the  Exchange  com- 

*See  foot  note,  page  123. 
■fSee  appendix,  p.  4. 


124  Legal    Forms 

posed  of  a  limited  number,  for-the  purpose  of  putting  up  a 
building  ?  A.  I  think  that-is  perfectly  feasible  and  perfectly 
just  and  right.  I-think  they  would -have  a  perfect  right  to-do 
just  as  they  please  about  that  matter. 

Q.  How  was  this  $20,000  that  you  found  yourself  in 
pocsession  of,  accumulated?  That  was-the  result  {of  the) 
purchase  of  certificates*  of  membership  ?     A,     Yes. 

Q.  But  you  have  expenses?  A.  Yes,  but  we  made 
money  every  year  over  and  above  our  expenses  ? 

Q.  Your  dues  were  more-than  sufficient  to  pay  expenses  ? 
A.     Our  dues  were  more  than  sufficient  to  pay  expenses,  f 

Q.  Do  the  $50  dues  now  pay  all  your  expenses  of  oper- 
ating the  building?     A.     Yes,  and  more. 

Q.^  Is  any  {of  the)  money  collected  for  dues  used,  for-in- 
stance,  to  pay  the  interest  on-the  bonds  or  apply  it  on-the 
debt?     A.     It  goes  into  a  general  fund, 

Q.  And  of-course  each  corporate  member  is  an  owner 
equally  in-the  building  ?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

Q.     You  issued  bonds  to  $100,000?     A.     Yes,-sir. 

Q.  Supposing  that  property  is  worth,  in-the  course  of 
six  years,  $200,000?  A.  Then  our  certificates  of  member- 
ship would  increase  10056. 

Q.  That-is-not  the  point.  A  material  man  holding  some 
of-these  bonds,  holds  a  $1,000  bond,  and-the  property  is  worth 
$200,000.  Is  his  bond  only  worth  $r,ooo?  A.  Certainly. 
That-is- the  nature  of  a  bond  all-the  time. 

Q.  The  property  appreciates,  but-the  bond  never  appre- 
ciates? A.  The  bond  does-not,  but-the  certificate  of  mem- 
bership does. 

Q.  But  suppose  he  can't  held  a  certificate  of  member- 
ship ?  A.  The  bond  is-his  bond.  He  only  puts  that  in  as 
an  investment.     He  gets  his  interest  on  it. 

Q.  The  increment  to-the  property  inures  wholly  to-the 
benefit  (^ //i^)  corporate  members  ?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

♦Appendix  p.  7. 

t  Reprebent  this  m  shorthand  as  shown  at  foot  of  page  123. 


Legal    Forms  125 

CROSS-EXAMINATION  BY  MR.  WALLACE. 

Q.  Do  I  understand  you  to  say  that-the  corporate  mem- 
bers are  stockholders  and  the  bondholders  are  but-the  backing 
{of  the)  institution  and  get  their  dividends  on-the  bonds?  A. 
Yes.  The  corporate  members  are-the  stockholders  and-the 
bondholders  are-the  backing  behind  the  stockholders.  They 
put  their  money  up  for  a  certain  percentage  of  dividends 
each  year.  That  propertj^  for-instance,  (^st  $100,000.  If 
next  year,  by  some  extraordinary  coincidence,  that  property 
should  advance  in  value  to  $200,000,  a  certificate  of  mem- 
bership which  today  is  worth  $250,  would-be  worth  $500  then. 

Q.  The  certificate  of  membership  bears  the  same  rela- 
tion as  a  certificate  of  stock  ?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

Q.  What-is-the  revenue  from  your  investment  at-present? 
A.     That  would-be  rather  difficult  to  give. 

Q.  Give  it  approximately,  so-that  we-can  see  what  in- 
terest the  bonds  would  pay  ?     A.     The  interest  is  fixed. 

ADJOURNED  TO  MONDAY  February  4th,  1901,  at 
2.30  P.  M. 


126  Lesral    Forms 

17. 

TESTIMONY  OF  PATRICK  RYAN. 

Q.     What-is-your  name ?     A.     Pat  Ryan. 

Q.     Where  do-you  live?     A.    43  3rd  Avenue. 

Q.     New- York-City  ?     A.     New- York-City. 

Q.     Whafe-is  your  business?     A.     Mason. 

Q.     For  whom  do-you  work?     A.     Mr.  Brown. 

Q.     What- is^is  first  name  ?     A.     I-think  it-is  James. 

Q.  Where  did-you  work?  A.  On-the  corner  of  One 
hundred  and  twenty-ninth  Street  and  Eighth  Avenue. 

Q.  How-long  have  you  been  working  there  ?  A.  About 
two  months,  sir. 

Q.  Were  you  there  at-the-time  of-this  strike?  A.  Yes,- 
sir. 

Q.  What-was-the  cause  {of  the)  strike?  A.  The  men 
wanted  more  wages. 

Q.     What  did-you  get  by-the  day  ?     A.     $3. 

Q.     Were  you  paid  by-the  week  ?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

Q.  What  did  they  strike  for  ?  A.  For  three  dollars 
and  a  half  a  day,  sir. 

Q.     Couldn't  they  get  it?     A.     No, -sir. 

Q.  Wh}^  not?  A.  Mr.  Brown  wouldn't  give  it  to- 
them. 

^.     Then  what  happened  ?     A.     They  struck. 

Q.     Did-5^ou  strike?     A.     No, -sir,  they  struck  me. 

Q.     Did  the  men  trouble  you?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

Q.     How  ?     A.     They  threw  bricks  at  me. 

Q.     When  ?     A.     On-the  way  to  work. 

Q.     Anything  else?     A.     No, -sir. 

Q.     Did  they  try  to  get  you  to  join  them  ?     A.     Yes, -sir, 

Q.     How  did-3^ou  get  hurt?     A.     With  a  brick,  sir. 

Q.  Tell  what  happened  ?  A.  One  (of  the)  men  threw  a 
biick  at  me  and  it  hit  me  on-the  head,  sir. 

Q.     Did  it  hurt  you  ?     A.     I  should  think  so,  sir. 

Q,     Did  it  knock  you  down  ?     A.     Yes, -sir. 

Q.     Were  you  kept  from  work  ?     A,     Yes, -sir. 

Q.     For  how  long  ?     A.     Two  weeks. 

Q.     Two  weeks?     A.     Yes, -sir. 


Legal    Forms  127 

18. 
OTHER  LEGAL  DOCUMENTS. 

These  comprise  various  kinds  of  Contracts,  as  well  as 
Wills,  Powers  of  Attorney,  etc.,  etc. 

They  deal  mainly  with  the  transfer  of  property  in  some 
form  or  other. 

Property  may  be  transferred  in  three  ways,  viz. : 

1.  By  sale. 

2.  By  gift. 

3.  By  bequest. 

The  document  used  to  show  the  transfer  of  property  by 
sale  or  gift  is  known  as  a  Deed. 

The  name  of  the  document  which  transfers  property  by 
bequest  is  a  Will. 

A  Will  usually  begins  with  an  Invocation,  such  as  "In 
the  name  of  God,  Amen";  or  with  the  words,  "Know  all 
men  by  these  presents  " ;  or  with  the  name  of  the  party  mak- 
ing the  will 

WILL. 

IN-THE  NAME  OF-GOD,  AMEN. 

I,  GEORGE  HENRY  JACKSON,   {of  th?)  City,-Coun- 

ty-and-State-of-New-York,*  Borough  of  Manhattan,  being  of 
sound  and  disposing  mind  and  memory,  and  considering  the 
uncertainty  of-this  life,  do  make,  publish  and  declare,  this  to- 
be  my  Last  -  Will-and -Testament,  f  as  follows: 

FIRST.  After  my  lawful  debts  and  funeral  expenses 
are  paid,  I  give  to-my  executors,  administrators  and  assigns, 
in  trust,  to-be  applied  to-the  use  and  benefit  of-my  beloved 
wife,  Jane  Jackson,  all  my  real  and  personal  estate  of  every 
kind  whatsoever  and  wherever  situated,  as-well-as  all  my 
household  {iip  h,  circle  s,  upl,d)  furniture  {diiplicate fr ,  n  hook,  i, 
lip  r)  and  personal  effects  of  every  kind  thereunto  belonging. 

SECOND.  I  further  give  to-my  said  wife,  {of  the) 
remainder  of-my  property,  so-much  thereof  as  she  may  wish 
to-take. 

♦See  appendix,  p.  8.  +See  page  82. 


128  Legal    Forms 

THIRD.  Should  there  be  a  balance  of  said  property 
remaining  at  her  death,  it-is  my  will  that-said  balance  be 
divided  amongst  my  brothers  and  sister,  and-their  heirs, 
as  provided  for  b3'-the  laws  {of  the)  State  of  New  York. 

FOURTH.  I  hereby  appoint  my  son,  Grover  Jackson, 
to-be  the  Executor  of-this,  my  last- Will-and -Testament,  here- 
by revoking  all  former  wills  by-me  made,  and  it-is  my  will 
that  no  bond  shall-be  required  of  said  Executor. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  I'have  hereunto  subscribed 
my  name  and  affixed  my  seal,  the  thirty-first  day  of  Decem- 
ber, in-the-year-of-our-lyord,*  one  thousand  nine  hundred. 

WITNESSES, 


Signed,  sealed,  published  and  de- 
clared by  George  Henry  Jackson,  the 
Testator  above-named,  as  and  for-his 
last-Will-and-Testament ;  in  our  pres- 
I  \  ence;  and  we,  at-his-request,  and-in-his- 
presence,  and-in-the-presence-of-each- 
other,*  have  hereunto  subscribed  our 
names  as  witnesses  on-the  day  above 
mentioned. 


Endorse : 

EAST  WIEE  AND  TESTAMENT 

of 

GEORGE  HENRY  JACKSON. 

Dated 

Note.    Memorize  the  Testamentary  Clause. 
♦See  page  82. 


Legal    rorms  129 

19. 

CONVEYANCE  BY  DEED. 
Deed  with  Full  Covenants. — Short  Form. 
THIS  INDENTURE  made  the22ndday  of  April,  in- 
the-year  Nineteen  hundred  and  one,  between  THOMAS 
DAY  {of  the)  City, -County-and-State-of-New- York,  bank- 
er, {of  the)  first-part,  and  GEORGE  KNIGHT  {of  the) 
same-place,  merchant,  {of  the)  second-part, 

WITNESSETH  :  That-the-said  party-of-the-first- 
part,*  in  consideration  of  Three  thousand  Dollars 
($3,000)  lawful  money  {of  the)  United  States,  paid  by- 
the  party-of-the-second-part,*  doth  hereby  grant  and  re- 
lease unto-the  said  party-of-the-second-part,  his  heirs- 
and-assigns  {downward  R,  circle  5,  stroke  s,  n  hook,  circle  s 
inside)  forever, 

ALL  that  certain  lot,  piece  or  parcel  of  land,  situ- 
ate in-the  City-of  New  York,  and  bounded  and  described 
as  follows :  Beginning  at  a  point  on-the  northerly  {nr, 
thrj)  line  of  Fifty-second  Street,  distant  Three  hundred 
and  fifteen  (315)  feet  westerly  from  the  northwesterly 
{nr,th,ws,trj)  corner  of  Fifty-second  Street  and  Fifth 
Avenue,  and  part  {of  the)  way  through  a  part)'  wall  one 
hundred  ( ioo)feet,  four (4)  inches,  to-the  centre  line  {of  the) 
block  ;  thence  westwardly  {ws,wd,l)  along  said  center 
line,  and  parallel  {pr,l,l)  with  Fifty-second  Street  twen- 
ty (20)  feet ;  thence  southward!)^  {s  circle, th^wd,L)  parallel 
with  Fifth  Avenue,  and  part  {of  the)  way  through  a  party 
wall.  One  hundred  (100)  feet,  four  (4)  inches,  to  the 
northerly  line  of  F'ifty-second  Street ;  thence  eastwardly 
{styRdJ)  twenty  (20)  feet  to-the  point  or  place  of  begin- 
ning, being  known  by- the  street  number  of  25  West  Fifty- 
second  Street,  subject  to  party  wall  agreements  and 
covenantsf  as-to  building,  and  against  nuisances,  as-the 
same  appears  of  record, 
TOGETHER  with-the  appurtenances  {p,rt,n,n,  ses  circle) 

and  all-the  estate  and  rights  {of  the)  party-of-the-first-part, 

ill  and  to  said  premises. 

*3re  p.  82.         +Appendix,  p.  15^. 


130  legal    Forms 

TO-HAVE  AND  TO  HOLD  the  above  granted  prem- 
ises unto-the  said  party-of-the-secoud-part,  his  heirs-aud-as- 
signs  forever. 


AND-the-said  party-of-the- first-part  doth  covenant 
with  the  party-of-the-second-part  as  follows  : 

FIRST.  That-the  party-of-the-first-part  is  seized 
{of  the)  said  premises  in  fee  simple,  and  has  good  right 
to  convey  the  same. 

SECOND.  That-the  party-of-the-second-part  shall 
quietly  enjoy  the  said  premises. 

THIRD.  That-the-said  premises  are  free  from 
incumbrances. 

FOURTH.  That-the  party-of-the-first-part  will 
procure  any  further  necessary  assurances  {of  the)  title  to 
said  premises. 

FIFTH.  That-the  party-of-the-first-part  will  for- 
ever warrant  the  title  to  said  premises. 


i  r  IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  *  the  said  party-of-the- 

o  ;    first-part   hath  hereunto  set  his  hand  and  seal  the  day 

«  /    and  year  first  above  written. 

S  I 

^  1^  In-the-presence-of : 


State-of-New-york,    ) 

r  SS  ■ 

County-of-New-York!  ) 

On  this  23rd  day  of  April,  1900,  before-me  per- 
sonally came  Thomas  Day,  to-me  known  to-be  the 
person  described  in,  and  who  executed  the  foregoing  in- 
strument, and  acknowledged  the  execution  thereof  for- 
the  uses  and  purposes  therein  mentioned. 

Note. — There  are  various  kinds  of  Deeds,  fuc     as  Quit-claffn,  IVarranty,  Executor'' s^ 
Administrator  s.  Guardian's^  etc.     The  latii;uagc  in  all,  however,  is  similar. 

*See  p.  82. 


Legal    Forms  131 

20. 

CONVEYANCE  BY  MORTGAGE. 

THIS  INDENTURE  made  the  day  of 

in-the-year  nineteen  hundred  and  one,  between  GEORGE 
KNIGHT,  of  Westchester,  New  York,  {of  the)  first-part,  and 
WILLIAM  JONES,  of  Brooklyn,  New  York,  {of  the)  second- 
part. 

WHEREAS  :  The  said  George  Knight  is  justly  {jsj)  in- 
debted to-the-said  party- of- the-second-part  in-the  sum  of  two 
thousand  dollars  ($2,000),  lawful  money  {of  the)  United  States, 
{IJ.  S.  longhand)s^Q.yxx^A  to-be  paid  by-his  certain  bond  or  ob- 
ligation bearing  even  date  herewith,  conditioned  for-the  pay- 
ment {of  the)  said  sum  of  two  thousand  dollars  ($2,000), 

IT  BEING  EXPRESSLY  AGREED  that-the  whole  ((?/ 
the)  said  principal  sum  shall  become  due  after  default  in-the 
payment  of  interest  as  hereinafter  provided, 

NOW  THIS  INDENTURE  WITNESSETH  :  That-the- 
said  party-of-the-first-part  for-the  better  securing  the  payment 
{of  the)  said  sum  of  money  mentioned  in-the  condition  {of  the) 
said  bond  or  obligation  with  interest  thereon,  and  also  for 
and-in  consideration  of  One  Dollar,  paid  by-the-said  party-of- 
the-second-part,  the  receipt  whereof  i^  hereby  acknowledged, 
does  hereby  grant  and  release  unto-the  said  party-of-the-sec- 
ond-part,  and  to-his  heirs-and-assigns  forever, 

ALL  that  certain  lot  of  land  situate  in  the  City  of  New 
York,  and  bounded  as  follows  : 

Beginning  at  a  point  on-the  south  side  of  One  hundred 
and  thirty-first  street,  about  ninety-two  (92)  feet,  six  (6) 
inches  west  {of  the)  southwest  corner  of  One  hundred  and 
thirty-first  street  and  Madison  Avenue  ;  thence  running  south 
parallel  with  Madison  Avenue,  ninety  (90)  feet,  eleven  (11) 
inches  ;  thence  west,  parallel  with  One  hundred  and  thirty- 
first  street,  seventeen  (17)  feet,  six  (6)  inches;  thence  north, 
parallel  with  Madison  Avenue,  ninety-nine  (99)  feet,  eleven 
(11)  inches,  to-the  south  side  of  One  hundred  and  thirty-first 
street;  thence  east  along-the  same  seventeen  (17)  feet,  six  (6) 
inches,  to-the  point  of  beginning. 


J 32  Legal    Forms 

TOGETHER  with-the  appurtenances  and  all-the  estate 
and  rights  {of  the)  party-of-the-first-part,  in  and  to-the-said 
premises, 

■  TO  HAVE  AND  TO  HOLD  the  above  granted  prem- 
ises unto-the  said  party-of-the-second-part,  his  heirs-and-as- 
signs  forever, 

PROVIDED  ALWAYS  that  if-the-said  party-of-the- 
first-part,  his  heirs, -executors-or-administrators  {Rs,ks,rs,d, 
?n,?-s)  shall  pay  unto-the  said  party-of-the-second-part,  his  ex- 
ecutors,-administrators-or-assigns,  {ks,rs,d,f?i,r,s>is)  the  said 
sum  of  money  mentioned  in-the  condition  (o/  the)  said  bond 
or  obligation,  and-the  interest  thereon  at-the-time  and-in-the- 
manner  mentioned  in-the-said  condition,  that  then  these 
presents  and-the  estate  hereby  granted  shall  cease,  determine 
and  be  void. 

AND-the-said  George  Knight  does  covenant  with-the- 
said  party-of-the-second-part  as  follows  : 

FIRST.  That-the  party-of-the-first-part  will  pay  the 
indebtedness  as  hereinbefore  provided,  and-if  default  be  made 
in-the  payment  of  any  part  thereof,  the  party-of-the-second- 
part  shall-have  power  to  sell  the  premises  herein  described 
according-to  law. 

SECOND.  That-the  party-of-the-first-part  will  keep 
the  buildings  on-the  said  premises  insured  against  loss  b}'  fire 
for-the  benefit  {of  the)  mortgagee. 

THIRD.  And  it-is  hereby  express^  agreed  that-the 
whole  of  said  principal  sum  shall  become  due  at-the  option 
{of  the)  said  party-of-the-second-part  after  default  in  payment 
of  interest  for  days. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF  :  The  said  party-of-the-first- 
part  to-these-presents  {omit  the  R  in  presents)  has  hereunto  set 
his  hand  and  seal  the  day  and  year  above  written. 

IN-THE-PRESENCE-OF : 

ST.\TE-OF-ISrEW-YORK,     ) 

County-of-New-York.  f 


ss. 


On  this  day  of  in-the-year  Nineteen 

hundred  and  one,  before-me  ersonall)'  came  George  Knight, 
to-me  known  and  known  to-me  to-be  the  individual  described 
in  and  who  executed  the  foregoing  instrument,  and  he  there- 
upon duly  acknowledged  to-me  that-he  executed  the  same. 


Legal    Forms  133 

21. 

BOND. 

A  Bond  is  "an  obligation  in  writing  under  seal,  in 
which  a  person  binds  himself  to  pay  to  another  a  certain  sum 
of  money  at  a  specified  time,"  usually  with  a  condition  add- 
ed that  "if  the  obligor  does  some  particular  act,  the  obliga- 
tion shall  be  void,  or  else  shall  remain  in  full  force." 

A  Bond  usually  accompanies  a  Mortgage. 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY-THESE-PRESENTS, 

THAT  I,  GEORGE  KNIGHT,  of  Westchester,  New 
York,  am  held  and  firmly  bound  unto  WILLIAM  JONES,  of 
Brooklyn,  New  York,  in-the  sum  of  Four  Thousand  Dollars 
($4,000*),  lawful  money  {of  the)  United  States,  to-be  paid  to 
said  William  Jones,  his  certain  attorney,  executors,  adminis- 
trators or  assigns  : 

FOR-WHICH  PAYMENT,  to-be  made,  I-do  bind  my- 
self, my  heirs, -executors  and  administrators,  jointly  and 
severally,  firmW  by-these-presents. 

Sealed  with  mj-  seal.     Dated  the  day  of 

1900. 

THE  CONDITION  {of  the)  above  obligation  is  such, 
that  if-the  above  bounden  George  Knight,  his  heirs, -execu- 
tors-or-administrators,  shall  pay,  or  cause  to-be  paid,  unto-the 
above-named  William  Jones,  his  executors, -administrators-or- 
assigns,  the  sum  of  Two  Thousand  Dollars  ($2,oco*),  then- 
the  above  obligation  to-be  void,  otherwise  to  remain  in  full 
force  and  virtue. 

Sealed-and-Delivered- ) 
In-the-Presence-Oft  f 
{Acknowledgement  Clause.) 

•The  amount  of  the  riond  is  always  twice  ".he  amount  of  the  actual  indebtedness. 
In  addition  ti  the  above,  a  Bond  may  c*^<ntain  ceitain  clauses,   such   as.  Insurance^ 
Insurance  aid  Tax,  Interest    IVitter  Rates  and  Assessment^  e'c . 
A  Bottomry  Bond  relates  to  the  mortgage  of  a  ship. 
+See  page  82. 


134  Legal    I  orms 

GENERAL  ASSIGNMENT. 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS, 

THAT  I,  HENRY  S.  JOHNSON,  {of  the)  City,-County- 
and- State  of  New  York,  for  value  received,  have  sold,  and  by- 
these-presents  do  grant,  assign  and  convey  unto  PHILIP  R. 
BATES  {of  the)  same  place,  all-the  stock  and  fixtures  now  in 
my  store  located  at  215  Broadway  in-the  Borough  of  Manhat- 
tan, in-said-City-of-New-York, 

TO-HAVE  AND  TO  HOLD  the  same  unto-the  said 
Philip  R.  Bates,  his  executors, -administrators  and  assigns 
forever,  to  and  for-the  use  of  said  Philip  R.  Bates,  hereby 
constituting  and  appointing  said  Bates  my  true  and  lawful 
attorney  irrevocable  in-my  name,  place  and  stead,  for  the  pur- 
poses aforesaid,  to  ask,  demand,  sue  for,  attach,  levy,  recover 
and  receive  all  such  sum  or  sums  of  mone}^  which  now  are,  or 
may  hereafter  become  due,  owing  and  payable  for,  or  on 
account  of  all  or  any  {of  the)  accounts,  dues,  debts  and  de- 
mands above  assigned, 

GIVING  AND  GRANTING  unto-the  said  attorney, 
full  power  and  authority  to-do  and  perform  all  and  every  act 
and  thing  whatsoever*  requisite  and  necessary,  as  fully,  to 
all  intents  and  purposes,  as  I  might  or  could  do,  if  personally 
present,  with  full  power  of  substitution  and  revocation,  here- 
by ratifying  and  confirming  all  that-the-said  attorney  or  his 
substitute  shall  lawfully  do  or  cause  to-bs  done  by  virtue 
hereof. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  I-have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  seal  the  20th  daj'  of  December,  one  thousand  nine 
hundred.   , 

SEALED-AND-DELIVERED-  / 
In-the-Presence-Of :  f 

*See  Appendix,  p.  155. 


Legal    Forms  13^ 

23. 

LEASE. 

THIS  INDENTURE,  made  the  loth  day  of  October, 
1900,  between  HERRICK  LOVELL,  {of  ^/i^)  first- part,  and 
MEYER  MOSES,  {of  the)  second-part, 

WITNESSETH  : 

THAT-the-said  party -of-the-first-part  hath  letten,  and 
b}'-these-presents  does  grant,  demise,  and  to  farm  let  unto- 
the  said  partj'-of-the-second-part  the  house  and  lot  situated 
on-the  Northwest  corner  of  One  Hundred  and  Thirty-first 
Street  and  Lenox  Avenue,  with-the  appurtenances,  for-the 
term  of  three  years  from-the  15th  day  of  October,  1900,  at-the 
yearly  rent  or  sum  of  Twenty- five  hundred  Dollars  ($2500), 
to-be  paid  in  equal  monthly  payments. 

AND  IT-IS-AGREED  that  if  any  rent  shall-be  due  and 
unpaid,  or  if  default  shall-be  made  in  any  {of  the)  covenants 
herein  contained,  then  it  shall-be  lawful  for-the-said  party-of- 
the-first-part  to  re-enter  the  said  premises  and  to  remove  all 
persons  therefrom. 

AND-the-said-  party-of-the-second-part  does  covenant  to 
pay  to-the-said  party-of-the-first-part  the  said  yearly  rent  as 
herein  specified,  on-the  first  day  of  each  and  every  month, 
and-that  at-the  expiration  {of  the)  said  term,  the  said  party 
{of  the)  second  part  will  quit  and  surrender  the  premises 
hereby  demised,  in  as  good  state  and  condition  as  reasonable 
use  and  wear  thereof  will  permit,  damages  by-the  elements 
excepted. 

AND-the-said  party-of-the-first-part  does  covenant  that- 
the-said  partj-of-the-second-part,  on  paying  the  said  yearly 
rent,  and  performing  the  covenants  aforesaid,  shall  and  may 
peaceably  and  quietly  have,  hold  and  enjoy  the  said  demised 
premises  for-the-term  aforesaid, 

{A  cknowledgm  ent.) 


136  Legal    Forms 

24. 

POWER  OF  ATTORNEY. 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY-THESE-PRESENTS, 

THAT  I,  ARTHUR  T.  SPRAGUE,  have  made,  con- 
stituted and  appointed,  and  by-these-presents  do  make,  con- 
stitute and  appoint  HERMAN  McINTlRE  my  true  and 
lawful  attorney,  for-me  and  in-my  name,  place  and  stead. 

GIVING  AND  GRANTING  unto  my  said  attorney  full 
power  and  authority  to-do  and  perform  all  and  every  act  and 
thing  whatsoever  requisite  and  necessary  to-be  done  in  and 
about  the  premises,  as  fully  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  as  I 
might  or  could  do  if  personally  present,  with  full  power  of 
substitution  and  revocation,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming 
all  that  my  said  attorney  or  his  substitute  shall  lawfully  do  or 
cause  to-be  done  by  virtue  thereof. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  I-have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  seal  the  loth  day  of  January,  1901. 


SEALED-AND-DELIVERED- ) 
In-the-Presence-Of :  f 

{Acknowledgmen  t. ) 


Legal    Forms  137 

25. 

AGREEMENT. 

AGREEMENT  made  this  23rd  day  of  May,  One  thou- 
sand nine  hundred  and  one,  between  F.  C.  DEAN,  party- 
of-the-first-part,  and  CHARLES  T.  WILSON,  party-of-the- 
second-part. 

WHEREAS,  there  have-been  deposited  with  THOMAS 
W.  AMES,  Esq.,  Two  hundred  and  eighty  seven  thousand, 
eight  hundred  and  fif^y-five  shares  {of  the)  capital-stock  {of  the) 
Atlas  Machine  Company  of  New- York,  One  hundred  thou- 
sand shares  of-w^hich-are-the  property  of  said  Charles  T.  Wil- 
son, and  One  hundred  and  eighty  seven  thousand,  eight  hun- 
dred and  fifty  five  shares  are-the  property  of  said  F.  C. 
DEAN, 

NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  {of  the)  premises 
and-the  sum  of  One  Dollar,  by  each  to-the  other  paid,  the  re- 
ceipt whereof  is  hereby  acknowledged,  it-is-agreed,  by  and 
between  the  parties  to-these-presents,  the  said  THOMAS  W. 
AMES  also  assenting  thereto, 

FIRST.  That-the-said  Two  hundred  and  eighty  seven 
thousand,  eight  hundred  and  fifty  five  shares  {of  the)  Atlas 
Machine  Company  of  New- York  shall  remain  in-the  custody 
and  keeping  of  said  THOMAS  W.  AMES,  for-the-term  of 
one  year  from-the  date  hereof. 

SECOND.  It-is  further  agreed  that-said  stock  shall- 
not-be  delivered  to  any  person  or  persons  by  said  THOMAS 
W.  AMES,  during  said  term,  except  upon-the  written  order 
of  said  F.  C,  DEAN,  and-that  at-the  expiration  of  said  term, 
THOMAS  W.  AMES  shall  deliver  said  shares  to  said  party- 
of  -  the-  first  -par  t. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have 
hereunto  set  their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first 
above  written. 

Signed,  Sealed  and  delivered  \ 
IN-THE-PRESENCE-OF :  j" 


J  58  L«gai    Forms 

26. 

AGREEMENT  OF  CREDITORS. 
KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS  : 

THAT  WHEREAS,  CHARLES  FISHER  is  justly  in- 
debted to  us,  his  several  creditors,  in  divers  sums  of  money, 
which-are  set  opposite  to-our  names  respectively,  and  which 
by-reason  of-his  insolvency,  he-is  unable  to  pay  in  full, 

NOW  THEREFORE,  We,  the  undersigned,  for  and-in 
consideration  {of  the)  mutual  covenants  and  agreements  here- 
inafter set  forth,  and  of-the  sum  of  One  Dollar  to  each  of  us 
in  hand  paid  by-the-said  Charles  Fisher,  the  receipt  whereof 
is  hereby  acknowledged,  hereby  agree  to  accept  thirty  cents 
on-the  dollar  in  full  satisfaction  and  discharge  of-our  several 
and  respective  debts,  as  follows : — One  third  thereof  within 
three  months  from-the  date  hereof,  one  third  thereof  within 
six  months  from-the  date  hereof  and  one  third  thereof  within 
nine  months  from-the  date  hereof,  and  each  {of  the)  said 
instalments  shall-be  evidenced  by-the  promissory  note  {of 
the)  said  Charles  Fisher. 

The  said  Charles  Fisher  hereby  agrees  to  deposit  on-the 
ist  day  of  each  and  every  month  hereafter,  until  the  final 
payment  as  herein  provided  for  is  made,  with  WM.  R.  SMITH, 
the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars,  which  the  said  Smith  is-to 
apply  to-the  payment  {of  the)  notes  given  hereunder. 

IF  said  Fisher  shall  fail  to-make  said  deposit  on-the  ist 
daj^  of  any  month,  then  all  {of  the)  notes  given  hereunder  shall 
at-once  become  due  and  payable,  anything  to-the  contrary 
in-said  notes  contained  notwithstanding,  and  this  agreement 
to  become  null  and  void, 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  we-have  hereunto  set  our 
hands  and  seals,  this  day  of  ,  1900. 


Legal    Forms  n^g 

37. 

BOND  OF  INDEMNITY. 

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY-THESE-PRESENTS : 

THAT -WHEREAS,  JOHN  T.  LLOYD,  late  {0/  the) 
City  of-New  York,  died  in-said-city  on-the  2nd  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1899;  and  whereas  Anna  Lloyd,  the  widow  of  said 
decedent,  is  about  to  apply  for  Letters  of  Administration  upon 
his  estate,  upon  giving  bond  for-the  faithful  performance  of 
her  duty  in-the  discharge  of  her  trust  as  such  administratrix 
in-the  sum  of  Fifty  Thousand  Dollars ; 

AND  WHEREAS,  BENJAMIN  HOBSON,  {of-the)  City 
of  Brooklyn,  County  of  Kings  and  State  of  New  York,  exe- 
cuted said  bond  of  even  date  with-this  instrument, 

NOW  THEREFORE,  we,  the  undersigned,  the  widow 
and  all-the  heirs  at  law  and  next  of  kin  of  said  John  T. 
Lloyd,  in  consideration  {of  the)  premises  and-the  sum  of  One 
Dollar  to  each  of  us  in  hand  paid,  the  receipt  whereof  is  here- 
by acknowledged,  do  hereby  jointly  and  severally,  for  our- 
selves and  each  of  us,  and  for-the  heirs, -executors  and  ad- 
ministrators of  each  of  us,  bind  ourselves  and  covenant  and 
agree  to  and  with-the-said  BENJAMIN  HOBSON,  that-we- 
will  indemnify  him  and  save  him  harmless  from  any  liability, 
claim,  demand,  or  cause  of  action  which  may  in  any  manner 
arise  or  .accrue  in-favor  of  any  person  or  persons  from  his  be- 
coming a  surety  upon  said  bonds. 

IN-WITNESS-WHEREOF,  we-have  hereunto  set  our 
•hands  and  seals,  the  day  of  May,  1900. 

IN-THE-PRESENCE-OF : 


By  familiarizing  himself  with  the  foregoing  forms,  and  memorizing 
e  portions  designated,  the  student  will  find  no  difl&culty  in  taking  up 
o  •.••/-.rV  r>f  n  law  stpnoPTanher  in  an  intelligent  and  efficient  manner. 


tUe    pOniOnS    UCSlgUitLCU,     lUC     SLUUCUL    Mill     UlllA    IIW   V1I11H_U11^     111     Ldlklllg 

the  work  of  a  law  stenographer  in  an  intelligent  and  efficient  manner 


140  Legal    Forms 

LETTERS  RELATING  TO  LAW  WORK. 

Mr.  John  Henry  Bell, 

121  West  79th  Street,  City. 
My-dear  young  Friend  : 

Your  pleasant  letter  {of  the)  19th  inst.  was  received  and 
read  by-nie  with  much  interest.  I  did-not-know  that  you- 
were  studying  shorthand,  or  were  interested  in  law  work  in 
connection  therewith,  but  am  glad  to-learn  that  you  have 
taken  it  up,  and  am  not  surprised  that  you  find  it  fascinating. 
You-will  certainly  find  it  very  useful  as  well. 

I  note  what  you  say  in -regard-to  some  {of  the)  expres- 
sions contained  in-the  legal  documents  you  have-been  writ- 
ing, and  it-will  give  me  pleasure  to  answer  your  inquiries  as- 
to-their  meaning. 

Tlic  term  costs  which-is  so  often  used  in  Court  Docu- 
ments, does  not  include  counsel  fees,  the  pay  {of  the)  jurors, 
or  the  stenographic  record  {of  the)  case.  Each  party  pays  his 
own  lawyer  for  conducting  his  case,  and  they  divide  the  cost 
{of  the)  stenographic  record,  while  the  County  pays  the 
jurors.  Therefore  the  costs  which  go  with  the  judgment 
against  the  unsuccessful  party  include  only  what  are  known 
as  "docket  fees"  {i.e.,  the  cost  of  filing  the  various  papers 
with-the  Court),  the  pay  of  witnesses,  and-the  expenses  inci- 
dental to-the  taking  of  depositions.  In  New- York,  witnesses 
receive  $1.25  a  daj',  and  where  they-are  summoned  from  out- 
side the  District,  their  transportation  here  and  back  and- their 
hotel  expenses,  while  here,  are  paid. 

This-is  all  I-have  time  for  in-this  letter,  but  I-will  write 
you  again  soon. 

Afifectionateh'-yours, 


Legal    Forms  141 

Mr.  John  Henry  Bell, 

121  Webt  79th  Street,  City. 
My-dear  John  : 

When  last  I  wrote,  I  promised  that  I  would,  ere-long, 
write  you  again  on-the  subject  of-my  former  letter. 

You  do-not,  {dfii-)  I-notice,  seem  to-be-able-to  get  quite 
clearly  in-your  mind  the  distinction  between  Executor  and 
Executrix  and  Administrator  and  Administratrix .  The  for- 
mer term  is  used  to  designate  a  person  named  by-the  Will  of 
another  to  execute,  or  carry  out  the  provisions  of, -that  will, 
the  endings  {of  the)  words  denoting  merely  the  gender.  An 
administrator,  on-the-other-hand,  is  one  appointed  b5'-the 
cjurt  to  settle  the  estate  of  a  person  dying  intestate,  i.e., 
without  having  made  a  will. 

In-such-cases,  either  {0/  the)  following  persons  may-be  ap- 
pointed the  administrator,  in-the  order  named:  ist,  the  de- 
cedent's widow;  2nd,  his  sons;  3rd,  his  father;  4th,  his  bro- 
thers; 5th,  his  sisters;  6th,  his  grandchildren;  7th,  any  other 
next  of  kin  ;  8th,  the  creditors  {kr,  double  length  d)  {of  the) 
deceased,  the  creditor  first  applying,  if  otherwise  competent, 
being  given  the  preference. 

la  case  a  married  woman  dies  intestate,  her  husband  is 
entitled  to-be  appointed  as  administrator.  He-is  liable  for 
her  debts  only  to-tlie  extent  {of  the)  assets  received  by-him. 

The  matter  of  dower  seems  to-be  troubling  you  some- 
what. Perhaps  a  brief  explanation  {of  the)  meaning  of-this 
word,  and  its  use  in  law  work,  will  help  you.  The  word  it- 
self means  a  wido\\  's  life  portion  of  all  lands  and  real  property 
held  by  her  husband  during-the  period  of  her  marriage  to- 
him.  You-should-be  careful  not  to  confound  this  word  with 
dowry,  for-which  it-is  sometimes  erroneously  used. 

The  right  of  dower  is  recognized  in  all-the  States  {of  the) 
Union  excepting  Indiana  and  California.  At  her  decease, 
her  one-third  interest,  which-is  generally  conceded  to-be  the 
proportion  to- which  she  is  entitled,  descends  to-the  heirs  of 
her  husband. 

Hoping  this  will  make  the  matter  clear  to-you,  I-am, 
with  regard, 

Yours-very-truly, 


142  I  egal    Forms 

30. 

Messrs.  Francis  &  Bruce, 
Baltimore,  Md. 

Gentlemen : 

In-reply-to-your-favor  received  to-day,  I  enclose  here- 
with the  Bill-of- Particulars  {b,l,prts)  for-which-you  ask,  and 
beg  to  say  that  Mrs.  Hall  seems  perfectly  willing  to  sign  a 
release,  but  claims  that  a  sale  {of  the)  property  was  made 
shortly  after  her  mother's  death  without  her  consent,  and- 
that  she  received  but  $i8o  as  her  share  {of  the)  proceeds. 
All  she  wants  is  a  just  proportion  of  her  interest  m-the  es- 
tate, but  she  has-not  the  funds  wherewith  to  push  the  case. 
She  has  asked-  me  if  I  would-be  willing  to  undertake  the  case 
on  a  contingent  fee,  and  I  now  write  to  ask  if-you-will  kindly 
look  into-the  matter,  and  report  as-to  whether  she  has  a  good 
case  or  not,  and-if  so,  if-you-will-be  willing  to-do  the  same. 
I-shall-be-glad  to-receive  a  letter  from-you  on-the  subject, 
and  will  do  nothing  until  I  hear  from-you. 

Yours-very-truly, 


James  C.  Pain,  Esq., 

48  Nassau  Street,  City. 

My-dear  Mr.  Pain  : 

Your  kind  letter  reached  me  during  my  absence  in  Al- 
bany. I-shall-be-glad  to  avail  myself  of-your  courteous  ofifer, 
providing  the  parties  who  at-present  hold  the  mortgage  do- 
not  insist  upon  retaining  it,  in-which-case  I  should  feel 
obliged  to  leave  it  with- them,  as  they  have-been  very  courte- 
ous to-me  in  all  their  dealings  {stroke  ing)  for  many  years. 
I-have  written  to- them  on-the  subject,  and  shall  expect  to 
hear  within  {ithn^)  a  day  or  so,  and  will  immediately  advise 
you. 

Yours- truly. 


Legal    Forms  143 

31. 

Mr.  Ezra  Foley, 

Hartford,  Conn. 

Dear  Sir  : 

I-have-the  honor  to  inform  you  that-the  Appellate  Divi- 
sion {of  the)  Supreme-Court  has  just  handed  down  a  decision 
in-the-matter  of-your  application  for  damages  against  the 
Fremont  House.  Your  chief  contention  was,  as  I  recall  it, 
that-the  health  of-your  family  was  placed  in  jeopardy  by- the 
breaking  out  of  scarlet  fever  in-the  hotel,  and-that  you-were 
justified  in  vacating  the  apartments  which  you-were  occupy- 
ing there  under  a  one  year's  lease,  and  refusing  to  pay  rent 
therefor  while  there-was  any  possibility  of  contagion. 

The  decision,  I  regret  to  say,  is  unfavorable  to-our  view 
{of  the)  case,  and  judgment  has-been  entered  against  you. 
I-am-very-sorry  for-this,  as  I-was  very  sure  we  had  a  clear 
case.  As-a-matter-of-fact,  {circle  s,  double  length  ni,  halved  k) 
we  did  have,  so  far-as  the  matter  of  damages  was  concerned, 
had  you  remained  in-the  hotel  and  been  injured  thereby;  but- 
the  Court  took-the  ground  that-the  vacating  {of  the)  premises 
was  an  act  entirely  of  your-own  volition,  and-that  you-were 
bound  to  pay  the  rent  therefor  precisely  as-if-the  apartment 
had  continued  to-be  occupied  by-you. 

I-shall-be-glad  if-you-will  call  at-my  office  at  an  early 
date,  in-order  that-we  may  arrange  matters  with-the  view  to 
satisfying  this  judgment. 

Very-respectfully-yours, 


J  44 


Legal    Forms 


32. 

Mrs.  Mary  H.  Freeman, 

20I  E.  93rd  Street,  New  York. 

Dear-Madam  : 

It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  inform  you  that-the  Court 
has  just  rendered  a  decision  in-your-favor,  and  awarded  you 
damages  to-the  amount  of  $2500,  with  costs. 

This-is  a  signal  triumph,  and  will  form  a  valuable  pre- 
cedent in  similar  cases  of  laches  on-the  part  of  a  land- 
lord {lnd,l).  The  Court  held  that-the  landlord  must  keep  his 
build-ing  lighted,  and-his  carpets  mended. 

I-will  at-once  consult  with-the  defendant's  counsel  with-- 
the  view  to  a  speedy  settlement  of-this-case. 

Yours-  very- truly, 


Elijah  T.  Ferris,  Esq., 
Providence,  R.  I. 

Dear  Sir : 

Your  report  {0/  the)  19th  inst.  was  duly  received,  for- 
which  thanks.  We-are  advised  by  our  clients  to  let  the 
matter  remain  hi  statu  quo  until  the  senior  partner  can  get 
an  opportunity  of  calling  upon  5^0 a,  which  he  expects  to-be- 
able-to  do  early  next-week.  Please  hold  on  to-the  mortgage 
until  that  time,  and  take  no  further  steps  in-the-meanwhile. 
I-feel  quite  sure  that-there-is-some  underhand  w^ork  going 
on,  but  this  will-be  revealed  as- soon -as  Mr.  Robinson  has 
examined  the  papers. 

Yours-truly, 


Legal    Forms  145 


33. 

To-the  President  {of  the) 

Third  National  Bank, 
Big  Rapids,  Mich. 
Dear-Sir : 

When  I  carried  our  case  to-the  Court-of- Appeals  {krt,p, 
Is),  I-am  bound  to  admit  that  I-was-not  very  sanguine  of  a 
favorable  issue,  since  the  lower  Court  was  so  very  strong  in- 
its  rulings  on-the  evidence  relating  to-those  stolen  bonds. 
I-have  just  been  informed,  however,  that  we-have  won,  on- 
the  ground  that- the  Bank  was  an  innocent  holder  and  must- 
be  protected  to-the  extent  of-its  property  interest  on-the 
bonds.  It  stands  to  reason  that,  the  bonds  being  held  as  col- 
lateral for-the  amount  loaned  to  Van  Amberg,  your  Bank 
must-be  preserved  harmless  from  loss  by-reason  of  any  claim 
of  theft  made  by-the  People's  Savings  Bank,  or  any  other 
institution.  You,  of-course,  had  no  means  of  knowing  that- 
those  bonds  had-been  stolen  from-the  People's  Savings  Bank, 
and  you  accepted  them  in  perfect  good  faith,  and  therefore 
the  decision  is  an  eminently  just  and  righteous  one. 

I  congratulate  you  thereupon,  and  will  write  you  again 
within  a  few  days,  and  report  what  steps  have-been  taken 
toward  a  settlement  {0/  the)  case. 

Very-truly-yours, 


146  Legal    Forms 


34. 

Dear-Sir  : 

I-have-been  thinking  over  our  conversation  at-the  close 
of  to-day's  session,  and  I  write  to  say  that  I  realize  very 
clearly  the  difficulty  under-which  you  labored  when  giving 
your  testimony  {ts,in,?i).  It-was  a  great  strain  upon  you  to 
submit  to-the  very  sharp  cross-examination  {krs,k)  to-which 
you-were  subjected,  and  yet  I  cannot-see  that  our  opponents 
{pn,nts)  succeeded  in  weakening  our  ease  in -the  least. 

I-desire,  however,  to  call  your  attention  to  one  or  two 
points  which  may  prove  of  value  on -the  next  hearing. 

When  you  said  that  you-were  not  quite  sure  whether 
Walton  was  present  or  not  at-the  signing  {0/  the)  mortgage 
on  that  property  in  155th  Street,  you-were  treading  on  dan- 
gerous {d,jr,s)  ground.  I-shall  endeavor,  in  the  redirect, 
to-make  that  point  very  clear,  for  a  little  reflection  on  your 
part  will  enable  you  to  recall  his  presence  there  with  perfect 
clearness. 

There-was  another  little  matter  to-which  I  wished  to  call 
your  attention,  but  I  think  that-it- will-be  better  for-me  to 
see  you  personally  about  it,  and  to-that  end,  I-will  ask  you 
to  call  at  my  ofl&ce  to-morrow  afternoon,  between  three  and 
five  o'clock,  in-order  that-we-maj-  have  an  opportunity  of 
talking  this  thing  over. 

Yours-very-truly, 


Legal    Forms  147 

35. 

My-dear  friend,  John  : 

Once  more  I-take-pleasure  in  writing  you  in  answer  lo- 
your  last  letter,  and  to  give  you  a  few  words  of  advice  before- 
you  enter  upon-the  position  which  I-am  so  glad  to  learn  you 
have  succeeded  in  procuring. 

In-the-first-place,  let  me  say  that  those  Latin  phrases 
which-you  have  encountered  in  some  of-your  legal  work  are- 
not  so  difficult  as  they  may  appear.  Besides  those  you  men- 
tioned, I  might  name  here  a  few  {of  the)  more  common  ones : 

Ad  litem,  to  (or  in)  the  suit. 

A  fortiori,  from  stronger  reasoning. 

Alibi,  in  another  place. 

A  priori,  from-the  former. 

Bona  fide,  in  good  faith. 

Capias,  a  writ  for-the  arrest  {of  the)  defendant. 

Caveat,  that-he  beware, — a  warning. 

Cestuique  trust,  persons  for  whose  use  another  has  title 
to  lands,  etc. 

De  bene  esse,  as  being  well  done  for-the-present;  condi- 
tional. 

De  facto,  in  fact. 

De  jure,  in  law. 

Et  alium,  and  another. 

Et  alios  (et  al.),  and  others. 

Ex  parte,  without  opposition. 

Ex  post  facto,  by  a  subsequent  act. 

Ex  relatione  (Ex  rel.),"  at  the  relation  "  of. 

Fieri  facias,  cause  it  to-be  done. 

Habeas  corpus,  ' '  That  you  have-the  body  " ;  a  writ  by- 
which-the  legality  of  an  imprisonment  is  investigated. 

In  esse,  in  existence. 

In  re,  in-the-matter  of. 

In  statu  quo,  as-it-was. 

Laches,  neglect. 

Mens  Sana  in  corpore  sano,  a  sound  mind  in  a  sound  body. 

Nolle  prosequi,  to-be  unwilling  to  proceed. 

Nolens  volens,  willing  or  unwilling. 

Non  compos  mentis,  insane,  or  of  unsound  mind. 

Non  constat,  it  does-not  appear. 

Non  est,  not  to-be  found. 

Nulla  bona,  no  goods. 

Nunc  pro  tunc,  now  for  then. 


148  Legal    Forms 

Parol,  verbal. 

Pendente  lite,  during-the  action. 

Per  capita,  by-the  heads;  share  and  share  alike. 

Per  stirpes,  by-the  stock;  a  division  according  to  age. 

Prima  facie,  at  lirst  view. 

Pro  rata,  at-the  rate. 

Quantum  meruit,  as  much  as  he  deserved. 

Quid  pro  quo,  a  mutual  consideration. 

Res  adjudicata,  matters  adjusted. 

Res  gestae,  subject-matter. 

Sine  die,  without  day. 

Sine  qua  non,  an  indispensable  condition. 

Venue,  the  place  of  trial. 

The  foregoing  are,  of-course,  only  a  few  {of  the)  many 
expressions  which-you-will  come  across,  but  they-are  among- 
the  most  common,  and  you  would-be  perfectly  justified  in 
asking  your  employer  to  repeat  such  a  phrase  if-you  did-not 
understand  it  th.^  first  time. 

Whatever  you  do,  try  and  remember  that-the  main 
object,  in  writing  shorthand,  is  to-be-able- to  get  down  quickly 
what  a  speaker  says,  ^nd  afterward  to  render  it  into  correct 
longhand.  With-this  object  in  view,  you-should  regard 
every  Exercise  which  is  dictated  to-you  for  practice  as-if-it- 
were  a  most-important  business  letter  or  legal  document, 
and  as  though  the  weightiest  results  hung  upon  \-our  accurate 
transcription  of  your  notes. 

Why,  I  read  the  other  day  of  a  stenographer  to  whom  an 
affidavit  had-been  dictated  and-in -which- the  following  sen- 
tence occurred:  "And-the  deponent  aforesaid  has  paid  to- 
the  Receiver  for-the  benefit  {of  ike)  creditors  $70,000."  The 
Receiver  in -the  case  denied  the  statement,  and  had  the  law- 
yer who  dictated  it,  and  who-was  the  deponent  in-the  affi- 
davit, indicted.  An  investigation  showed  that-the  steno- 
grapher had  made  a  mistake,  omitting  the  word  ' '  and ' '  in- 
the  statement,  which  should  have  read,  "And-the  deponent 
aforesaid  has  paid  to-the  Receiver,  'and'  for-the  benefit  of 
creditors,  $70,000."  It  turned  out  that-the  lawyer  had 
actually  paid  the  Receiver  $7,000,  and-the  remaining  $63,000 
to-the  parties  to  whom  it  belonged.  The  lawyer  then  wrote 
a  letter  to-the  District  Attorney  explaining  the  mistake,  and- 


Legal   Forms  149 

the  indictment  was  at-once  dismissed.  You-can  readily 
imagine  how-long  that  careless  stenographer  held  his  position 
after  his  mistake  was  discovered. 

I- would  also  advise  you  to  read  as  much  shorthand  as 
possible,  for- this  will  enlarge  your  vocabulary,  and  familiar- 
ize you  with-the  appearance  (of  the)  outlines.  You-should 
read  intelligently,  endeavoring  to  impress  each  new  outline 
on  your  mind,  so-that  it-can  be  readily  recalled.  Indeed,  as 
has-been  well  said,  you-should  "think  shorthand,"  that  is, 
you-should  constantly  associate  the  outlines  for  the  words 
which-you  hear  with-the  words  themselves,  and  that  not  in  an 
arbitrary  way,  but  by  building  up  the  word  syllable  by  sylla- 
ble, or  stroke  by  stroke,  until  the  completed  form  stands  before- 
you. 

Now,  I-fear  you-will  think  this  an  extremely  long  letter, 
but-the  opportunity  was  such  a  good  one,  I  could-not  afford 
to  let  it  go  by. 

Especially,  keep  up  your  practice,  even  after  you-are 
in-the  position,  and,  when  taking  dictation,  if  your  employer 
goes  too  fast  for-you,  stop  him  by  calling  out  the  last  consecu- 
tive word  you  have  been  able-to  write;  but  don't  take  down  a 
mere  jargon  of  words  which  you  do-not  understand.  Be 
careful  to-make  sense  of-your  longhand  transcript.  Do-not 
write,  "We  send  3'ou  the  set  of  truths''''  when  your  employer 
dictated  ''proofs,''  and  do  not  transcribe  "prodigies of  valor" 
^as  pedigrees  of  valor. 

Another  word  of  caution.  Don't  waste  any  time,  if-you 
make  a  mistake,  trying  to  convince  your  employer  that  you- 
are  right  and  he-is  wrong.  The  chances  are  he  isn't ;  and-if- 
he-is,  he  won't  want  you  to-tell-him  so.  You-can't  prove  it 
to-him  from  your  notes,  forhe  won't  understand  shorthand, 
and  so  you  gain  nothing,  and  may  lose  a  good-deal  by  arguing 
the  matter.  If-he  should  happen  to-make  a  grammatical 
slip  occasionally,  quietly  correct  it  in-your  transcript  and  say 
nothing. 

And  this-is  my  last  word  to-you  :  Be  patient,  be  alert, 
be  intelligent,  be  accurate,  and  you-will  soon  be  found  by 
your  employer  to-be  invaluable. 

Your-true- friend , 


150  Legal    Forms 

36. 

*Part  of 

AN  ADDRESS  BY 

THE  HON.  BENJAMIN  HARRISON,  LL.D., 

Ex-President  of  the  United  States, 

before  the 

Ecumenical  Conference  on  Foreign  Missions, 

at  Carnegie  Hall. 

Delegates  to-this  Ecumenical  Conference  of  Nations. 

Eadies-aud-Gentlemen :   {l,ds.j7it) 

I  count  it  an  honor  to-be  called  to  preside  over-the 
deliberations  of- this  great  body.  It-is  to  associate  oneself 
with-the  most  influential  and  enduring  work  that-is  being 
done  in-this  day  of  great  enterprises.  My  assignment  is  to- 
the  chair  rather-than  to-the  speaker's  desk.  The  careful  and 
comprehensive  programme  that- has  been  prepared  for-this 
Convention  will,  in-its  orderly  development,  bring  before-you 
the  whole  subject  of  Foreign  Missions  in  all  its  aspects. 
Men  and  women,  whose  learning  and  special  experiences  will 
give  not  only  interest  but  authority  to-their  addresses,  will 
discuss  assigned  subjects.  We-shall-have  in  some  measure 
the  arithmetic  of  missions,  the  muster  roll,  the  book  increase, 
the  pay-master's  account.  We-shall-have  before  us  also  some 
veterans  from-the  mission  outposts,  men  and  women  who- 
have  exhibited  in -their  work  an  unsurpassed  steadfastness  of 
heroism  ;  whose  courage  has-been  subjected  to-the  strain  of 
time.  They  have-been  beleaguered.  They-have  known  the 
weariness  of-those  who  need  succor.  From  them  we-shall 
hear  what-the  gospel  has  done  for  tribes  and  lands,  and,  best 
of  all,  what  it  has  done  for-the  individual  man  and  woman. 
These  reports  will-be,  in  a  sense,  the  consolidated  reports  {0/ 
the)  whole  mission  work  of  all-the  detachments  of-this  vast 
army.  Hours  for  daily  devotional  exercises  are  assigned. 
The  always  greatest  need  {of  the)  mission  field  is-the  revived, 

♦Reported  by  ih^  Author,  April  21,  igoo. 


Legal    Forms  i^i 

re-consecrated  and  united  home  church.  {Applause.')  And- 
this  Conference  will-be  fruitful  and  successful  in  proportion 
as  it  promotes  those  ends.  There-will-be,  I-hope,  in  addi- 
tion to-the  stated  hours  of  devotion,  much  prayer  for-the  out- 
pouring of  God's  Spirit. 

The  gigantic  engines  that  are  driving  forward  a  material 
development  are  being  speeded  as  never  before.  The  din  {of 
the)  hammer  and- the  axe  and-the  hum  of  wheels  have  pene- 
trated the  abodes  of  solitude.  The  earth  has  now  few  quiet 
places.  Life  is  strenuous.  The  boy  is  started  intohis  school 
upon-the  run,  and  the  pace  is-not  often  slackened  until  the 
panting  man  falls  into-the  grave.  It-is  to  a  generation  thus 
intent,  to  a  generation  that  has  wrought  w^ondrously  into-the 
realms  of  applied  science,  that  God  in- His  Word  and  by-the 
preacher  says,  ' '  All  these  things  are  worthy  only  and  in  pro- 
portion as  they  contribute  to-the  regeneration  of  mankind." 
Every  invention,  every  work,  every  man,  every  nation  must 
one  day  come  to-this  weighing  platform  and  be  appraised. 

To  what  other  end  is  all  this  stir  among  men,  this  in- 
crease of  knowledge  ?  That  these  great  agencies  may-be  in 
livery  and  lined  up  in-the  halls  of  wealth  to-make  life  bril- 
liant and  soft?  Or  to  become  the  docile  messengers  of  a 
counting-house  or  stock  exchange,  or  the  swift  couriers  of 
contending  armies,  or  the  courtiers  who  wait  in-the  halls  of 
science  to  give  glory  to-the  man  into  whose  hand  God  has 
given  the  key  to  win,  by-His  means?  No.  All  these  great 
inventions,  these  rushing  intellectual  developments,  do-not 
exhaust  their  ministry  in-the  making  of  men  rich  and-the  re- 
inforcing of  armies  and  fleets.  These  are  servants,  prophets, 
forerunners.  They  wiil-find  a  herald- voice.  There  will-be 
an  annunciation  and  a  coronation.  The  first  results  seem  to- 
be  the  stimulation  of  a  material  production  and  a  fiercer 
struggle  for  market.  Cabinets  as-well-as  trade  chambers  are 
thinking  of-this-world  largely  as  a  market  house,  and  of  men 
as  producers  and  consumers.  We-have  now  seldom  wars  of 
succession  or  for  mere  political  dominion.  Places  are  strate- 
gic primarily  from-the  commercial  standpoint  and  colonies 
are  corner  stalls  in-the  world's  market  house.     If-the  product 


152  Legal    Forms 

tarries  too  long  in-the  warehouse,  the  mill  must  shut  down 
and  discontent  walks  the  street.  The  propulsion  of- these 
commercial  forces  was  never  so  strong  as  now.  The  battle 
{of  the)  markets  is  at  its  fiercest,  .  .  .  But  with-this  increase 
of  commerce  and  wealth,  the  stress  of  social  diflSculties  is-not 
relieved,  but  rather  increased  in  all-the  great  nations.  The 
tendency  is-not  to  one  brotherhood,  but  to  many.   .   .   . 

Not  the  least  beneficent  aspect  and  influence  of-this  great 
gathering  will-be  found  in-the  Christian  union  that  it  evi- 
dences. .  .  .  There-are  many  fields,  there-are  diverse  armies, 
the  battle  is  in-the  bush,  and-the  entire  army  cannot-be  seen, 
but  a  view  {of  the)  whole  army  is  a  good  thing.  It  gives  a 
promise  that-the  flanks  will-be  covered  and-the  reserves 
maintained.   .   .   . 

During-the  Atlanta  campaign  of-our  Civil  War  the 
marching  and  fighting  had-been  for  many  days  in-the  bush. 
Sometimes  in  an  advance  the  Commander  of  a  regiment  could 
see  no  more-than  half  a  dozen  men,  while  the  supports  to-the 
right  and  left  were  wholly  hidden.  But  one  day  the  advanc- 
ing army  broke  suddenly  into  a  savannah, — a  long,  narrow, 
natural  meadow — and-the  whole  army  was  revealed.  From 
the  centre  far  to-the  right  and  left  the  distinctive  divisions, 
brigades  and  regimental  colors  appeared,  and  associated  with 
each  of-them  was-the  one  flag  that  made  the  army  one.  A 
mighty,  spontaneous  cheer  broke  from-the  line,  and  every 
soldier  tightened  his  grip  upon  his  rifle,  and  quickened  his 
step 

What  that  savannah  did  for-the  army,  this  World's  Con- 
ference of  Missions  should  do  for-the  Church.  {Prolonged 
applause.) 


153 
AF»F»ENOIX. 

I. 
A  COMPLETE  LIST  OF  CONTRACTIONS. 

This  list  is  the  most  complete  which  has  ever  been  publish- 
ed. It  is  taken  from  the  Stenographer's  Companion,  a  little 
work  compiled  by  the  author  of  The  "Complete  Course", 
an-l  is  given  here  in  full. 

The  lists  of  Intersected  Words  and  Business  Phrases  arr 
reproduced  bv  the  kind  permission  of  Mesrs.  Isiac  Pitman 
&  Sons  from  their  '"Complete  Phonographic  Instructor". 

In  studying  the  following  Contractions,  remember  that  r 
means  the  r  hook;  R,  the  downward  r;  r,  the  upward  r;  n, 
stroke  n;  n,  hook  n;  i,  stroke  f ; /,  hook  f;  s,  stroke  s;  x, 
circle;  v,  stroke  v;  v,  hook  v;  t,  stroke  t;  t,  halved  ;  d, 
stroke  d;  </,  halved  d;  /,  hook  1;L,  downward  1;  1,  upward  L 
Any  letter  printed  in  italics  and  followed  immediately  bj 
t  or  d  signifies  that  the  stroke  is  halved,  thus,  //  means 
halved  p;  bd,  halved  b. 

Contractions  marked  I  or  3  are  to  be  written  in  first  ca- 
third  positions  respectively.     AH  others  on  the  line. 

The  contractions  indicated  by  a  star  should  be  first  com- 
mitted to  memory.  Afterward  the  entire  list  may  be  prac- 
ticed with  profit. 

The  words  marked  with  an  *  are  more  commonly  used 
than  the  others. 
'Acknowledge  k  n  j  antitrinitarian  n  t  tr. 

*acknowledgement.k  n  j  »««/       antitrinitarianism,    nt   m 
•adjustment,  j  s  mnt  across  t.'ie  t 

•administrator,  d  m  r  'anything,  1  n  ng 

•administratrix,  d  m  k  j  *applicable-ility,  p/k 

advantaged,  df  d  'appointment,//  mnt 

•advantageous,  d  t/  s  'arbitration,  R,  \.^  tion 

advantageously,  d  z/  s  1  arbitratrix,  R  b  k  j 

•advertise-d-ment,  d  vr  Arch-Bishop,  r  ch  b 

•agriculture-al,  1  gr  k/  Archiepiscopacy,  R  k  p 

agriculturist,  gr  k/st  loop  architecture  R  k  t 

•almost,  1  all-m  st  loop  architect ve,  R  k  t  w 

•already,  all-r  d  arctic,  Rt  k 

'although,  all-th  aristocratic-cy,  Rj  t 

'altogether,  1  all  g  'assemble-ly  s  m 

•alway,  all  w  assembly  room,  s  m  r  m 

•always,  all  s  assignment,  s  mnt 

antagonist,  1,  nt  g  *astonish-ed-ment,  j/n 

antagonism -tic,  \  nt  g  astonishingly,  st  n,  ing,  L 

antarctic,  nt  RtY^ 


15  + 


CONTRACTIONS. 


atonement,    J   .         . 
•iittainmeiit,   j 
*  IJankruptcy,  b  ngr,  s 

baptism,  1 

^p;:^*'     b  p 

baptize,     I        ^ 

baptized,  J 
•become,  b  k  (beneath) 

benevolent  ce,  b  n  v 

beninijnant-ity,  b  n  g 

blastfurnace,  hi  Ir  n  s 

boatswain,  b  j  n 

bombastic,  b  mb  s  k 

bondservant  hd  s  r  vnt 

bondsman  bd  s  m« 
♦Cabinet,  k  b 

Galvanism,  k/v 
♦capable,  k  p 
♦captain.  \  k pt 
♦catholic,  k  th 

celestial,  j  1  j  I 

celestialize,  J  1  j  I  j 
♦certificate,  s  rt  t 
♦chapter,  ch  p 
♦character,  1  kr  k 
♦characteristic,  1  kr  k  J  k 
♦circumstance-d,  s  t  ns 
♦circumstances,  s  t  nses 

circumstantial,  sin  shl  (up) 
♦commercial,  1  k  mr 

constitutional,  st  loop  t  tion 

construction,  j  tr  tion 

contentment,  /  mt 

contingency,  t  n  i 

controversial,  ir  vr 

courtyard,  kri  yd 

covenant,  k  v 
♦crossexamine-ed-ation,  1 
kr  s  k 
♦Danger,  d  jr    . 
♦dangers,  d  jrj 
♦dangerous,  d  jr  s 

dangerously  d  jr  s  1 
♦December,  d  j  m 
♦defendant,  d/i 

deficiency,  d/ish  (up) 

degeneration,  d  j  tion 


♦democratic,  d  m  kr 
♦demonstrate  d  m«  s  t 
♦description,  d  skr 

destitute,  d  j  /  u  (u  diph- 
thong joined) 
♦destruction,  d  j  tr  tion 
♦difficulty,  d/k 

dignify-ied,  d  g 
♦dignity,  d  g 

dining  room,  d  r  m 
♦disadvantage,  d  j  d  w 

disadvantageous,  A.  s  Av  % 

disadvantageously.d  j  d  z^  s  1 
♦disappointment,  d  s  pt  mnt 
♦discharge,  d  j  ch 

disestablish,  d  s  st  h 
♦disinterested  ness,  ds  nt  s  t 

disrespect,  ds  r^p 

disrespectful,  ds  rjp  f/ 
♦tlissatisfaction,  d  j  t  j  tion 
♦dissimilar  d  ses  m 
♦distinguish-ed,  d  st  loop  ing 

doctrinaire,  d  tr  nr 

di>ctrinal,  d  tr  n  L 
♦domestic,  d  m  j  k 

duwnstroke,  d  j  tr  k 

drawing  room,  dr  r  m 

dressing  room  dr  j  r  m 

Ecclesiastic- al,  k/z 
♦efficient-cy,  f  ish  (up) 

endanger,  n  d  jr 

enlarge-d,nj  (through  the  n) 

enlarger,  n  jr(       "         "    ") 

enlargement,  n  j  mnt 

(through  the  n) 

Englishman,  ing  ish  m» 

enlightenment,  n/  t  mnt 

entertainment,  nt  t  mnt 

enthusiastic,  n  th  z 

Episcopalian  p  J  k 
♦especial-ly,  s  p 
♦esquire,  s  k 
♦essentially,  s  n 
♦establish  ed-ment,  st  b 

evangelical,  v  n 
*v.^xample,  1  k  J  m 

exchequer,  k  s  ch 


CONTRACTIONS. 


155 


♦executor,  k  j  r 

♦executrix,  k  j  k  j 

♦expected,  k  j  p 

♦expectation,  k  y  p  t  tion 

•expenditure,  k  s  ^nd 

♦expensive,  k  s  p«j 
extemporaneous,  k  si  mp 

♦extinguish,  k  j  t  ing 

♦extraordinary,  k  j  tr  Rd 

♦extravagant  ance,  k  j  tr  » 

♦Familiar,  f  m 

♦February,  f  b 
financial,  f  m  n 
firstborn,  st  loop,  b  r  « 
first  fruits,  st  loop/r/j 

♦first  rate,  st  loop  rt 
forasmuch,  ir  s  ch 
forgive,  ir  (duplicate)  g 
foreknowledge,  f r  n  j 
futurity,  f  t  (separated) 

♦Generalization,  j  ns  tion 
generalship,  j  «  sh 

(separated) 

♦gentlemanly,  y«/  1 

(separated) 
ginger,  j  jr 
good  nature,  gd  nt 
glorification,  g/tion 

♦govern -ed,  g  v 

♦government,  g  v 
governmental,  g  v 

♦grand  jury,  gr  j  r 
Harbinger,   tick  h  R  b  jr 

♦henceforth,  h  (up)  n   j  f 

♦hitherto,  tick  h  thr  (du- 
plicate) to  (gram) 
herself,  tick  h  Ji  ses 
himself,  m  ses  circle 
holiness,  h  (up)  ns 

♦Immediate,  m  md 

♦immediately,  m  md  1 
imperfect-tion,  m  pry*" 
imperturbable,  vn  prt  x 
impossible,  1  mp  s 

♦impracticable,!  m  pr  k 

♦impracticability,  m  pr  k  b 
(separate) 


impregnable,  m  pr  g 

♦improbable,  m  pr  b 

♦inasmuch,  n  j  ch 
incapable,  n  k  p 
inconsiderate,  n  s  Art 
inconsiderately,  n  s  Art\ 
inconsideration,  n  j  d  r  tion 
inconsistency,  n  ses  in  s 

♦inconsistent,  n  ses  tnt 
indefatigable,  ndi  t 

♦indenture,  ndnt 

♦independent-ce,  nd pnd 

♦indifTerent-ce,  n  d  (beneath) 
indiff'erentism,  n  d  j  m 

(beneath) 

♦indifferently,  n  d  1  (beneath) 

♦indignant-tion,  nd  ^ 

♦indiscriminate,  n  djkr 

♦indispensable-ly,  nd s  pwj 

♦individual,  nd  vd 
indoctrinate,  n  d  tr  n  t 
indoctrinated,  n  d  tr  n  / 

♦inefiicientcy  ly,  n  f  ish  (up) 
inextinguishable,  n  k  j  t  ing 

♦influence,  1  n  j 

♦ii»fluenced,  1  n  st  loop 
influencing,  \  \\  s  ing 

♦influential,  1  n  sh/(up) 

♦informed,  n  f 

♦information,  1  n  tion 
inscribe,  back  n  hook  j  kr 
inscription,  back  n  hook 

s  kr  tion 
insignificance,  n  j  g  «J 
insignificancy,  n  J  g  ms 

♦insignificant,  n  j  g 

♦inspected,  n  j  p 

♦inspection,  n  j  p 
instinct,  1  n  j  t  ing  t 
institute,  n  j  /  u  joined 

♦instruction,  back  n  hook 
s  ir  tion 
insubjection,  n  j  b  j  tion 
insubordinate-tion,  n  j  b 
insufficient-cy,  n  j  f  ish  (up) 

♦intelligence,  nt  \ns 

♦intelligent,  ntjnt 


156 


CONTRACTIONS. 


•intelligible,  nt  j  b/ 

intelligibly,  «/j  b/  vowel  i 

intemperance,  n  t  mp 
♦interest,  nl  s  i 
♦interested,  nt  s  t 

investment,  n  v  j  t 
♦irregular,  R  g 
♦irregularly,  R  g  1 

irresponsible,  R  s  pus 
♦island,  1  diphthong  I,  /m/ 

isle,  1  o         ..  1 

islet,  1  "         "  // 

itself,  t  large  s  circle 
♦January,  1  j  n 

jurisprudence,  ]f  s  p 
♦Knew,  n  u  joined 
♦knowledge,  n  j 
♦Landlord,  1  /nd  1 

landlordism,  1  /«</ 1  s  m 

languish,  1  ing  ish 

largely,  1  j  1 

largeness.  1  j  nj  (separated) 

larger,  1  ]r 
♦lastly,  1  s  1 

lordship.  1  sh  (separated) 

listless,  1  J  1  J 

Lord's  supper  1  s  pr 
♦Magazine,  m  g 

magnetic-ism,  1  m  g 

majesty,  m  j 
♦majority,  m  j  (separated) 

beneath 

manslaughter,  m  s,  1 

(double  length) 
♦manufacturje,  m  n  f 
♦manufacturer,  m  n  f  k 
♦manuscript,  in  n  j  k  pi 
♦mathematical  ly,  m  ith 

maybe,  m  b 

mechanical,  1  m  k  « 

melancholy,  m  1  « 

memorandum,  m  m 

messenger,  m  s  ]r 

methinks,  m  th  j 

methodism,  1  m  j  m 
•metropolitan    mt  r  p 

mildly,  m  //  1 


mildness,  m  //  n  j 

misconstruction,  ms  sir  tion 
(separated  from  the  ms) 

misdemeanor,  m  j  d 

misgovernment,  ni  j  g  v 

misinformation,  m^,  n  Hon 
(separated) 
♦misrepresent,  m  j  r  p 
♦misrepresentation,  m  j  r  p 
/ion 
♦mistake  1  m  j  k 

mistakable,  1  m  j  k  b/ 

mistaken,  1  m  .f  k  « 

mistranslate,  m  s  \r  s  // 

mistranslation,  m  j  tr  j  1  //on 
♦mortgage,  1  rnrg 

modeled,  1  md  It 
♦mostly,  m  s  1 

morningstar,  m  r  j  t  R 

moonwart,  m  n  wt 

myself,  1  m  large  circle  s 
♦Natural  ly,  3  «/  L 

neglect-ed,  1  n  g/ 
♦never,  n  v 
♦nevertheless,    n  v   (through 

the  n) 
♦new,  n  u  joined 
♦next,  n  st  (loop) 
♦non-commissioned  officer, 
n  n   (disjoined)  ish  f  j  r 

non-conformis    n  ;/,fst(lo'>p) 
(separate!.) 

non-conformity,  n  «,  f  t 

(separated) 

northwest,  nr  w  st  (loop) 
♦nothing,  n  ing 

nothingness,  n  ing  r\s 
♦notwithstanding,  n  t 

(through  the  n) 
♦November,  n  v 
♦now,  n  ow  (joined) 
♦Object,  b  j 
•objection,  b  j  tion 

objectionable,  b  j  tion  b/ 

objective  b  j  7' 

objectively,  b  j  v/ 

objectivity,  b  j  »  t 


CONTRACTIONS. 


157 


b  J  tr  lion 


obscurity,  b  j  k 
•observation,  b  j  r 

obstriction,    j 

obstruction,  f 
•often,  1  f  « 

old  style,  Ld  s  L 

omnipresent-ce,  m  n  pr 

omniscient-ce,  m  n  ish 
•organ ize-d,  R  g« 
•organization,  R  g«j  lion 
•original,  r  j 

orthodox-y,  r  th  d 

ourselves,  3  r  large  circle 

outcome,  3  t  k  (separated) 

outgeneral,  3  tjw  (separated) 

outnumber,  3  t  br 

(separated) 

overcome,  vr  above  k 

Parliament-ary,  pr  1 

passenger,  p  J  j^ 

peculiar,  p  k 
•Pennsylvania,  p  j  1  v 
•perform,  p  r  f 

performable,  p  r  f  b/ 
'performance,  p  r  f  j 

performer,  p  r  f  mr 

perpendicular,  p  r  pw 

perpendicularly,    p  r  p  1 

perpetual-ly,  p  r// 

perspective,  p  r  j  p 

philanthropy-ic,  f  1  n 

philanthropist,  f  1  m  p  st 
loop 

phonographer,  f  «  r 

phonographic,  f  «  k 

plaintiff,  pint 

pleasurable,  zhr  b/ 

plenipotentiary,  p/  «  p 

polestar,  p\  s  R 
•postage,  p  J  j 

postal,  p  s  1 
•Jxjstal  card,  p  s  1  krd 
•post  office,  p  J  f  J 

postman,  p  j  m  « 
•postpaid,  p  s  pd 
•practicable,  pr  k  b/ 
*practice-al,  pr  k 


prejudice- ial,  ^rjd 
preliminary,  pr  I  m 
Presbyterian-ism.  pr  j  b 
preservation,  pr  j  r 
priestcraft,  pr  j  kft 
priesthood,  pr  j  / 
priestlike,  pr  j  1  k 
priestliness,  pr  j  1  n* 
priestly,  pr  s  1 

•probable-y-ility,  prb 
professional,  pr  f  tion 

*proficient-cy,  pry  ish 

(upward) 

•proportion  pr  p 
proportionate,  pr^  r 
proportioned,  pr  p 

•prospect,  pr  J  p 

•public,  p  b 
publican,  p  \>n 

♦publication,  p  b  tion 
publicly,  p  b  1 

*publish-ed    p  b 

•publisher,  p  b  shr 

•Rather,  r  r 
reading  room,  r  d  r  in 
reappointment,  tc pt  titnt 
reassignment,  r  s  mnt 
reestablished,  r  j/  b 

•reform-ed,  r  f 
reformation,  r  f  R 
reformer,  r  f  mr 
regeneration,  r  j  titn 

•regular,  r  g 
regularly,  r  g  1 

•relinquish,  r  L  ing 

•remarkable-ly,  mr  b/ 

•represent-ed,  r  p 

•representation,  rp  tion 

•representative,  r  p  » 
republic-sh,  r  p  b 

•republican,  r  p  b« 
republicanism,  r  p  b  j  m 
republicanize,  r  p  b«  z 
republication,  r  p  b  tion 
repugnant-ce   r  p  g 

•resignation,  r  j  g 

•respect-ed,  r  x  p 


I5« 


Contractions. 


♦respectable,  t  s  p  h/ 

respectably, r  s  ph/ (vowel  i) 
♦respectfully,  r  J  p  f / 

*respeciive,  r  s  p  v 

respectively,  r  j  p  v/ 

♦responsible,  r  J  pns 

restful,  r  J  f  L 

restless,  r  j  1  j 

resurrection,  r  j  r 

resurrectionist,  r  j  r  st  loop 

revenue,  r  v 
♦Reverend,  r  v 

righter,  r  r 

Sanctitude,  s  ng  (  \i  joined 
♦satisfaction,  j  t  stion 
♦satisfactory,  .r  t  j  r 

satisfactorily,  j  t  j  r  1 

Saviour,  s  v 

selfish,  s  ish 

seltishly,  s  ish  1 

selfishness,  s  ish  n  s 

sensibility,  j  ii  i'  b 
♦September,  s pi  m 
♦significant,  1  -f  g 

significance,  1  sg  ns 

significantly,  j  g  «/  L 

signification,  s  g  tion 

significative,  s  giv 

significatory,  J  g  t  r 

signifirator,  s  g  tr 

signified,  1  j  g 

signify,  1  jg 
♦singular,  s  ing  g 
♦something,  s  m  ing 

special-ly.  s  p 
♦stranger,  sW\r 
♦subjected,  s  h\ 

subjection,  J  b  j  tion 

subjective,  s  h\v 

subjectivity,  sh\v    t 
♦subscribe,  j  b  j  k 

subject  matter,  j  b  j,  m 

double  length 
♦subscription,  j  b  j  k  tion 

subservient  j  b  j  r 
♦substantial,  j  b  j  t  ti 

substitute,  j  b  j  /  u  joined 


substituted,  sh  s  \.t 

(separated) 
♦riufficient-cy,  s  f  ish  (up) 
superscribe,  s  pr  s  \<. 
superscription,  s  pr  sV  tion 
♦surprise,  1  spr  s 
♦surprised,  1  spr  st  loop 
♦surprising,  1  spr  s  ing 
♦suspect-icious,  s  j  p 
suspiciously,  s  j  p  1 
Tabernacle,  t  br 
tasteful  ly,  t  -f  f / 
temperance,  t  mp 
tenement,  t  mnt 
♦testament,  t  s  mnt 
♦testamentary,  t  j  m  n  t  r 

testimonial,  t  j  m  n  L 
♦testimony,  t  j  m  n 
♦thankful  ly,  1  ith  U 
thankworthy,  1  th  w  r  ^h 
thankless.  1  ith  1  s 
thanksgiving,  ith  ing  s  i; 
♦'o-day,  grammalogiie  to  d 
♦together,  "  "  K 

♦tomorrow,        •'  ''  mr 

transcribe,  tr  j  k  b 
transcript.  \r  s  Vpt 
transcription,  ir  sVp  tion 
transfer,  tr  s  ir 
transgress,  tr  j  g  j 
transgression,  tr  j  g  tion 
transmission,  Xr s  xw  tion 
transubstantiate-ion,  tr  j  b 
tribunal,  tr  b 
trust-deed,  ir  s  d 
truthfulness,  tr  f/  n  J 
Unaniniily-ous,  y  n  n 
•unchristian,  1  n  kr 
unconstitutional,  n  j  t  tion 
undersigned,  nd  s  nd 
♦understand,  \  nd  s  tnd 
♦understood,  \  nd  s  t 
underwriter,  nd,  r  r 

(separated) 
unexampled,  1  n  k  j  m 
undignified,  n  d  g 
unessential,  n  s  n 


CCNTR  ACTIONS. 


^59 


unexpected,  n  k  J  p 
unexpectedly,  n  k  j  p  1 
unfavorable,  n  f  vr 
unfamiliar,  ii  f  m 
ungovernable,  n  g  v  b/ 

*uniform,         | 

♦uniformity,    (   ^ 
unforgiven-ing,  n  fr 

(duplicate),  g 

♦unimportant,  1  n  mp 

(separated), 

♦unimproved,  n  mp  " 
uninfluenced,  1  n  n  st 

loop 
uninfluential,  Inn  sh/'(up) 
unintelligible,  n  «/  j  b/ 

♦uninterested,  n  nt  s  t 

♦uninterrupted,  n  nt  p  / 
union  Jack,  yay  j  k 

♦unmistakable,  n  m  j  k  b/ 
unparliamentary,  n  \'r  1 
unquestionable,  n  kw  s  t  n 
unprincipled,  n  pr 
unpublished,  n  p  b 

♦unsatisfactory,  n  s  \  s  v 
unsatisfactorily,  n  j  t  j  1 
unsubstantial,  njb  j  t 
unscriptural,  1  n  skr  1 
unsuspected,  n  s  j  p 


unusual,  n  zh/ 
Vice  versa,  v  j  v 
Wasteful,  w  J  f  L 
wastef  ully,  w  j  f  1 
wastepipe,  w  j  p  p 
wedgewoodware,  w  wd  w  r 
♦welcome,  wl  k  (separated) 
westward,  w  j  t  wd 
♦West  Virginia,  w  j  v 
♦whatever,  grammalogue 

what  V 
♦whatsoever,  grammaIo<;ue 
what  s  V 
♦whenever,  grammalogue 

when  V 
wistful,  3  w  J  f  L 
wistfully,  3  w  J  f  1 
♦whoever,  grammalogue 

who  vr 
whosoever,  grammmalogue 

who  s  vr 
wonderf ul-ly,  w  double 

length,  « 
writer,  r  r 
wristband,  r  s  bnd 
Yesterday,  y  s  t 
younger,  ngr 
youngest,  ng  st  loop 


ADDENDA. 

♦doctrine,  d  t  r  «  ♦income,  n  k  beneath 

remembrance,  b^  ns 
♦omnipotent- ce,  m  n  p 


l60  INTERSECTED    WORDS. 

II. 

INTERSECTED   WORDS   AND    MISCELLANEOUS 
PHRASES. 

245.  Official  titles,  names  of  public  companies,  and  any 
■words  or  phrases  that  do  not  otherwise  admit  of  brief 
easily-written  forms  may  be  abbreviated  on  the  principle 
of  intersection,  that  is,  by  writing  some  one  prominent 
letter  across  auotlier,  or  by  writing  the  words  in  juxtapo- 
sition, as  in  the  following  examples.  When  the  positions 
of  the  letters  do  not  admit  of  intersection,  the  second 
letter  is  written  under,  or  at  the  side  of,  the  first. 


Act  of  Assembly 
'*     "  Congress 
Adams'  Express  Co.  l—sv 
Agricultural  Society 
American  Bank  Note  Co. 

"       Express  Co. 
Assembly  Chamber   )j 
At  owner's  risk   1/ — 
"  sender's  risk  ti___p.'' — 
B^i#rupt-cy  X"     X) 
Biirof  lading  \^ 
Board  of  Aldermen  \j('^ 

"      "  Directors    'M 

*'  "  Education  Sj 
Capital  punishment  ^ 
Capt.  Caxton  J" 

"     Reynolds  -7^^^ 
Chamber  of  Commerce^ 
City  and  County  of 

New  Yoik 


L^ 


Cit}',  County,  and  State 
of  New  York 

Coal  Co.,  Ltd.  _7^ 

Col.  Dixon  MLa^, 

Company's  risk  -7^~ 

Conservative  party  X 

Custom  House  ~C-^ 

Delivery  office   ^ 

Democratic  party    1\^ 

Embankment  -^^  as  in 
Sea  embankment  -^■. 

Equitable  Life  Assur- 
ance Society  "^S^ 

Express  Co.      % — 

Farmer's  Loan  and     \   ^q_ 
Trust  Co.  ~^ 

General  Manager  ^ — y 
Scofield  °!K 

German  American  In- 
surance Co.  Z-^^p— 
High  water  mark  ..jL- 


INTERSECTED    WOEDS. 


House  of  Represent- 
atives <r^ 

Internal  revenue  ~"kV. 
Last  year's  report  ^sSy^ 
Life  department  f^ 

'•    Insurance  Co.  /V^ 
Local  Ctovernment  Board  V-A 
Local  trafRc  (\ — 
Major  Jones    -y^ 
Managing  Director    '"^ 
Manager's  oflBce  '^ 
Matter  of  form   '"^ 
Mataal  Life  Ins.  Co. 
National  Bank  of 

Commerce 
National  Express  Co.  .,^3° — 

New  York  Life  ^^ 

Iqs.  Co.  .^'^ 


161 


Northern  Pacific  R.  R. 
Passenger  dept.    V 
People's  party  ^ 
President  of  the  U.  8.  '\- 
Prohibition  party  '^ 
Professor  Morgan    >,js/    ' 

"       Thompson   >t,.^ 
Quinquennial  valuation  "^ 
Railroad  yy    «»in 

Grand  Trunk  R.  R.  ""I^X 
Republican  party  /^^     , 
Senate  Chamber     / 
Stock  Exchange  T 
Union  Trust  Co.  tT"^ 
United  States  of  America  (r~^^~~^ 
"     Exp.  Co.  /"^V- 

"         "     Senate  /^ 
Vice-President  V^ 


1 62  BUSINESS   PHEASES  AND  CONTRACTIONS. 

III. 


BUSrNl]SS  PHRASES  AKD  CONTRACTIONS. 


According  to  cT"^ 

agreement 

account  saJes  -t 

additional  ex-  Ir-^ 

pen  86  V. 

after  due  consid-         J 

eration  [j 

all  claims  i_^-& 
and  if  you  can  in-  \vw^_, 

form  me  ^ 

as  a  matter  of  "^    "^ 

coarse  ,<— ■^,^_ 

as  a  matter  of  fact 

as  soon  as  ready  Q-sm 
at  all  events  Jjrf. 

at  any  rate  Jr-.. 

at  his  request  .£__ 

at  your  earliest     -^^v 

convenience  »     J^~^ 

Balance  due  ^U 

balance  sheet  \/^ 

be  good  enough  \-vw< 

best  of  my  ability  V^ 
best  quality  >s_^ 

bills  of  lading  \^ 

by  goods  train  .^^ 

by  his  request  V^ 

by  letter  y^ 
by  my  letter          .V-/^^ 


by  our  invoice 
by  passenger 

train 
by  telegram 
by  which  you  wiD 

see 

by  wire 
by  your  letter 
Cannot  account 
cannot  answer 
cannot  say 
copy  of  my  last 

letter 

Declare  a  divi- 
dend 
deliver  imme- 
diately 
directors  of  the 

Company 

directors'  report 

discount  for  cash 

Early  attention 

early  considera- 
tion 

early  reply 
enclosed  letter 
enclosed  please 

find 

Facts  of  the  case 
faithfully  yours 
few  days  ago 


financial  affairs 

first  instant 

for  their  interest 

freight  train 

from  my  hist 

letter 

from  the  enclosed 

letter 
from  the  last  re- 
port 
fully  considered 

further  consideration 
further  particulars 

Groods  not  to 

band 
great  disappointment 

gross  receipts 
I  am  directed 

I  am  directed  to  state 
I  am  extremely  sorry 

I  am  in  receipt  of 

your  letter 

x  am -obliged 

I  am  rather  surprised 

I  am  requested 

I  am  requested  to  state 

I  am  very  sorry 
I  am  very  sorry 

that  you  should  ttunk 

I  beg  to  enclose 
I  can  assure  you 

I  do  not  understand 

I  enclose  account 
I  enclose  cheque 

I  have  no  objection 


BUSINESS   PBKASESrAND   OONTBACTrONS. 

I  have  received 
I  have  the  honor 

I  haTe  to  inform  you 


<^^f 


'^V*'^ 


I  shall  be  obliged 
I  shall  be  pleased 

I  shall  expect 
I  thank  you 
I  will  consider 
I  will  endeavor 
if  we  understand 
if  you  will  oblige 
in  consideration 
in  exchange 
in  the  course  of  a  ^ 

few  days 
in  my  last  letter 

in  my  letter 

in  reply 

in  reply  to  your  letter 

in  the  nM.tter 
into  the  matter 
in  this  case 

it  gives  me  great 

pleasure 
in  which  you  will  see 

in  your  last  letter 
in  your  letter 
in  your  reply 
in  your  reply  to    ' 

my  letter 

Just  possible 
just  received 


1 64  BUSINESS  PHRASES 

Last  week 
lowest  terms 


Make  an  appoint- 

meut 

mach  obliged 
my  last  letter 
my  letter 

Necessary  ar- 
rangements 

necessary  atten- 
tion 
next  week 

no  communica- 
tion 
Of  this  date 

ordinary  rates 

our  best  thanks 

Payment  of  ac- 
count 

postal  card 
please  note 

Railway  companies 

registered  letter 

respectfully  request 
Satisfactory  answer 

some  time  ago 
special  rates 
To  our  satisfac- 


4: 


^ 

^ 


M 

Under  bill  of  sale  ^^s/^ 
underwriters  !>^ 

unless  we  receive    ^^^^^ 


AND   CONTEACTIONS. 

We  are  confident 

we  are  in  a  position 

we  are  not  satis- 
fied 

we  beg  to  ack- 
nowledge ' 

we  beg  to  call 

your  attention 

we  have  received 
we  respectfully 

request  ' 

we  shall  expect 
which  will  be 

takenin to  consideration 

Tou  are  at  liberty 

your  considera- 
tion 

your  favor 
your  last  letter 
your  obedient 

servant 

yours  faithfully 
yours  obediently 

yours  respectfully 
yours  truly 

your  reply  to  my 

letter 

you  may  rely 
you  may  require 
you  may  consider 
you  must  consider 
you  will  be  sorry 
you  will  consider 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamp>ed  below. 


JUL87l9fl1 


Form  L9-25jm-9,'47(A5618)444 


AT 
LOS  ANGELES 


T    TIHr-k    .    _-  . 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


A     000  583  676     2 


Z^6 
M38lc 


